UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON,

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM10-K




(Mark One)

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018

2023

OR

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from ________ to

_________


Commission File Number001-38393

LEO HOLDINGS CORP.

file number 001-04321

DMS-Logo-original.jpg
Digital Media Solutions, Inc.
(Exact Namename of Registrantregistrant as Specifiedspecified in Its Charter)

its charter)
Delaware001-3839398-1399727
Cayman Islands(State of incorporation)(Commission File Number)98-1399727(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

(State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

4800 140th Avenue N., Suite 101, Clearwater, Florida
21 Grosvenor Place, LondonSW1X 7HF33762
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)(Zip Code)

+44 20 7201 2200

Registrants’ telephone number, including area code: (Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)

877) 236-8632


(Former Name or Former Address, if Changed Since Last Report)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of Each Class:

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered:

Units, each consisting of one Class A ordinary share, $0.0001 par value, andone-half of one redeemable warrantNew York Stock Exchange
Class A ordinary shares included as part of the unitsNew York Stock Exchange
Warrants included as part of the units, each whole warrant exercisable for one Class A ordinary share at an exercise price of $11.50New York Stock Exchange

None

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

(1)(2)

____________________
(1)On October 10, 2023, the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) filed a Form 25 to delist our common stock and remove it from registration under Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act. The delisting was effective 10 days after the Form 25 was filed. The deregistration of the common stock under Section 12 of the Exchange Act was effective after 90 days, or such shorter period as the Securities and Exchange Commission may determine, after filing of the Form 25. Our common stock is currently quoted on the OTCQB Market under the symbol “DMSL”.
(2)On June 29, 2023, NYSE filed a Form 25 to delist our Public Warrants and remove such securities from registration under Section 12(b) of Exchange Act. The delisting was effective 10 days after the Form 25 was filed. The deregistration of the Public Warrants under Section 12 of the Exchange Act was effective after 90 days, or such shorter period as the Securities and Exchange Commission may determine, after filing of the Form 25. The Public Warrants are currently traded on the OTC Pink Market under the symbol “DMSIW.”

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes YesNo  No

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes YesNo  No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrantregistrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports),; and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒  No ☐



Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 ofRegulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes  ☒   No ☐

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 ofRegulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form10-K or any amendment to thisForm 10-K.  ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer,a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,filer.” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” inRule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

(Check one):
Large accelerated filerAccelerated filer
Non-accelerated filerSmaller reporting company
Emerging growth company

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☐
If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements.
Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b).
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined inRule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes    No

As of March 29, 2019, 20,000,000June 30, 2023, the last business day of the Registrant’s most recently completed second quarter, the aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates, computed by reference to the closing price of $4.95 reported on the New York Stock Exchange, was approximately $3 million. For the purposes of this calculation, shares of common stock beneficially owned by each executive officer, director, and holder of more than 10% of our common stock have been excluded in that such persons may be deemed to be affiliates. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes.
As of April 15, 2024, 4,438,137 shares of the registrant’s Class A ordinary shares,Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share,share; and 5,000,0001,896,235 warrants to purchase shares of the registrant’s Class B ordinary shares,A Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, were issued and outstanding, respectively.

Asoutstanding.


DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
The information required by Part III, Items 10, 11, 12, 13, and 14 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K will be filed (and is hereby incorporated by reference) by an amendment hereto or pursuant to a definitive proxy statement that will contain such information.
2

Digital Media Solutions, Inc.
Table of the ordinary shares held bynon-affiliates of the registrant was $193,600,000 (based on the closing sales price of the Class A ordinary shares on June 29, 2018 of $9.68).

Documents Incorporated by Reference: None.

Contents


LEO HOLDINGS CORP.

ANNUAL REPORT ONFORM 10-K

TABLE OF CONTENTS


Page No.
Page
Business

Risk Factors3
Item 1.

3
Item 1A.

Risk Factors

20
Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

51
Item 2.Cybersecurity

51
Properties

51
Legal Proceedings

Mine Safety Disclosures

51

51
Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

51
[Reserved]

52

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

53

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

56

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

57

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

57

Controls and Procedures

57
Item 9B.

Other Information

57
Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

57
Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

57

Executive Compensation

66

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

67

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

69

Principal AccountantAccounting Fees and Services

71

72
Item 15.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

72

Form 10-K Summary

73





CERTAIN TERMS

Unless otherwise stated

Explanatory Note - Certain Defined Terms

References in this Annual Report on Form10-Kdocument to the “Registrant,” “DMS Inc.,” “DMS,” the “Company,” “we,” “management,” “us” or “our” refers to Digital Media Solutions, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries, except where the context otherwise requires references to:

“we,” “us,” “company” or “our company” are to Leo Holdings Corp., a Cayman Islands exempted company;

indicates.

“Lion Capital” are to Lion Capital, LLP, an affiliate

Forward-Looking Statements

This Annual Report, particularly Part I. Item 2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of our sponsor;

“Companies Law” are to the Companies Law (2018 Revision)Financial Condition and Results of the Cayman Islands as the same may be amended from time to time;

“Founders” are to Lyndon LeaOperations (“MD&A”) and Robert Darwent, senior executives of, and advisors to Lion Capital;

“founder shares” are to our Class B ordinary shares initially issued to our sponsor in private placements prior to our Initial Public OfferingPart II. Item 1A. Risk Factors, and the Class A ordinary shares that will be issued upon the automatic conversion of the Class B ordinary shares at the time of our initial business combination (for the avoidance of doubt, such Class A ordinary shares will not be “public shares”);

“Initial Public Offering” are to the company’s offering on February 15, 2018 of 20,000,000 units at a price of $10.00 per unit, each unit consisting of one Class A ordinary share andone-half of one redeemable warrant;

“initial shareholders” are to our sponsor and each other holder of founder shares upon the consummation of our Initial Public Offering;

“management” or our “management team” are to our executive officers and directors;

“ordinary shares” are to our Class A ordinary shares and our Class B ordinary shares;

“private placement warrants” are to the warrants issued to our sponsor in a private placement simultaneously with the closing of our Initial Public Offering and to be issued upon conversion of working capital loans, if any;

“public shares” are to our Class A ordinary shares sold as part of the units in our Initial Public Offering (whether they are purchased in our Initial Public Offering or thereafter in the open market);

“public shareholders” are to the holders of our public shares, including our sponsor and management team to the extent our sponsor and/or members of our management team purchase public shares, provided that our sponsor’s and each member of our management team’s status as a “public shareholder” will only exist with respect to such public shares; and

“sponsor” are to Leo Investors Limited Partnership, a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership.

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Some of the statements contained indocuments we incorporate into this Annual Report onForm 10-K may constitute “forward-looking statements” for purposes of the federal securities laws. Our forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements regarding our or our management team’s expectations, hopes, beliefs, intentions or strategies regarding the future. In addition, anycontain certain statements that refer to projections, forecastsare, or other characterizations of future events or circumstances, including any underlying assumptions, are forward-looking statements. The words “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intends,” “may,” “might,” “plan,” “possible,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “would” and similar expressions may identify forward-looking statements, but the absence of these words does not mean that a statement is not forward-looking. Forward-looking statements in this Annual Report onForm 10-K may include, for example, statements about:

our ability to complete our initial business combination;

our success in retaining or recruiting, or changes required in, our officers, key employees or directors following our initial business combination;

our officers and directors allocating their time to other businesses and potentially having conflicts of interest with our business or in approving our initial business combination;

our potential ability to obtain additional financing to complete our initial business combination;

our pool of prospective target businesses;

the ability of our officers and directors to generate a number of potential investment opportunities;

our public securities’ potential liquidity and trading;

the lack of a market for our securities;

the use of proceeds not held in the trust account or available to us from interest income on the trust account balance;

the trust account not being subject to claims of third parties; or

our financial performance following our Initial Public Offering.

The forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report onForm 10-K are based on our current expectations and beliefs concerning future developments and their potential effects on us. There can be no assurance that future developments affecting us will be those that we have anticipated. These forward-looking statements involve a number of risks, uncertainties (some of which are beyond our control) or other assumptions that may cause actual results or performance to be materially different from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, those factors described under the heading “Risk Factors.” Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should any of our assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary in material respects from those projected in these forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as may be required under applicable securities laws.

PART I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

Overview

We are a blank check company incorporated as a Cayman Islands exempted company for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses, which we refer to throughout this Annual Report on Form10-K as our initial business combination. Although we are not limited to a particular industry or sector for purposes of consummating a business combination, we focus our search on companies in the consumer sector.

Our company was founded by senior executives of, and advisors to, Lion Capital. We believe that we derive significant benefit from our affiliation with Lion Capital.

Lion Capital is a leading consumer focused private equity firm and its principals have invested over $8.7 billion in 41 businesses since 1998, producing an attractive rate of return. Since it was founded in 2004 by Lyndon Lea and Robert Darwent, Lion Capital has focused exclusively on investing in branded consumer goods and retail businesses in North America and Europe. Every aspect of Lion Capital’s structure, team and approach has been designed to support this strategy, and Lion Capital has invested in some of the consumer industry’s best-known brands, including Weetabix, Orangina, Jimmy Choo and AllSaints.

Specializing in a single sector has enabled Lion Capital to develop a distinctive and successful investment approach, which Lion Capital believes provides it with a competitive advantage across all areas of the investment process and has enabled it to deliver attractive risk-adjusted returns. Through 14 years of operation, Lion Capital has invested in over 140 brands and reviewed thousands of investment opportunities in depth, all contributing to a rich base of experience and a broad network within the sector.

Lion Capital’s deep experience and network enables it to play a differentiated role at every stage of the private equity value chain:

in-depth coverage of key trends and assets across the consumer sector;

privileged access to attractive investment opportunities;

ability to have a like-minded and probing dialogue with management teams and prospective partners;

access to a broad pool of executives and advisors to support due diligence and recruitment needs; and

ability to retain dedicated, specialist expertise within the Lion Capital team to support both due diligence and portfolio monitoring.

Through its offices in Los Angeles and London, Lion Capital is well-placed to generate differentiated deal flow across North America and Europe, leveraging its global perspective on the consumer sector andin-depth, local knowledge and networks.

We seek to capitalize on Lion Capital’s experience and capabilities through the leadership of Lyndon Lea and Robert Darwent, combined with the expertise of the other members of our management team, in connection with consummating our initial business combination.

Our Founders

Our company was founded by senior executives of, and advisors to, Lion Capital. Mr. Lea and Mr. Darwent have worked together for the last 20 years.

Lyndon Lea, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, is a founder of Lion Capital and has served as its Managing Partner since its inception in 2004. Prior to founding Lion Capital, Mr. Lea was a partner of Hicks, Muse, Tate & Furst where heco-founded its European operations in 1998. From 1994 to 1998, Mr. Lea served at Glenisla, the former European affiliate of Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co., prior to which he was an investment banker at Schroders in London and Goldman Sachs in New York. Mr. Lea graduated with a BA in Honors Business Administration from the University of Western Ontario in Canada in 1990.

Mr. Lea has been active in the investment arena for 28 years, 24 of which have been exclusively focused on private equity. Mr. Lea has led the acquisitions of over 25 investments, including notable brands such as Weetabix, Jimmy Choo, Orangina, Kettle Foods, wagamama, Picard and Authentic Brands Group, amongst many others. Mr. Lea is currently Chairman of the contemporary fashion brand AllSaints where he served as Executive Chairman for the first 18 months of the investment, from May 2011 to October 2012. Under Mr. Lea’s guidance, AllSaints has seen a 62% increase in revenue. Mr. Lea is also a director of menswear brand, John Varvatos; premium skincare company, Perricone MD; accessible jewelry company, Alex & Ani; luxury sneaker brand, Buscemi; and premium apparel brand, Paige.

Mr. Lea previously led investments in, and sat on the board of, UK cereal company Weetabix; French food manufacturer Materne; restaurant chain wagamama; global, luxury shoe company, Jimmy Choo; private label razor business, Personna; soft drinks business, Orangina; snack business, Kettle Foods; Finnish bakery company, Vaasan; European frozen food brand, Findus; Dutch foodservice company, Ad Van Geloven; global hair accessories brand ghd; French frozen retailer, Picard; global brand development, marketing and entertainment company, Authentic Brands Group; UK food company, Premier Foods (LON:PFD); UK biscuit business, Burton’s Foods; UK furniture company, Christie-Tyler; leading European automotive valuation guide, EurotaxGlass’s; Polish cable company, Aster City; champagne houses G.H. Mumm and Champagne-Perrier Jouët; directories group, Yell; and clothing company, American Apparel. Mr. Lea also previously sat on the board of Aber, a diamond mining company which owned the luxury jewelry brand Harry Winston.

Robert Darwent is our Chief Financial Officer. Alongside Mr. Lea, Mr. Darwent is a founder of Lion Capital where he sits on the Investment Committee and Operating Committee of the firm. Prior to founding Lion Capital in 2004, Mr. Darwent worked with Mr. Lea in the European operations of Hicks, Muse, Tate & Furst since its formation in 1998. From 1995 to 1998, Mr. Darwent worked in the London office of Morgan Stanley in their investment banking and private equity groups. Mr. Darwent graduated from Cambridge University in 1995.

Mr. Darwent is currently a director of the following companies: Authentic Brands Group, the global brand licensing company; Blow Ltd, the online beauty services provider; Lenny & Larry’s, the US protein-enhanced cookie brand; Loungers, the UK bar and restaurant chain; Spence Diamonds, a North American diamond jewelry retailer; and Young’s Seafood, the UK chilled and frozen food manufacturer. Previously, Mr. Darwent has sat on the board of the following companies: AS Adventure, the leading European outdoor specialist retailer; Burton’s Foods, the UK biscuit business; Christie-Tyler, the UK furniture manufacturer; ghd, the global hair appliances business; Jimmy Choo, the luxury shoe and accessories brand; La Senza, the UK lingerie retailer; G.H. Mumm and ChampagnePerrier-Jouët, the champagne houses; wagamama, the restaurant chain; and Weetabix, the cereal company.

Business Strategy

Our selection process leverages our management team’s broad and deep relationship network, industry expertise and proven deal-sourcing capabilities to provide us with a number of business combination opportunities.

Our management team has experience in:

operating companies, setting and changing strategies, and identifying, mentoring and recruiting world-class talent;

developing and growing companies, both organically and through acquisition, and expanding the product ranges and geographic footprints of a number of target businesses;

sourcing, structuring, acquiring and selling businesses;

partnering with other industry-leading companies to increase sales and improve competitive position;

fostering relationships with sellers, capital providers and target management teams; and

accessing the capital markets across various business cycles, including financing businesses and assisting companies with the transition to public ownership.

Deep sector experience of the consumer market is underpinned by rigorous financial analysis to focus on a series of value creation strategies including:

Geographic Expansion: identifying the most attractive regions, both domestically and internationally, and developing a sustainable rollout plan beyond the company’s existing markets;

Category Extension: working with companies to understand into which product categories a brand’s equity can be stretched with consumers and developing category extensions that respond to gaps in the market;

Product Innovation: reinvigorating new product development initiatives to augmenttop-line growth and maintain the brand’s appeal; and

Operating Improvements: undertaking meaningful change programs in pursuit of improvement in the operations and financial performance of the business.

We have focused our search on established companies with a leading competitive position, strong management team, collaborative and collegiate culture, robust financial profile and strong long-term potential for profitability.

Acquisition Criteria

Consistent with our strategy, we have identified the following general criteria and guidelines which we believe are important in evaluating prospective target businesses. We use these criteria and guidelines in evaluating acquisition opportunities, but we may decide to enter into our initial business combination with a target business that does not meet these criteria and guidelines. We seek to acquire one or more businesses that we believe:

are underperforming their potential but can demonstrate a clear microeconomic thesis for value creation; while close attention is paid to prevailing market and economic trends, these are not the primary drivers of growth. Given our experience and extensive understanding of the key players and trends in the consumer space our deep understanding of our target markets enables us to seek targets which can yield significant value in all market conditions;

are at an inflection point, such as those requiring additional management expertise. We believe that we are well-positioned to partner with founders and act as stewards of a business through the transition phrase from founder ownership to acquisition by a strategic. We bring experience working with owners and entrepreneurs as a prestigious and value-added partner bringing expertise and knowledge having transformed and grown dozens of brands;

evaluate and improve a company’s growth prospects and help it realize opportunities to create shareholder value following the consummation of a business combination. The credibility of our senior team means we are recognized as one of the preeminent investors in consumer brands globally and are frequently sought out by entrepreneurs;

are in consumer or retail sectors where the principal center of activity is North America and Europe and investments will typically have their headquarters in these markets and generate the majority of their earnings there. We are well-placed to support the development and expansion of companies in these regions as our geographic reach and experience in these geographies is a significant competitive advantage;

have significant embedded and/or underexploited expansion opportunities. This can be accomplished through a combination of accelerating organic growth and finding attractiveadd-on acquisition targets. Our management team has significant experience in identifying such targets and helping target management assess the strategic and financial fit. Similarly, our management team has the expertise to assess the likely synergies and a process to help a target company integrate acquisitions;

exhibit unrecognized value or other characteristics that we believe have been misevaluated by the marketplace based on our company-specific analysis and due diligence review. For a potential target company, this process will include, among other things, a review and analysis of the company’s capital structure, quality of earnings, potential for operational improvements, corporate governance, customers, material contracts, and industry background and trends. We leverage the operational experience and disciplined investment approach of our team to identify opportunities to unlock value that our experience in complex situations allows us to pursue; and

will offer attractive risk-adjusted equity returns for our shareholders. We will seek to acquire a target on terms and in a manner that leverages our experience in transformational investing. Financial returns will be evaluated based on (i) the potential for organic growth in cash flows, (ii) the ability to achieve cost savings, (iii) the ability to accelerate growth, including through the opportunity forfollow-on acquisitions, and (iv) the prospects for creating value through other value creation initiatives. Potential upside from growth in the target business’ earnings and an improved capital structure will be weighed against any identified downside risks.

These criteria are not intended to be exhaustive. Any evaluation relating to the merits of a particular initial business combination may be based, to the extent relevant, on these general guidelines as well as other considerations, factors and criteria that our management may deem relevant. In the event that we decide to enter into our initial business combination with a target business that does not meet the above criteria and guidelines, we will disclose that the target business does not meet the above criteria in our shareholder communications related to our initial business combination, which, as discussed in this Annual Report onForm 10-K, would be in the form of tender offer documents or proxy solicitation materials that we would file with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).

Initial Business Combination

Our initial business combination must occur with one or more target businesses that together have an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the assets held in the trust account (net of amounts previously disbursed to management for working capital purposes and excluding the amount of deferred underwriting discounts held in trust) at the time of signing the agreement to enter into the initial business combination. If our board of directors is not able to independently determine the fair market value of the target business or businesses or we are considering an initial business combination with an affiliated entity, we will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, or an independent valuation or accounting firm with respect to the satisfaction of such criteria.

We anticipate structuring our initial business combination so that the post-transaction company in which our public shareholders own shares will own or acquire 100% of the equity interests or assets of the target business or businesses. We may, however, structure our initial business combination such that the post-transaction company owns or acquires less than 100% of such interests or assets of the target business in order to meet certain objectives of the prior owners of the target business, the target management team or shareholders or for other reasons, but we will only complete such business combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or the Investment Company Act. Even if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our shareholders prior to the business combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post-transaction company, depending on valuations ascribed to

the target and us in the business combination transaction. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial number of new shares in exchange for all of the outstanding capital stock of a target. In this case, we would acquire a 100% controlling interest in the target. However, as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new shares, our shareholders immediately prior to our initial business combination could own less than a majority of our outstanding shares subsequent to our initial business combination. If less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business or businesses are owned or acquired by the post-transaction company, the portion of such business or businesses that is owned or acquired is what will be valued for purposes of the 80% of net assets test. If the business combination involves more than one target business, the 80% of net assets test will be based on the aggregate value of all of the target businesses and we will treat the target businesses together as the initial business combination for purposes of a tender offer or for seeking shareholder approval, as applicable.

Other Considerations

We are not prohibited from pursuing an initial business combination or subsequent transaction with a company that is affiliated with Lion Capital or our sponsor, Founders, officers or directors. In the event we seek to complete our initial business combination or, subject to certain exceptions, subsequent material transactions with a company that is affiliated with Lion Capital, our sponsor or any of our Founders, officers or directors, we, or a committee of independent directors, will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm which is a member of FINRA or an independent accounting firm that such initial business combination or transaction is fair to our company from a financial point of view.

Affiliates of Lion Capital and members of our board of directors directly or indirectly own founder shares and private placement warrants and, accordingly, may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our initial business combination. Further, each of our officers and directors may have a conflict of interest with respect to evaluating a particular business combination if the retention or resignation of any such officers or directors were to be included by a target business as a condition to any agreement with respect to our initial business combination.

Lion Capital manages multiple investment vehicles and will raise additional funds and/or successor funds in the future, which may be during the period in which we are seeking our initial business combination. These Lion Capital investment entities may be seeking acquisition opportunities and related financing at any time. We may compete with any one or more of them on any given acquisition opportunity.

In addition, certain of our Founders, officers and directors presently have, and any of them in the future may have, additional fiduciary and contractual duties to other entities, including without limitation, investment funds, accounts,co-investment vehicles and other entities managed by affiliates of Lion Capital and certain companies in which Lion Capital or such entities have invested. As a result, if any of our Founders, officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity which is suitable for an entity to which he, she or it has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations (including, without limitation, any Lion Capital funds or other investment vehicles), then, subject to their fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands law, he, she or it will need to honor such fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such business combination opportunity to such entity, before we can pursue such opportunity. If these funds or investment entities decide to pursue any such opportunity, we may be precluded from pursuing the same. In addition, investment ideas generated within or presented to Lion Capital or our Founders may be suitable for both us and a current or future Lion Capital fund, portfolio company or other investment entity and, subject to applicable fiduciary duties, will first be directed to such fund, portfolio company or other entity before being directed, if at all, to us. None of Lion Capital, our Founders or any members of our board of directors who are also employed by Lion Capital or its affiliates have any obligation to present us with any opportunity for a potential business combination of which they become aware solely in their capacities as officers or executives of Lion Capital.

However, we do not expect these duties to materially affect our ability to complete our initial business combination.

In addition, our Founders, officers and directors, are not required to commit any specified amount of time to our affairs, and, accordingly, will have conflicts of interest in allocating management time among various business activities, including identifying potential business combinations and monitoring the related due diligence. Moreover, our Founders, officers and directors have and will have in the future time and attention requirements for current and future investment funds, accounts,co-investment vehicles and other entities managed by Lion Capital. To the extent any conflict of interest arises between, on the one hand, us and, on the other hand, investments funds, accounts,co-investment vehicles and other entities managed by Lion Capital (including, without limitation, arising as a result of certain of our Founders, officers and directors being required to offer acquisition opportunities to such investment funds, accounts,co-investment vehicles and other entities), Lion Capital and its affiliates will resolve such conflicts of interest in their sole discretion in accordance with their then existing fiduciary, contractual and other duties and there can be no assurance that such conflict of interest will be resolved in our favor.

Status as a Public Company

We believe our structure makes us an attractive business combination partner to target businesses. As an existing public company, we offer a target business an alternative to the traditional initial public offering through a merger or other business combination with us. In a business combination transaction with us, the owners of the target business may, for example, exchange their shares of stock in the target business for our Class A ordinary shares (or shares of a new holding company) or for a combination of our Class A ordinary shares and cash, allowing us to tailor the consideration to the specific needs of the sellers. We believe target businesses will find this method a more expeditious and cost-effective method to becoming a public company than the typical initial public offering. The typical initial public offering process takes a significantly longer period of time than the typical business combination transaction process, and there are significant expenses in the initial public offering process, including underwriting discounts and commissions, that may not be present to the same extent in connection with a business combination with us.

Furthermore, once a proposed business combination is completed, the target business will have effectively become public, whereas an initial public offering is always subject to the underwriter’s ability to complete the offering, as well as general market conditions, which could prevent the offering from occurring. Once public, we believe the target business would then have greater access to capital, an additional means of providing management incentives consistent with shareholders’ interests and the ability to use its shares as currency for acquisitions. Being a public company can offer further benefits by augmenting a company’s profile among potential new customers and vendors and aid in attracting talented employees.

While we believe that our structure and our management team’s background makes us an attractive business partner, some potential target businesses may view our status as a blank check company, such as our lack of an operating history and our ability to seek shareholder approval of any proposed initial business combination, negatively.

Financial Position

With funds available for a business combination in the amount of approximately $196.1 million as of December 31, 2018, after payment of $7,000,000 in deferred underwriting fees, we offer a target business a variety of options such as creating a liquidity event for its owners, providing capital for the potential growth and expansion of its operations or strengthening its Balance Sheet by reducing its debt ratio. Because we are able to complete our initial business combination using our cash, debt or equity securities, or a combination of the foregoing, we have the flexibility to use the most efficient combination that will allow us to tailor the consideration to be paid to the target business to fit its needs and desires.

Effecting Our Initial Business Combination

General

We are not presently engaged in, and we will not engage in, any operations for an indefinite period of time following our Initial Public Offering. We intend to effectuate our initial business combination using cash from the proceeds of our Initial Public Offering, the private placements of the private placement warrants, our equity, debt or a combination of these as the consideration to be paid in our initial business combination. We may seek to complete our initial business combination with a company or business that may be financially unstable or in its early stages of development or growth, which would subject us to the numerous risks inherent in such companies and businesses.

If our initial business combination is paid for using equity or debt securities, or not all of the funds released from the trust account are used for payment of the consideration in connection with our initial business combination or used for redemptions of our Class A ordinary shares, we may apply the balance of the cash released to us from the trust account for general corporate purposes, including for maintenance or expansion of operations of the post-transaction company, the payment of principal or interest due on indebtedness incurred in completing our initial business combination, to fund the purchase of other companies or for working capital.

We may need to obtain additional financing to complete our initial business combination, either because the transaction requires more cash than is available from the proceeds held in our trust account, or because we become obligated to redeem a significant number of our public shares upon completion of the business combination, in which case we may issue additional securities or incur debt in connection with such business combination. There are no prohibitions on our ability to issue securities or incur debt in connection with our initial business combination. We are not currently a party to any arrangement or understanding with any third party with respect to raising any additional funds through the sale of securities, the incurrence of debt or otherwise.

Sources of Target Businesses

Our process of identifying acquisition targets leverages Lion Capital’s and our sponsor’s and our management team’s unique industry experiences, proven deal sourcing capabilities and broad and deep network of relationships in numerous industries, including executives and management teams, private equity groups and other institutional investors, large business enterprises, lenders, investment bankers and other investment market participants, restructuring advisers, consultants, attorneys and accountants, which we believe should provide us with a number of business combination opportunities. The collective experience, capability and network of Lion Capital, our Founders, directors and officers, combined with their individual and collective reputations in the investment community, helps to create prospective business combination opportunities.

In addition, target business candidates may be brought to our attention from various unaffiliated sources, including investment bankers and private investment funds. Target businesses may be brought to our attention by such unaffiliated sources as a result of being solicited by us through calls or mailings. These sources may also introduce us to target businesses in which they think we may be interested on an unsolicited basis, since many of these sources will have read our final prospectus in connection with our Initial Public Offering or reports we file with the SEC and know what types of businesses we are targeting. Our officers and directors, as well as their affiliates, may also bring to our attention target business candidates of which they become aware through their business contacts as a result of formal or informal inquiries or discussions they may have, as well as attending trade shows or conventions.

While we do not presently anticipate engaging the services of professional firms or other individuals that specialize in business acquisitions on any formal basis, we may engage these firms or other individuals in the future, in which event we may pay a finder’s fee, consulting fee or other compensation to be determined in an arm’s length negotiation based on the terms of the transaction. We will engage a finder only to the extent our

management determines that the use of a finder may bring opportunities to us that may not otherwise be available to us or if finders approach us on an unsolicited basis with a potential transaction that our management determines is in our best interest to pursue. Payment of a finder’s fee is customarily tied to completion of a transaction, in which case any such fee will be paid out of the funds held in the trust account. In no event, however, will our sponsor or any of our existing officers or directors, or any entity with which they are affiliated, be paid any finder’s fee, consulting fee or other compensation by the company prior to, or for any services they render in order to effectuate, the completion of our initial business combination (regardless of the type of transaction that it is). None of our sponsor, executive officers or directors, or any of their respective affiliates, will be allowed to receive any compensation, finder’s fees or consulting fees from a prospective business combination target in connection with a contemplated acquisition of such target by us.

We are not prohibited from pursuing an initial business combination with a business combination target that is affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors, or from making the acquisition through a joint venture or other form of shared ownership with our sponsor, officers or directors. In the event we seek to complete our initial business combination with a business combination target that is affiliated with our sponsor, executive officers or directors, we, or a committee of independent directors, would obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm which is a member of FINRA or an independent accounting firm, that such an initial business combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view. We are not required to obtain such an opinion in any other context.

Each of our officers and directors presently has, and any of them in the future may have additional, fiduciary or contractual obligations to other entities, including entities that are affiliates of our sponsor, pursuant to which such officer or director is or will be required to present a business combination opportunity to such entity. Accordingly, if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity which is suitable for an entity to which he or she has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she will honor his or her fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such business combination opportunity to such entity, subject to their fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands law.

Evaluation of a Target Business and Structuring of Our Initial Business Combination

In evaluating a prospective target business, we conduct a thorough due diligence review which may encompass, among other things, meetings with incumbent management and employees, document reviews, interviews of customers and suppliers, inspection of facilities, as well as a review of financial, operational, legal and other information which will be made available to us. If we determine to move forward with a particular target, we will proceed to structure and negotiate the terms of the business combination transaction.

The time required to select and evaluate a target business and to structure and complete our initial business combination, and the costs associated with this process, are not currently ascertainable with any degree of certainty. Any costs incurred with respect to the identification and evaluation of, and negotiation with, a prospective target business with which our initial business combination is not ultimately completed will result in our incurring losses and will reduce the funds we can use to complete another business combination. The company will not pay any consulting fees to members of our management team, or any of their respective affiliates, for services rendered to or in connection with our initial business combination.

Lack of Business Diversification

For an indefinite period of time after the completion of our initial business combination, the prospects for our success may depend entirely on the future performance of a single business. Unlike other entities that have the resources to complete business combinations with multiple entities in one or several industries, it is probable that we will not have the resources to diversify our operations and mitigate the risks of being in a single line of

business. By completing our initial business combination with only a single entity, our lack of diversification may:

subject us to negative economic, competitive and regulatory developments, any or all of which may have a substantial adverse impact on the particular industry in which we operate after our initial business combination; and

cause us to depend on the marketing and sale of a single product or limited number of products or services.

Limited Ability to Evaluate the Target’s Management Team

Although we scrutinize closely the management of a prospective target business when evaluating the desirability of effecting our initial business combination with that business, our assessment of the target business’s management may not prove to be correct. In addition, the future management may not have the necessary skills, qualifications or abilities to manage a public company. Furthermore, the future role of members of our management team, if any, in the target business cannot presently be stated with any certainty. The determination as to whether any of the members of our management team will remain with the combined company will be made at the time of our initial business combination. While it is possible that one or more of our directors will remain associated in some capacity with us following our initial business combination, it is unlikely that any of them will devote their full efforts to our affairs subsequent to our initial business combination.

Following a business combination, we may seek to recruit additional managers to supplement the incumbent management of the target business.

Shareholders May Not Have the Ability to Approve Our Initial Business Combination

We may conduct redemptions without a shareholder vote pursuant to the tender offer rules of the SEC subject to the provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. However, we will seek shareholder approval if it is required by law or applicable stock exchange rule, or we may decide to seek shareholder approval for business or other legal reasons.

Under NYSE’s listing rules, shareholder approval would be required for our initial business combination if, for example:

We issue ordinary shares that will be equal to or in excess of 20% of the number of our ordinary shares then outstanding (other than in a public offering);

Any of our directors, officers or substantial shareholders (as defined by NYSE rules) has a 5% or greater interest (or such persons collectively have a 10% or greater interest), directly or indirectly, in the target business or assets to be acquired or otherwise and the present or potential issuance of ordinary shares could result in an increase in outstanding ordinary shares or voting power of 5% or more; or

The issuance or potential issuance of ordinary shares will result in our undergoing a change of control.

Permitted Purchases of Our Securities

If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our sponsor, directors, executive officers, advisors or their affiliates may purchase shares or public warrants in privately negotiated transactions or in the open market either prior to or following the completion of our initial business combination. However, they have no current commitments, plans or intentions to engage in such transactions and have not formulated any terms or conditions for any such transactions. None of the funds in the trust account will be used

to purchase shares or public warrants in such transactions. If they engage in such transactions, they will not make any such purchases when they are in possession of any materialnon-public information not disclosed to the seller or if such purchases are prohibited by Regulation M under the Exchange Act.

In the event that our sponsor, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates purchase shares in privately negotiated transactions from public shareholders who have already elected to exercise their redemption rights, such selling shareholders would be required to revoke their prior elections to redeem their shares. We do not currently anticipate that such purchases, if any, would constitute a tender offer subject to the tender offer rules under the Exchange Act or a going-private transaction subject to the going-private rules under the Exchange Act; however, if the purchasers determine at the time of any such purchases that the purchases are subject to such rules, the purchasers will comply with such rules.

The purpose of any such purchases of shares could be to (i) vote such shares in favor of the business combination and thereby increase the likelihood of obtaining shareholder approval of the business combination or (ii) to satisfy a closing condition in an agreement with a target that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash at the closing of our initial business combination, where it appears that such requirement would otherwise not be met. The purpose of any such purchases of public warrants could be to reduce the number of public warrants outstanding or to vote such warrants on any matters submitted to the warrant holders for approval in connection with our initial business combination. Any such purchases of our securities may result in the completion of our initial business combination that may not otherwise have been possible.

In addition, if such purchases are made, the public “float” of our Class A ordinary shares or public warrants may be reduced and the number of beneficial holders of our securities may be reduced, which may make it difficult to maintain or obtain the quotation, listing or trading of our securities on a national securities exchange.

Our sponsor, officers, directors and/or their affiliates may identify the shareholders with whom our sponsor, officers, directors or their affiliates may pursue privately negotiated purchases by either the shareholders contacting us directly or by our receipt of redemption requests submitted by shareholders (in the case of Class A ordinary shares) following our mailing of proxy materials in connection with our initial business combination. To the extent that our sponsor, officers, directors, advisors or their affiliates enter into a private purchase, they would identify and contact only potential selling shareholders who have expressed their election to redeem their shares for a pro rata share of the trust account or vote against our initial business combination, whether or not such shareholder has already submitted a proxy with respect to our initial business combination but only if such shares have not already been voted at the shareholder meeting related to our initial business combination. Our sponsor, executive officers, directors, advisors or any of their affiliates will select which shareholders to purchase shares from based on the negotiated price and number of shares and any other factors that they may deem relevant, and will only purchase shares if such purchases comply with Regulation M under the Exchange Act and the other federal securities laws.

Our sponsor, officers, directors and/or their affiliates will not make purchases of shares if the purchases would violate Section 9(a)(2) orRule 10b-5 of the Exchange Act. Any such purchases will be reported pursuant to Section 13 and Section 16 of the Exchange Act to the extent such purchasers are subject to such reporting requirements.

Redemption Rights for Public Shareholders upon Completion of Our Initial Business Combination

We will provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Class A ordinary shares upon the completion of our initial business combination at aper-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account calculated as of two business days prior to the consummation of the initial business combination, including interest (net of taxes payable), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, subject to the limitations described herein. The amount in the trust account is initially anticipated to be $10.00 per public share. The per share amount we will distribute to investors

who properly redeem their shares will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commissions we will pay to the underwriter. The redemption rights will include the requirement that a beneficial holder must identify itself in order to validly redeem its shares. Our sponsor and each member of our management team entered into agreements with us, pursuant to which they have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to their founder shares and public shares in connection with the completion of our initial business combination.

Limitations on Redemptions

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that in no event will we redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 (so that we are not subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules). However, the proposed business combination may require: (i) cash consideration to be paid to the target or its owners, (ii) cash to be transferred to the target for working capital or other general corporate purposes or (iii) the retention of cash to satisfy other conditions in accordance with the terms of the proposed business combination. In the event the aggregate cash consideration we would be required to pay for all Class A ordinary shares that are validly submitted for redemption plus any amount required to satisfy cash conditions pursuant to the terms of the proposed business combination exceed the aggregate amount of cash available to us, we will not complete the business combination or redeem any shares, and all Class A ordinary shares submitted for redemption will be returned to the holders thereof.

Manner of Conducting Redemptions

We will provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Class A ordinary shares upon the completion of our initial business combination either (i) in connection with a shareholder meeting called to approve the business combination or (ii) by means of a tender offer. The decision as to whether we will seek shareholder approval of a proposed business combination or conduct a tender offer will be made by us, solely in our discretion, and will be based on a variety of factors such as the timing of the transaction and whether the terms of the transaction would require us to seek shareholder approval under applicable law or stock exchange listing requirement or whether we were deemed to be, a foreign private issuer (which would require a tender offer rather than seeking shareholder approval under SEC rules). Asset acquisitions and share purchases would not typically require shareholder approval while direct mergers with our company where we do not survive and any transactions where we issue more than 20% of our outstanding ordinary shares or seek to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association would require shareholder approval. We currently intend to conduct redemptions in connection with a shareholder vote unless shareholder approval is not required by applicable law or stock exchange listing requirement and we choose to conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules of the SEC for business or other legal reasons.

If we hold a shareholder vote to approve our initial business combination, we will, pursuant to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association:

conduct the redemptions in conjunction with a proxy solicitation pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act, which regulates the solicitation of proxies, and not pursuant to the tender offer rules; and

file proxy materials with the SEC.

In the event that we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination, we will distribute proxy materials and, in connection therewith, provide our public shareholders with the redemption rights described above upon completion of the initial business combination.

If we seek shareholder approval, we will complete our initial business combination only if a majority of the ordinary shares voted are voted in favor of the business combination. In such case, our sponsor agreed to vote its founder shares and any public shares purchased during or after our Initial Public Offering in favor of our initial business combination. As a result, in addition to our sponsor’s founder shares, we would need 7,500,001, or

37.5%, of the 20,000,000 public shares sold in our Initial Public Offering to be voted in favor of an initial business combination in order to have our initial business combination approved (assuming all outstanding shares are voted). Each public shareholder may elect to redeem their public shares irrespective of whether they vote for or against the proposed transaction. In addition, our sponsor and each member of our management team entered into agreements with us, pursuant to which they have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to their founder shares and public shares in connection with the completion of a business combination.

If we conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules of the SEC, we will, pursuant to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association:

conduct the redemptions pursuant toRule 13e-4 and Regulation 14E of the Exchange Act, which regulate issuer tender offers; and

file tender offer documents with the SEC prior to completing our initial business combination which contain substantially the same financial and other information about the initial business combination and the redemption rights as is required under Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act, which regulates the solicitation of proxies.

Upon the public announcement of our initial business combination, we or our sponsor will terminate any plan established in accordance withRule 10b5-1 to purchase Class A ordinary shares in the open market if we elect to redeem our public shares through a tender offer, to comply withRule 14e-5 under the Exchange Act.

In the event we conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, our offer to redeem will remain open for at least 20 business days, in accordance withRule 14e-1(a) under the Exchange Act, and we will not be permitted to complete our initial business combination until the expiration of the tender offer period. In addition, the tender offer will be conditioned on public shareholders not tendering more than the number of public shares we are permitted to redeem. If public shareholders tender more shares than we have offered to purchase, we will withdraw the tender offer and not complete the initial business combination.

Limitation on Redemption upon Completion of Our Initial Business Combination If We Seek Shareholder Approval

If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that a public shareholder, together with any affiliate of such shareholder or any other person with whom such shareholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from seeking redemption rights with respect to Excess Shares (as defined further below). We believe this restriction will discourage shareholders from accumulating large blocks of shares, and subsequent attempts by such holders to use their ability to exercise their redemption rights against a proposed business combination as a means to force us or our management to purchase their shares at a significant premium to the then-current market price or on other undesirable terms. Absent this provision, a public shareholder holding more than an aggregate of 15% of the shares sold in our Initial Public Offering could threaten to exercise its redemption rights if such holder’s shares are not purchased by us, our sponsor or our management at a premium to the then-current market price or on other undesirable terms. By limiting our shareholders’ ability to redeem no more than 15% of the shares sold in our Initial Public Offering without our prior consent, we believe we will limit the ability of a small group of shareholders to unreasonably attempt to block our ability to complete our initial business combination, particularly in connection with a business combination with a target that requires as a closing condition that we have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash.

However, we would not be restricting our shareholders’ ability to vote all of their shares (including Excess Shares) for or against our initial business combination.

Tendering Share Certificates in Connection with a Tender Offer or Redemption Rights

Public shareholders seeking to exercise their redemption rights, whether they are record holders or hold their shares in “street name,” will be required to either tender their certificates (if any) to our transfer agent prior to the date set forth in the proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, mailed to such holders, or to deliver their shares to the transfer agent electronically using The Depository Trust Company’s DWAC (Deposit/ Withdrawal At Custodian) System, at the holder’s option, in each case up to two business days prior to the initially scheduled vote to approve the business combination. The proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, that we will furnish to holders of our public shares in connection with our initial business combination will indicate the applicable delivery requirements, which will include the requirement that a beneficial holder must identify itself in order to validly redeem its shares. Accordingly, a public shareholder would have from the time we send out our tender offer materials up to two days prior to the vote on the business combination to tender its shares if it wishes to seek to exercise its redemption rights. Given the relatively short period in which to exercise redemption rights, it is advisable for shareholders to use electronic delivery of their public shares.

There is a nominal cost associated with the above-referenced tendering process and the act of certificating the shares or delivering them through the DWAC System. The transfer agent will typically charge the tendering broker a fee of approximately $80.00 and it would be up to the broker whether or not to pass this cost on to the redeeming holder. However, this fee would be incurred regardless of whether or not we require holders seeking to exercise redemption rights to tender their shares. The need to deliver shares is a requirement of exercising redemption rights regardless of the timing of when such delivery must be effectuated.

The foregoing is different from the procedures used by many blank check companies. In order to perfect redemption rights in connection with their business combinations, many blank check companies would distribute proxy materials for the shareholders’ vote on an initial business combination, and a holder could simply vote against a proposed business combination and check a box on the proxy card indicating such holder was seeking to exercise his or her redemption rights. After the business combination was approved, the company would contact such shareholder to arrange for him or her to deliver his or her certificate to verify ownership. As a result, the shareholder then had an “option window” after the completion of the business combination during which he or she could monitor the price of the company’s shares in the market. If the price rose above the redemption price, he or she could sell his or her shares in the open market before actually delivering his or her shares to the company for cancellation. As a result, the redemption rights, to which shareholders were aware they needed to commit before the shareholder meeting, would become “option” rights surviving past the completion of the business combination until the redeeming holder delivered its certificate. The requirement for physical or electronic delivery prior to the meeting ensures that a redeeming shareholder’s election to redeem is irrevocable once the business combination is approved.

Any request to redeem such shares, once made, may be withdrawn at any time up to two business days prior to the vote on the proposal to approve the business combination, unless otherwise agreed to by us. Furthermore, if a holder of a public share delivered its certificate in connection with an election of redemption rights and subsequently decides prior to the applicable date not to elect to exercise such rights, such holder may simply request that the transfer agent return the certificate (physically or electronically). It is anticipated that the funds to be distributed to holders of our public shares electing to redeem their shares will be distributed promptly after the completion of our initial business combination.

If our initial business combination is not approved or completed for any reason, then our public shareholders who elected to exercise their redemption rights would not be entitled to redeem their shares for the applicable pro rata share of the trust account. In such case, we will promptly return any certificates delivered by public holders who elected to redeem their shares.

If our initial proposed business combination is not completed, we may continue to try to complete a business combination with a different target until 24 months from the closing of our Initial Public Offering.

Redemption of Public Shares and Liquidation If No Initial Business Combination

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that we have only 24 months from the closing of our Initial Public Offering to consummate an initial business combination. If we are unable to consummate an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of our Initial Public Offering, we will: (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up; (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at aper-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses and net of taxes payable), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any); and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining shareholders and our board of directors, liquidate and dissolve, subject in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) to our obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. There will be no redemption rights or liquidating distributions with respect to our warrants, which will expire worthless if we fail to consummate an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of our Initial Public Offering.

Our sponsor entered into an agreement with us, pursuant to which it has waived its rights to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to its founder shares if we fail to consummate an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of our Initial Public Offering. However, if our sponsor or members of our management team acquire public shares in or after our Initial Public Offering, they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to such public shares if we fail to consummate an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of our Initial Public Offering.

Our sponsor, executive officers and directors have agreed, pursuant to a written agreement with us, that they will not propose any amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that would affect the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not consummate an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of our Initial Public Offering, unless we provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their public shares upon approval of any such amendment at aper-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest (net of taxes payable), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares. However, we may not redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 (so that we are not subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules). If this optional redemption right is exercised with respect to an excessive number of public shares such that we cannot satisfy the net tangible asset requirement, we would not proceed with the amendment or the related redemption of our public shares at such time. This redemption right shall apply in the event of the approval of any such amendment, whether proposed by our sponsors, any executive officer, director, or any other person.

We expect that all costs and expenses associated with implementing our plan of dissolution, as well as payments to any creditors, will be funded from amounts remaining out of the $1,000,000 of proceeds held outside the trust account, although we cannot assure you that there will be sufficient funds for such purpose. However, if those funds are not sufficient to cover the costs and expenses associated with implementing our plan of dissolution, we may request the trustee to release to us an additional amount of up to $100,000 of such accrued interest to pay those costs and expenses.

If we were to expend all of the net proceeds of our Initial Public Offering, other than the proceeds deposited in the trust account, and without taking into account interest, if any, earned on the trust account, theper-share redemption amount received by shareholders upon our dissolution would be $10.00. The proceeds deposited in the trust account could, however, become subject to the claims of our creditors which would have higher priority than the claims of our public shareholders. We cannot assure you that the actualper-share redemption amount received by shareholders will not be less than $10.00. While we intend to pay such amounts, if any, we cannot assure you that we will have funds sufficient to pay or provide for all creditors’ claims.

Although we will seek to have all vendors, service providers, prospective target businesses and other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the trust account for the benefit of our public shareholders, there is no guarantee that they will execute such agreements or even if they execute such agreements that they would be prevented from bringing claims against the trust account including but not limited to fraudulent inducement, breach of fiduciary responsibility or other similar claims, as well as claims challenging the enforceability of the waiver, in each case in order to gain an advantage with respect to a claim against our assets, including the funds held in the trust account. If any third-party refuses to execute an agreement waiving such claims to the monies held in the trust account, our management will perform an analysis of the alternatives available to it and will only enter into an agreement with a third party that has not executed a waiver if management believes that such third party’s engagement would be significantly more beneficial to us than any alternative. Examples of possible instances where we may engage a third party that refuses to execute a waiver include the engagement of a third-party consultant whose particular expertise or skills are believed by management to be significantly superior to those of other consultants that would agree to execute a waiver or in cases where management is unable to find a service provider willing to execute a waiver. Citigroup Global Markets Inc. will not execute agreements with us waiving such claims to the monies held in the trust account. In addition, there is no guarantee that such entities will agree to waive any claims they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with us and will not seek recourse against the trust account for any reason. In order to protect the amounts held in the trust account, our sponsor agreed that it will be liable to us if and to the extent any claims by a vendor for services rendered or products sold to us, or a prospective target business with which we have discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amounts in the trust account to below the lesser of (i) $10.00 per public share and (ii) the actual amount per public share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account if less than $10.00 per share due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case less taxes payable, provided that such liability will not apply to any claims by a third party who executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the trust account nor will it apply to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriter of our Initial Public Offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. In the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, our sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third-party claims. However, we have not asked our sponsor to reserve for such indemnification obligations, nor have we independently verified whether our sponsor has sufficient funds to satisfy its indemnity obligations and we believe that our sponsor’s only assets are securities of our company. Therefore, we cannot assure you that our sponsor would be able to satisfy those obligations. None of our officers or directors will indemnify us for claims by third parties including, without limitation, claims by vendors and prospective target businesses.

In the event that the proceeds in the trust account are reduced below the lesser of (i) $10.00 per public share and (ii) the actual amount per public share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account if less than $10.00 per share due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case less taxes payable, and our sponsor asserts that it is unable to satisfy its indemnification obligations or that it has no indemnification obligations related to a particular claim, our independent directors would determine whether to take legal action against our sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations. While we currently expect that our independent directors would take legal action on our behalf against our sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations to us, it is possible that our independent directors in exercising their business judgment may choose not to do so in any particular instance. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that due to claims of creditors the actual value of theper-share redemption price will not be less than $10.00 per share.

We will seek to reduce the possibility that our sponsor will have to indemnify the trust account due to claims of creditors by endeavoring to have all vendors, service providers, prospective target businesses or other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to monies held in the trust account. Our sponsor will also not be liable as to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriter of our Initial Public Offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. We will have access to up to $1,000,000 from the proceeds of our Initial Public Offering with which to pay any such potential claims (including costs and expenses incurred in connection with our liquidation, currently

estimated to be no more than approximately $100,000). In the event that we liquidate and it is subsequently determined that the reserve for claims and liabilities is insufficient, shareholders who received funds from our trust account could be liable for claims made by creditors.

If we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the proceeds held in the trust account could be subject to applicable bankruptcy law, and may be included in our bankruptcy estate and subject to the claims of third parties with priority over the claims of our shareholders. To the extent any bankruptcy claims deplete the trust account, we cannot assure you we will be able to return $10.00 per share to our public shareholders. Additionally, if we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, any distributions received by shareholders could be viewed under applicable debtor/creditor and/or bankruptcy laws as either a “preferential transfer” or a “fraudulent conveyance.” As a result, a bankruptcy court could seek to recover some or all amounts received by our shareholders. Furthermore, our board of directors may be viewed as having breached its fiduciary duty to our creditors and/or may have acted in bad faith, and thereby exposing itself and our company to claims of punitive damages, by paying public shareholders from the trust account prior to addressing the claims of creditors. We cannot assure you that claims will not be brought against us for these reasons.

Our public shareholders are entitled to receive funds from the trust account only (i) in the event of the redemption of our public shares if we do not consummate an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of our Initial Public Offering, (ii) in connection with a shareholder vote to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not consummate an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of our Initial Public Offering or (iii) if they redeem their respective shares for cash upon the completion of the initial business combination. In no other circumstances will a shareholder have any right or interest of any kind to or in the trust account. In the event we seek shareholder approval in connection with our initial business combination, a shareholder’s voting in connection with the business combination alone will not result in a shareholder’s redeeming its shares to us for an applicable pro rata share of the trust account. Such shareholder must have also exercised its redemption rights described above. These provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, like all provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, may be amended with a shareholder vote.

Competition

In identifying, evaluating and selecting a target business for our initial business combination, we may encounter intense competition from other entities having a business objective similar to ours, including other blank check companies, private equity groups and leveraged buyout funds, public companies, operating businesses seeking strategic acquisitions. Many of these entities are well established and have extensive experience identifying and effecting business combinations directly or through affiliates. Moreover, many of these competitors possess greater financial, technical, human and other resources than us. Our ability to acquire larger target businesses will be limited by our available financial resources. This inherent limitation gives others an advantage in pursuing the acquisition of a target business. Furthermore, our obligation to pay cash in connection with our public shareholders who exercise their redemption rights may reduce the resources available to us for our initial business combination and our outstanding warrants, and the future dilution they potentially represent, may not be viewed favorably by certain target businesses. Either of these factors may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating an initial business combination.

Facilities

We currently maintain our executive offices at 21 Grosvenor Place, London, SW1X 7HF. The cost for our use of this space is included in the $10,000 per month fee we pay to an affiliate of our sponsor for office space, administrative and support services. We consider our current office space adequate for our current operations.

Employees

We currently have two executive officers. These individuals are not obligated to devote any specific number of hours to our matters but they intend to devote as much of their time as they deem necessary to our affairs until we have completed our initial business combination. The amount of time they will devote in any time period will vary based on whether a target business has been selected for our initial business combination and the stage of the business combination process we are in. We do not intend to have any full-time employees prior to the completion of our initial business combination.

Periodic Reporting and Financial Information

We have registered our units, Class A ordinary shares and warrants under the Exchange Act and have reporting obligations, including the requirement that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with the SEC. In accordance with the requirements of the Exchange Act, our annual reports contain financialforward-looking statements audited and reported on by our independent registered public accountants.

We will provide shareholders with audited financial statements of the prospective target business as part of the proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, sent to shareholders. These financial statements may be required to be prepared in accordance with, or reconciled to, GAAP, or IFRS, depending on the circumstances, and the historical financial statements may be required to be audited in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. These financial statement requirements may limit the pool of potential target businesses we may acquire because some targets may be unable to provide such statements in time for us to disclose such statements in accordance with federal proxy rules and complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame. We cannot assure youmeaning of that any particular target business identified by us as a potential acquisition candidate will have financial statements prepared in accordance with the requirements outlined above, or that the potential target business will be able to prepare its financial statements in accordance with the requirements outlined above. To the extent that these requirements cannot be met, we may not be able to acquire the proposed target business. While this may limit the pool of potential acquisition candidates, we do not believe that this limitation will be material.

We will be required to evaluate our internal control procedures for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2019 as required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Only in the event we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer or an accelerated filer will we be required to have our internal control procedures audited. A target business may not be in compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regarding adequacy of their internal controls. The development of the internal controls of any such entity to achieve compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may increase the time and costs necessary to complete any such acquisition.

We previously filed a Registration Statement onForm 8-A with the SEC to voluntarily register our securities under Section 12 of the Exchange Act. As a result, we are subject to the rules and regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act. We have no current intention of filing a Form 15 to suspend our reporting or other obligations under the Exchange Act prior or subsequent to the consummation of our initial business combination.

We are a Cayman Islands exempted company. Exempted companies are Cayman Islands companies conducting business mainly outside the Cayman Islands and, as such, are exempted from complying with certain provisions of the Companies Law. As an exempted company, we applied for and received a tax exemption undertaking from the Cayman Islands government that, in accordance with Section 6 of the Tax Concessions Law (2011 Revision) of the Cayman Islands, for a period of 20 years from the date of the undertaking, no law which is enacted in the Cayman Islands imposing any tax to be levied on profits, income, gains or appreciations will apply to us or our operations and, in addition, that no tax to be levied on profits, income, gains or appreciations or which is in the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax will be payable (i) on or in respect of our shares, debentures or other obligations or (ii) by way of the withholding in whole or in part of a payment of dividend or other distribution of income or capital by us to our shareholders or a payment of principal or interest or other sums due under a debenture or other obligation of us.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as definedterm in Section 2(a)27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended or(the “Securities Act”), and Section 21E of the Securities Act, as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business StartupsExchange Act of 2012,1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and are made in reliance upon the protections provided by such acts for forward-looking statements and the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements are often identified by words such as “expect,” “estimate,” “project,” “budget,” “forecast,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “plan,” “may,” “will,” “could,” “should,” “believes,” “assume,” “likely,” “predicts,” “potential,” “continue,” and similar expressions. These forward-looking statements include, without limitation, our expectations with respect to our future performance and our ability to implement its strategy, and are based on the beliefs and expectations of our management team from the information available at the time such statements are made. These forward-looking statements involve a number of judgments, risks and uncertainties that could cause the actual results to differ materially from the expected results. Most of these factors are outside our control and are difficult to predict. Factors that may cause such differences include, but are not limited to:


financial and business performance, including business metrics and potential liquidity;
changes to our strategy, future operations, financial position, estimated revenues and losses, projected costs, prospects and plans, including related to our strategic review process and the potential sale of all or part of our business;
ability to attain the JOBS Act. As such, we are eligibleexpected financial benefits from the ClickDealer transaction;
any impacts to take advantagethe ClickDealer business from our acquisition thereof,
ability to successfully recover should DMS experience a disaster or other business continuity problem from a hurricane, flood, earthquake, terrorist attack, pandemic, security breach, cyber attack, data breach, power loss, telecommunications failure or other natural or man-made event;
ability to manage our international expansion as a result of certain exemptions from various reporting requirementsthe ClickDealer acquisition, including operations in the Ukraine;
the Company’s exposure to potential criminal sanctions or civil penalties for noncompliance with foreign and U.S. laws and regulations that are applicable in the domestic and international jurisdictions in which it operates, including sanctions laws relating to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies”countries such as Iran, Russia, Sudan, Syria and Venezuela, anti-corruption laws such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the U.K. Bribery Act of 2010, and local laws prohibiting corrupt payments to government officials, as well as import and export restrictions;
changes in client demand for our services and our ability to adapt to such changes;
the entry of new competitors in the market;
the ability to maintain and attract consumers and advertisers in the face of changing economic or competitive conditions;
the ability to maintain, grow and protect the data DMS obtains from consumers and advertisers, and to ensure compliance with data privacy regulations in newly entered markets;
the performance of DMS’s technology infrastructure;
ability to protect DMS’s intellectual property rights;
ability to successfully source, complete and integrate acquisitions;
ability to improve and maintain adequate internal controls over financial and management systems, and remediate material weaknesses therein, including but not limitedrelating to not being requiredrevenue and the impairment of goodwill and intangible assets;
the continuously evolving laws and regulations applicable to our business in the United States and around the world and our ability to maintain compliance therewith;
our substantial levels of indebtedness;
our ability to maintain adequate operational and financial resources or raise additional capital or generate sufficient cash flows, including our ability to service our debt obligations under our senior secured credit facility, entered into on May 25, 2021 (as amended from time to time, the “Credit Facility”);
our ability to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensationcovenants in our periodic reportsCredit Facility and proxy statements, and exemptions fromour obligations to the requirements of holding anon-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the pricesholders of our securities may be more volatile.

In addition, Section 107 ofSeries A convertible redeemable Preferred Stock (“Series A Preferred Stock”) and Series B convertible redeemable Preferred Stock (“Series B Preferred Stock,” collectively the JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided“Preferred Stock”);

volatility in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an “emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We intend to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of our Initial Public Offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.0 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our Class A ordinary shares that are held bynon-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30th, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion innon-convertible debt during the prior three-year period.

Legal Proceedings

There is no material litigation, arbitration or governmental proceeding currently pending against us or any members of our management team in their capacity as such.

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

An investment in our securities involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully all of the risks described below, together with the other information contained in this Annual Report onForm 10-K, before making a decision to invest in our securities. If any of the following events occur, our business, financial condition and operating results may be materially adversely affected. In that event, the trading price of our securities could decline,common stock and you could loseour Public Warrants and fluctuations in value of our Private Placement Warrants and the Preferred Warrants (collectively, the “Warrants”); and

other risks and uncertainties indicated from time to time in DMS’s filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), including those under “Risk Factors” in this Annual Report and in DMS’s subsequent filings with the SEC.



We discuss many of the risks, uncertainties and other factors that we face in greater detail under the heading “Risk Factors” in
Part I, Item 1A of this Annual Report. There may be additional risks that we consider immaterial or which are unknown, and it is not possible to predict or identify all such risks.

We caution that the foregoing list of factors is not exclusive. In addition, we caution readers not to place undue reliance upon any forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date made. We do not undertake or part of your investment.

Risks Relatingaccept any obligation or undertaking to Our Business

We have no operating history and no revenues, and you have no basisrelease publicly any updates or revisions to any forward-looking statements to reflect any change in its expectations or any change in events, conditions or circumstances on which any such statement is based. These forward-looking statements are based on information available as of the date of this Annual Report, and current expectations, forecasts and assumptions. Our forward-looking statements do not reflect the potential impact of any future acquisitions, mergers, dispositions, joint ventures, investments or similar transactions.



PART I
Item 1. Business

Overview

Digital Media Solutions, Inc. (“DMS Inc.” or the “Company” or “DMS” or “us”, “our” or “we”) is a leading provider of technology enabled digital performance advertising solutions connecting consumers and advertisers. Our performance-based ROI-driven business model derisks ad spend for advertisers which in turn positions DMS to evaluate our abilitygrow as digital ad spend accelerates because advertisers are shifting more of their ad spend from traditional channels like TV and radio to achieve our business objective.

We were formeddigital channels, including social media, search, display, e-mail, push and connected TV. As used in November 2017this Annual Report, the “Company” refers to DMS Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries, (including its wholly-owned subsidiary, CEP V DMS US Blocker Company, a Delaware corporation (“Blocker”)).


The Company is headquartered in Clearwater, Florida. The Company primarily operates and derives most of its revenue in the United States.

Refer to Note 2. Business Combinationin the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data of this Annual Report for an overview of the Company’s background.

Recent Developments

Recent Business Acquisition
On March 30, 2023, the Company acquired certain assets of G.D.M. Group Holding Limited, a company organized under the laws of Cyprus (“ClickDealer Cyprus”), ClickDealer Asia Pte., Ltd., a company organized in Singapore (“ClickDealer Singapore”), GDMgroup Asia Limited, a company organized in Hong Kong (“ClickDealer HongKong”) and ClickDealer Europe BV, a company organized in the Cayman IslandsNetherlands (“ClickDealer Netherlands”, and collectively with ClickDealer Cyprus, ClickDealer Singapore, ClickDealer Hong Kong, and any other related entity “ClickDealer”), with a purchase price of $35 million, of which the Company paid cash consideration of $33 million plus net working capital adjustments through August 22, 2023, with the remaining balance as holdbacks payable to the sellers upon the completion of certain deliverables through 2025. The transaction also includes up to $10 million in contingent consideration, subject to the achievement of certain milestones, to be paid two years after the acquisition date, subject to the operation of the acquired assets reaching certain milestone. The contingent consideration may be paid in cash or the Company’s Class A Common Stock, to be mutually agreed by DMS and the applicable recipients. For further information, refer to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 10, 2023.

Private Placement of Convertible Preferred Stock and Warrants
On March 29, 2023, the Company entered into a securities purchase agreement (the “SPA”) with certain investors to purchase 80,000 shares of Series A convertible redeemable Preferred stock (“Series A Preferred stock”) and 60,000 shares of Series B convertible redeemable Preferred stock (“Series B Preferred stock”, and together with the Series A Preferred stock, the “Preferred Stock”), for an aggregate purchase price of $14.0 million (the “Preferred Offering”), including $6.2 million of related party participation. The Preferred Stock was issued at a 10% Original Issue Discount (OID) to the aggregate stated value of $15.5 million. The Company also issued the Preferred Warrants to the purchasers in the Preferred Offering. Holders of the Preferred Warrants may acquire up to 963 thousand shares of Common Stock, with a 5-year maturity and an exercise price equal to $9.6795,subject to adjustment and the beneficial ownership limitations set forth in the applicable warrant agreement. See Note 10. Fair Value Measurements for further details.

Proceeds from the Preferred Offering were $13.1 million, net of transaction costs, which the Company received on March 30, 2023, and used to fund its equity cure (see Note 8. Debt) and consummate the ClickDealer acquisition.

Amendment of Term Loan and Revolving Facility
On July 3, 2023, our Credit Facility, which consisted of a senior secured term loan with an aggregate principal amount of $225 million (“Term Loan”) and a $50 million senior secured revolving credit facility (“Revolving Facility”), was amended to transition LIBOR to the Term Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”) as the basis for establishing the interest rate applicable to borrowings under the agreements. The interest rate is based on SOFR Benckmark Replacement plus 5.00% for the Term Loan and SOFR Benckmark Replacement plus 4.25% for Revolving Facility.

On August 16, 2023, DMS LLC and DMSH LLC, along with certain subsidiaries of the Company, entered into a first amendment to the Credit Facility (the “First Amendment”) with Truist Bank and the other lenders party thereto (the “Lenders”), which, among other things, modified the Credit Facility as follows:
a.allows for the payment-in-kind (“PIK”) of the quarterly interest payments due and payable on September 30, 2023 and each of the following three quarters, with all PIK interest required to be repaid no later than December 31, 2025;
1

b.provides that (a) if the borrower exercises the PIK option, the interest rate will be equal to SOFR+11%; (b) if interest is paid in cash during the PIK period, the rate will be equal to SOFR+8%; and (c) following the PIK period, the interest rate will be equal to SOFR+8%; provided that if the Company (1) achieves the credit rating of B3 by Moody’s and B- by S&P, and (2) has repaid the aggregate capitalized PIK interest, the interest rate will be SOFR + 6.0%;
c.if any loans under the Credit Facility remain outstanding on or after January 1, 2025, back-end PIK interest will accrue as follows: 5% for the period from January 1, 2025 through June 30, 2025; 7.5% for the period from July 1, 2025 through December 31, 2025; and 10% in calendar year 2026 until maturity;
d.eliminates the total net leverage ratio covenant for the remainder of 2023, inclusive of the second quarter of 2023, and sets the total net leverage ratio of DMSH LLC and its restricted subsidiaries starting at 15.6x and 10.6x for the first and second quarters of 2024, respectively, and varying for every quarter thereafter, down to 6.9x for the fourth quarter of 2025 and until maturity;
e.eliminates the right of the Borrower to undertake an equity cure to cure any breach of the total net leverage ratio covenant;
f.establishes a minimum liquidity covenant of $9 million for the remainder of 2023 excluding December 31, 2023, and $10 million from December 31, 2023 and thereafter until maturity (subject to the Company’s ability to exercise an equity cure solely with respect to the liquidity covenant);
g.modifies in certain respects the affirmative and negative covenants and the events of default in the Credit Facility, including subjecting non ordinary course investments and restricted distributions to consent of the requisite Lenders; and
h.establishes a minimum payment for the revolver of 1.0%per annum of the original aggregate principal amount of the Revolving Facility outstanding as of the First Amendment’s effective date, paid quarterly.

As of March 31, 2024, the Company was in breach of the net leverage ratio covenant under its Credit Facility, which it cured as of April 17, 2024, when DMS, LLC, DMSH LLC and certain of the Company’s subsidiaries entered into a second amendment and waiver (the “Second Amendment”) to its existing Credit Facility with a syndicate of lenders, arranged by Truist Bank and Fifth Third Bank, as joint lead arrangers, and Truist Bank, as administrative agent and collateral agent. The Second Amendment introduced new Tranche A term loan commitments in the amount of $22 million with a maturity date of February 25, 2026, increasing our total borrowing capacity under the Credit Facility from $275 million to $297 million. The Second Amendment allows the Company to PIK the quarterly interest payments due and payable for the quarter ended March 31, 2024 and each of the following quarters up to and including the quarter ending on March 31, 2025; and waives compliance with the net leverage ratio covenant through June 30, 2025.

The Second Amendment also includes certain limited waivers related to prior defaults and events of default under the Credit Facility, amends certain negative and affirmative covenants applicable to us and adds certain additional covenants. In accordance with the Second Amendment, we are required to maintain a minimum aggregate amount of unrestricted and uncommitted cash and cash equivalents held in U.S. dollars during the period of time from and after the Second Amendment effective date of at least $5 million. Further, we have no operating results,agreed to a variance test in which (i) the Company disbursements during a variance testing period shall not be more than 15% in excess of the amount reflected in the corresponding period in the Credit Facility’s loan parties’ projected cash flows prepared in consultation with a financial advisor (the “Cash Flow Forecast”) or (ii) the Company’s aggregate net cash receipts, (a) during the two week period after the Second Amendment effective date, will not be less than 80%, for the trailing two week period, of the aggregate cash receipts forecasted in the Cash Flow Forecast applicable during such testing period, (b) during the three week period after the Second Amendment effective date, will not be less than 82.5%, for the trailing three week period of the aggregate cash receipts forecasted in the Cash Flow Forecast applicable during such testing period and (c) during the four week period after the Second Amendment effective date and thereafter, will not be less than 85%for the trailing four week period of the aggregate cash receipts forecasted in the Cash Flow Forecast applicable during such testing period.

In connection with the Second Amendment, we commencedmust pay a 8.0% commitment fee, which shall be fully earned on the initial funding disbursement date and payable as PIK interest on the Second Amendment effective date. Further, under the terms of the Second Amendment, we have agreed to promptly commence a strategic review and marketing process for a sale of all or substantially all of our assets, which is subject to certain milestones. Refer to Note 8. Debt in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data of this Annual Report, for further detail on our debt.

Common Stock Reverse Split
On August 28, 2023, Digital Media Solutions, Inc. filed an amendment to its certificate of incorporation in the State of Delaware (the Amendment), which provided that, after the market close on August 28, 2023 (the Reverse Split Effective Time), every fifteen shares of our issued and outstanding Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock would automatically be combined into one issued and outstanding share of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, respectively, without any change in the par value per share (the “Reverse Stock Split”).

2

At the Reverse Stock Split Effective Time, every 15 issued and outstanding shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock were converted automatically into one share of the Company’s Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, respectively, without any change in the par value per share. The Reverse Stock Split reduced the number of shares of Class A Common Stock issued and outstanding from approximately 41.0 million to approximately 2.7 million and Class B Common Stock issued and outstanding from approximately 25.1 million to approximately 1.7 million.

No fractional shares were issued in connection with the Reverse Stock Split. Shareholders who otherwise would have been entitled to receive a fractional share instead became entitled to receive one whole share of common stock in lieu of such fractional share. All historical share amounts disclosed in this Annual Report on Form 10-K have been retroactively restated to reflect the Reverse Stock Split.

Delisting by NYSE of Class A Common Stock and Public Warrants
On October 10, 2023, NYSE filed a Form 25 with the SEC to delist the Company’s Class A common stock from NYSE. The deregistration of the common stock under Section 12 of Exchange Act was effective on January 8, 2024. As of April 12, 2024, the Company’s Class A common stock were traded on the OTCQB Market under the trading symbol “DMSL.”

On June 29, 2023, NYSE filed a Form 25 to delist our Public Warrants from NYSE. The deregistration of the Public Warrants under Section 12 of the Exchange Act was effective on September 27, 2023. As of April 12, 2024, the Public Warrants were traded on the OTC Pink Market under the symbol “DMSIW.”

Human Capital

Our people are vital to our success in the digital marketing services industry. As a human-capital business, the long-term success of our firm depends on our people. We strive to make our employees feel as though they are highly prioritized. Our goal is to ensure that we have the right talent, in the right place, at the right time. We do that through our commitment to attracting, developing and retaining our associates.

We strive to attract individuals who are people-focused and share our values. We have competitive programs dedicated to selecting new talent and enhancing the skills of our associates. In our recruiting efforts, we strive to have a diverse group of candidates to consider for our roles. To that end, we have strong relationships with a variety of industry associations that represent diverse professionals and with diversity groups on university and college campuses where we recruit.

We have designed a compensation structure, including an array of benefit plans and programs, that we believe is attractive to our current and prospective associates. We also offer our associates the opportunity to participate in a variety of professional and leadership development programs. Our program includes a variety of industry, product, technical, professional, business development, and leadership trainings.

We seek to retain our associates by using their feedback to create and continually enhance programs that support their needs. We have formal annual goal setting and performance review processes for our employees. We have a values-based culture, an important factor in retaining our associates, which is memorialized in a culture “blueprint” that is communicated to all associates. Our training to share and communicate our culture to all associates plays an important part in this process. We are committed to having a diverse workforce, and an inclusive work environment is a natural extension of our culture. We have recently renewed our commitment to ensuring that all our associates feel welcomed, valued, respected and heard so that they can fully contribute their unique talents for the benefit of clients, their careers, our firm and our communities.

We take a proactive approach to philanthropy and driving meaningful change in the world, holding ourselves accountable to leading by example. On an individual level, we provide paid time-off opportunities for volunteering or donating to a cause that matters to each person. We monitor and evaluate various turnover and attrition metrics throughout our management teams. Our annualized voluntary turnover is relatively low, as is the case for turnover of our top performers, a record which we attribute to our strong values-based culture, commitment to career development, and attractive compensation and benefit programs.

Since our technologies can be securely accessed remotely, after feedback as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, we have transitioned so that nearly all of our workforce operates remotely. Ongoing feedback from employee surveys indicate that our talent has embraced, and prefers to continue, working in a remote environment. We have prioritized virtual communications, wellness programs, and work-life balance adaptation that has increased engagement and supports our trust-first mentality. Recognizing safety as a priority, once safe to return, our people will have the opportunity to work at our headquarters.

The Company is headquartered in Clearwater, Florida with approximately 337 employees as of December 31, 2023.

3

Disaggregation of Revenue

The Company has three material revenue streams, which represents disaggregation of services for: (1) customer acquisition, (2) managed services and (3) software services (“SaaS”).

Customer acquisition - The process of identifying and cultivating potential customers (also known as customers or near customers otherwise known as leads) for our customer’s business products or services through impressions, clicks and direct messaging (email, push and text/SMS or short message service) based on predefined qualifying characteristics specified by the customer. Revenue is earned based on the cost per action (“CPA”) defined within the executed insertion order (“IO”) and/or agreed to with the customer.
Managed Services - The management of a customer’s marketing spend and performance, through the utilization of proprietary software delivery platform. Revenue in certain cases, is earned based on a percentage (%) of the customer’s total media spend, which is recognized as a net revenue, while other revenue is recognized on a gross basis.
Software Services (“SaaS”) - The application of propriety performance marketing software, which tracks lead counts, sources and channels, pricing and overall spend for each client. The software allows online real-time management of marketing activities and spend to attract potential applicants, sourced through various digital online methods. Revenue is earned by licensing the software to customers under a Software Services (“SaaS”) based contract.

Segments Revenue
We classify our operations into three reportable segments: Brand Direct, Marketplace and Technology Solutions.

Under the Brand Direct reportable segment, revenue is earned from fees we charge to our customers when we obtained funding throughadvertise directly for them under their brand name. In servicing our Initial Public Offering. Becausecustomers under this reportable segment, the end consumer of our customer interacts directly with our customer and does not interface with the Company’s brands at any point during the transaction process. Consumer journeys inside the Brand Direct reportable segment utilize the Company’s propriety tool set of Data, Process and Technology which operates in the background of these journeys.

Under the Marketplace reportable segment, we lack an operating history, you have no basis upon whichearn revenue from fees we charge to evaluate our ability to achievecustomers when we advertise their business under our business objective of completingbrand name. The end consumer interfaces directly with our initial business combination with one or more target businesses. We have no plans, arrangements or understandings with any prospective target business concerning a business combinationbrand and may be unableredirected to complete our initial business combination. Ifcustomer based on information obtained during the transaction process. The Marketplace reportable segment utilizes the Company’s same propriety tool set of Data, Process and Technology as Brand Direct which operates in the background of these journeys.

Under the Technology Solutions reportable segment, we failearn revenue from fees for other services provided to complete our initial business combination, we will never generate any operating revenues.

Past performance by Lion Capital, includingcustomers such as the management of digital media services on behalf of our management team, may notcustomers as well as our SaaS offering. Revenue in this segment is recognized when control of goods or services is transferred to customers, in amounts that reflect the consideration the Company expects to be indicative of future performance of an investmententitled to in us.

Information regarding performance by, or businesses associated with, Lion Capital is presentedexchange for informational purposes only. Any past experiencethose goods and performance of Lion Capital or our management team is not a guarantee

either: (1) that we will be able to successfully identify a suitable candidate for our initial business combination; or (2) of any results with respect to any initial business combination we may consummate. You should not rely on the historical record of Lion Capital or our management team’s performance as indicativeservices. Upon satisfaction of the futureassociated performance of an investmentobligation, the Company recognizes revenue.


Industry Overview
The Company operates as a digital performance marketing engine for companies across numerous industries, including insurance, consumer finance, e-commerce, home services, brand performance, health and wellness and education & career placements. We also operate in us ormanaged services that provide better access and control over the returns we will, or are likely to, generate going forward. An investment in us is not an investment in Lion Capital. Noneadvertising spend of our sponsor, officers, directors or Lion Capital has had experience withcustomers, including marketing automation and SaaS. The vertical agnostic brand direct solutions approach allows the number of verticals we serve to expand the Total Addressable Market (“TAM”), and the balance of business across these industries protects our revenue stream from unpredictable market shifts, which we believe, in comparison, is a blank checksignificant risk faced by vertical-specific, marketplace only companies.

Business Strategies
The Company is a premier digital performance-based marketing company or special purpose acquisition companyoffering a diversified array of digital advertising solutions. We are a major contributor to the structural shift from traditional media to the online and digital arena currently ongoing in the past.

Our shareholders mayadvertising industry. Through our cutting-edge technologies and multi-faceted platforms, the Company enables advertising customers to not be afforded an opportunityonly acquire new customers but also to votemore closely track, monitor and adjust marketing campaigns based on their return on investment.


Competition
The Company is a brand-direct solutions provider that offers a diversified set of advertising and customer acquisition solutions to a wide variety of industries, most comparable to adtech firms such as The TradeDesk, Inc. (NASDAQ: TTD) and LiveRamp Holdings, Inc. (NYSE: RAMP). As a complement to our industry-agnostic offerings, the Company has also developed marketplace solutions that are more vertically oriented to key markets such as insurance, finance, education, health and wellness, which are most comparable to marketplaces offered by EverQuote, Inc. (NASDAQ: EVER), SelectQuote, Inc. (NYSE: SLQT), LendingTree, Inc. (NASDAQ: TREE), QuinStreet, Inc. (NASDAQ: QNST), CarGurus, Inc. (NASDAQ: CARG), and eHealth, Inc. (NASDAQ: EHTH) but with less risk exposure to a single industry.
4


Customer Concentration
For the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, one advertising customer within the Marketplace segment accounted for approximately 14.1% and 23.2% of our total revenue, respectively. We market for advertisers on our proposedplatform primarily through utilizing impressions, ad clicks, direct messaging to consumers, leads, and email to sales conversions, directly measuring results and providing accountability. Our initial business combination,contract terms for customer acquisition are typically one to three months. Managed services are typically signed for one-month terms with auto-renewal for subsequent period and revenue by licensing the Software to customers under SaaS-based contracts, which means we may complete our initial business combination even though ais typically one-month with auto-renewal for subsequent months. The large majority of our shareholderscustomers pay on a monthly basis. Our services are billed on a monthly basis for the services provided in the previous month. Our pricing method reflects the price and quantities for the service provided, which is driven by the volume of customer acquisition, includes access to our direct service, technical support and managed services infrastructure. We generally recognize revenue from our leads, services and software platform ratably over the contractual term of the arrangement. We do not support such a combination.

charge third-party suppliers who are on our platform to transact with our customers. We may choose notbelieve this approach helps attract more suppliers to hold a shareholder vote before we complete our initial business combination ifplatform and increases the business combination would not require shareholder approval under applicable law or stock exchange listing requirement. For instance, if we were seekingvalue of our platform.


Our Business

Management of high-quality targeted media sources
In the digital marketing solutions industry, it is essential that advertising service providers are able to acquire a target business where the consideration we were paying in the transaction was all cash, we would not be required to seek shareholder approval to complete such a transaction. Exceptand retain high quality media sources that attract targeted users for as required by applicable law or stock exchange requirement, the decision as to whether we will seek shareholder approval of a proposed business combination or will allow shareholders to sell their shares to us in a tender offer will be made by us, solely in our discretion, and will be basedadvertiser customers on a varietylarge scale at low cost. This can be particularly challenging given the dynamic nature of the media resources available to advertising service providers. Frequent updates in search engine algorithms and consolidation of media sources result in high costs of retaining high quality media sources. This, combined with high levels of competition by a large number of service providers, drives up costs within the advertising industry.

To combat this challenge, we have built out a channel-agnostic media team that leverages our proprietary first party data asset to buy media, on both the Brand Direct and Marketplace solutions we offer, to connect ad units with consumers who have probability and intent to interact with those ad units. Additionally, we have formed strategic partnerships through acquisitions with other advertising and proprietary media marketing software providers to increase our access to high quality targeted media. Our acquisition of Traverse provide us access to proprietary software to drive meaningful engagement with advertising targets.

Regulation
Our domestic business is subject to a significant number of federal, state and local laws and regulations and our international operations are regulated by various foreign governments and international bodies. We conduct marketing activities, directly and indirectly, via telephone, email and/or through other online and offline marketing channels, which activities are governed by numerous federal and state regulations, such as the Telemarketing Sales Rule, state telemarketing laws, federal and state privacy laws, Europe’s General Data Protection Regulation, the Controlling the Assault of Non-Solicited Pornography and Marketing Act of 2003, or CAN-SPAM Act, the Telephone Consumer Protection Act, or TCPA, and the Federal Trade Commission Act and its accompanying regulations and guidelines, among others. We are also subject to regulation as a licensed insurance agency for Medicare insurance policies in certain states. In addition, we are subject to laws, rules and regulations regarding data collection, privacy and data security, charitable fundraising, and sweepstakes and promotions, among others. Some of our clients operate in regulated industries, such as financial services, credit repair, consumer and mortgage lending, healthcare and medical services and secondary education, and, to the extent applicable, we must comply with the laws, rules and regulations applicable to marketing activities in those industries.

Macroeconomic conditions
During 2020 and 2021, the U.S. economy increasingly suffered the adverse effects of the COVID-19 economic and health crisis. Macroeconomic factors, such as the timinglevel of interest rates, credit availability and the level of unemployment, including during economic downturns and global pandemics, all had an adverse impact on our customers’ costs of services and their demand for our services and our revenue. By late 2021, the auto insurance industry began to experience significant economic macro headwinds which resulted in 14 of the transaction20 largest private auto insurers experiencing double-digit declines in loss ratios.

Additionally, in 2022 and whether2023, persistent inflationary pressures leading to rising costs across all goods and services continued to intensify recessionary fears. Exceptional inflation and supply chain issues have continued to suppress the termsinsurance market as it experienced relatively extreme market volatility. Specifically, within the auto insurance industry, increased claims costs continue to suppress insurance carrier marketing spend extending the expected recovery as carriers remain cautious.

These and other difficulties faced by our customers have magnified due to hardships in the economy caused a reduction in their advertising budgets as they seek to manage expenses in general. Conversely, to an extent, we believe that the digital media advertising industry is also counter-cyclical to macroeconomic conditions since some customers increase their advertising and
5

promotion efforts in times where consumers are more difficult to acquire. This enables us to seek shareholder approval. Accordingly, we may completeease the downward impact on our initial business combination even if holdersrevenue during a downturn in the economy.

Role of a majorityBoard of Directors in Risk Oversight Process
Our board of directors has responsibility for the oversight of our ordinary shares do not approverisk management and, either as a whole or through its audit committee, regularly discusses with management our risk management processes and major risk exposures, including their potential impact on our business and the steps we take to manage them. The risk oversight process includes receiving regular reports from members of the business combination we complete. Please see the section entitled “Business—Shareholders May Not Have the Abilitysenior management to Approve Our Initial Business Combination” for additional information.

Your only opportunity to affect the investment decision regarding a potential business combination may be limited to the exercise of your right to redeem your shares from us for cash.

At the time of your investment in us, you will not be provided with an opportunity to evaluate the specific merits or risks of one or more target businesses. Sinceenable our board of directors may complete a business combination without seeking shareholder approval, public shareholders may not have the right or opportunity to vote on the business combination, unless we seek such shareholder vote. Accordingly, your only opportunity to affect the investment decision regarding a potential business combination may be limited to exercising your redemption rights within the period of time (which will be at least 20 business days) set forth inunderstand our tender offer documents mailed to our public shareholders in which we describe our initial business combination.

If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination, our sponsorrisk identification, risk management and members of our management team have agreed to vote in favor of such initial business combination, regardless of how our public shareholders vote.

Our initial shareholders own, on anas-converted basis, 20% of our outstanding Class A ordinary shares. Our sponsor and members of our management team also may from time to time purchase Class A ordinary shares prior to our initial business combination. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that, if we seek shareholder approval of an initial business combination, such initial business combination will be approved if we receive the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares voted at such meeting, including the founder shares. As a result, in addition to our initial shareholders’ founder shares, we would need 7,500,001, or 37.5%, of the 20,000,000 public shares sold in our Initial Public Offering to be voted in favor of an initial business combination in order to have our initial business combination approved (assuming all outstanding shares are voted). Accordingly, if we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination, the agreement by our sponsor and each member of our management team to vote in favor of our initial business combination will increase the likelihood that we will receive the requisite shareholder approval for such initial business combination.

The ability of our public shareholders to redeem their shares for cash may make our financial condition unattractive to potential business combination targets, which may make it difficult for us to enter into a business combination with a target.

We may seek to enter into a business combination transaction agreement with a prospective target that requires as a closing condition that we have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. If too many public shareholders exercise their redemption rights, we would not be able to meet such closing condition and, as a result, would not be able to proceed with the business combination. Furthermore, in no event will we redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 (so that we are not subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules). Consequently, if accepting all properly submitted redemption requests would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 or such greater amount necessary to satisfy a closing condition as described above, we would not proceed with such redemption and the related business combination and may instead search for an alternate business combination. Prospective targets will be aware of these risks and, thus, may be reluctant to enter into a business combination transaction with us.

The ability of our public shareholders to exercise redemption rightsrisk mitigation strategies with respect to a large numberareas of potential material risk, including operations, finance, legal, regulatory, cybersecurity, strategic and reputational risk.


Available Information
Our website is www.DigitalMediaSolutions.com. Interested readers can access, free of charge, our shares may not allow usannual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to completethose reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the most desirable business combination or optimizeSecurities Act, through the SEC website at www.sec.gov and searching with our capital structure.

Atticker symbols “DMSL” and “DMSIW.” Such reports are generally available the time we enter into an agreement for our initial business combination,day they are filed. Upon request, we will not know how many shareholders may exercise their redemption rights,furnish interested readers a paper copy of such reports free of charge by contacting Investor Relations at investors@dmsgroup.com.


Item 1A. Risk Factors

Summary of Risk Factors

The following summarizes the significant factors, events and therefore will need to structure the transaction based on our expectations as to the number of sharesuncertainties that will be submitted for redemption. If a large number of shares are submitted for redemption, we may need to restructure the transaction to reserve a greater portion of the cash in the trust account or arrange for additional third-party financing. Raising additional third-party financing may involve dilutive equity issuances or the incurrence of indebtedness at higher than desirable levels. The above considerations may limit our ability to complete the most desirable business combination available to us or optimize our capital structure. The amount of the deferred underwriting commissions payable to the underwriter will not be adjusted for any shares that are redeemed in connectioncould create risk with an initial business combination.investment in our securities. Theper-share amount events and consequences discussed in these risk factors could, in circumstances we will distribute to shareholders who properly exercise their redemption rights will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commission and after such redemptions, the amount held in trust will continue to reflect our obligation to pay the entire deferred underwriting commissions.

The ability of our public shareholders to exercise redemption rights with respect to a large number of our shares could increase the probability that our initial business combination would be unsuccessful and that you would have to wait for liquidation in order to redeem your shares.

If our initial business combination agreement requires us to use a portion of the cash in the trust account to pay the purchase price, or requires us to have a minimum amount of cash at closing, the probability that our initial business combination would be unsuccessful is increased. If our initial business combination is unsuccessful, you would not receive your pro rata portion of the trust account until we liquidate the trust account. If you are in need of immediate liquidity, you could attempt to sell your shares in the open market; however, at such time our shares may trade at a discount to the pro rata amount per share in the trust account. In either situation, you may suffer a material loss on your investment or lose the benefit of funds expected in connection with our redemption until we liquidate or you are able to sell your shares in the open market.

The requirement that we consummate an initial business combination within 24 months after the closing of our Initial Public Offering may give potential target businesses leverage over us in negotiating a business combination and may limit the time we have in which to conduct due diligence on potential business combination targets as we approach our dissolution deadline, which could undermine our ability to complete our initial business combination on terms that would produce value for our shareholders.

Any potential target business with which we enter into negotiations concerning a business combination will be aware that we must consummate an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of our Initial

Public Offering. Consequently, such target business may obtain leverage over us in negotiating a business combination, knowing that if we do not complete our initial business combination with that particular target business, we may be unable to complete our initial business combination with any target business. This risk will increase as we get closer to the timeframe described above. In addition, we may have limited time to conduct due diligence and may enter into our initial business combination on terms that we would have rejected upon a more comprehensive investigation.

We may not be able to consummate an initialaccurately predict, recognize or control, have a material adverse effect on our business, combination within 24 months aftergrowth, strategy, financial condition, operating results, cash flows, liquidity, and stock price. These risk factors do not identify all risks that we face; our operations could also be affected by factors, events or uncertainties that are not presently known to us or that we currently do not consider to present significant risks to our operations. We group these risk factors into five categories and some of the closingmore significant risks include the following:


Risks related to our financial condition:
our history of losses, may never be profitable and require substantial funds to continue our operations;
our net losses, level of indebtedness and significant cash used in operating and investing activities;
impairment of our Initial Public Offering,goodwill or intangible assets requiring us to record a significant charge to earnings;
our limited liquidity;
a Triggering Event under our Preferred Stock’s Certificates of Designations could result in our being required to mandatorily redeem our Preferred Stock;
our ability to obtain any waivers from the lenders party to our Credit Facility or from the holders of our Preferred Stock on a timely basis, on favorable terms or at all;
our ability to raise additional capital to maintain our operations and execute our business plan;
our existing indebtedness and any future indebtedness;
our ability to generate cash to service our third-party indebtedness;
restrictions on our business and financing activities relating to the credit facilities we have entered into and that we may enter into, and our ability to remain in compliance with debt covenants under such facilities; and
the success of any restructuring or reorganization resulting in DMS operating as a going concern.

Risks related to our business:
changes in client demand for our services and our ability to adapt to such changes;
we participate in highly competitive markets, and the entry of new competitors in these markets;
the ability to maintain and attract consumers and advertisers in the face of changing economic or competitive conditions;
dependence on search engines, display advertising, social media, email, and content-based online advertising and other online sources to attract consumers;
if our messages are not delivered and accepted or are routed by messaging providers less favorably than other messages, or if our sites are not accessible or are treated disadvantageously by internet service providers;
the ability to maintain, grow and protect the data DMS obtains from consumers and advertisers;
the performance of DMS technology infrastructure;
operating our business outside of the U.S. makes us susceptible to the various risks of doing business internationally, such as lower revenue, increase in costs, reduction in profits, disruption to business or damage to reputation;
the ability to successfully source and complete acquisitions and to integrate the operations of companies DMS acquires;
6

our substantial levels of indebtedness, and maintaining covenants under our credit facility;
litigation could distract management, increase our expenses or subject us to material money damages and other remedies;
the change in fair value of our Private Placement Warrants at each reporting period and the potential that such change may adversely affect our net loss in our consolidated statements of operations;
dependence on key personnel to operate our business, and our management team has limited experience with international operations and managing a public company;
our goodwill or intangibles assets may become impaired and the potential that such change may adversely affect our net loss in our consolidated statements of operations; and
foreign exchange rate fluctuations could result in significant foreign currency gains and losses and affect our results of operations.

Risks related to intellectual property:
the ability to protect DMS intellectual property rights; and
we may face litigation and liability due to claims of infringement of third-party intellectual property rights.

Risks related to government regulation:
our businesses are heavily regulated, and are subject to a variety of international, federal, state, and local laws;
federal, state and international laws regulating telephone and messaging marketing practices impose certain obligations on advertisers, which case could reduce our ability to expand our business; and
changes in applicable laws or regulations and the ability to maintain compliance.

Risks related to our capital stock and warrants and other business risks:
we would cease all operations exceptare a holding company and our only material asset is our indirect interest in DMS, and we are accordingly dependent upon DMS distributions;
we are required under the Tax Receivable Agreement to make payments to the Shareholder TRA Parties (as defined below) in respect of certain tax benefits and certain refunds of pre-Closing taxes of DMS and Blocker Corp, and such payments may be substantial;
the ability to improve and maintain adequate internal controls over financial and management systems;
the material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting;
our large shareholders have significant influence over us;
volatility in the trading price of our common stock and warrants;
the risk of dilution of our Class A common stock;
our warrants may have no value and expire worthless; and
fluctuations in value of our Private Placement Warrants.

Risks Related to Our Financial Condition

We have a history of losses, we may never be profitable and require substantial funds to continue to operate.

As a combined entity, we incurred net losses of $122.7 million for the purposeyear ended December 31, 2023 and net losses of winding up$52.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. Our cash flows from operating activities were negative $7.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 and negative $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. We expect that we will continue to incur losses and generate negative cash flows from operations in the near term, and we would redeemmay never reach any sustained profitability. We may not generate positive cash flow from operating activities or cash flows from investing activities in any given period and our public shareslimited operating history as a combined company with ClickDealer and liquidate.

Weother acquisitions made subsequent to the Leo Holdings Corp. (“Leo”) transaction structured similar to a reverse recapitalization (the “Business Combination”) may make it difficult to evaluate our current business and our future prospects. There is no guarantee that our business plan will be successful or generate a net profit. Even if our business plan results in additional revenue, we may not be able to findeffectively manage such growth, which could materially and adversely impact our ability to achieve profitability. If we are not able to achieve sustainable profitability as a suitable targetcombined company and generate sufficient cash flow to support our business operations and debt obligations, then our ability to execute our business strategy and maintain our business operations could be materially adversely affected. We are actively seeking sources of financing to fund our continued operations, which may not be available on terms satisfactory to us, and our business and consummate an initial business combination within 24 monthsgrowth prospects may suffer.


Our net losses, level of indebtedness and significant cash used in operating and investing activities may adversely impact our financial condition and results of operations.

As of March 31, 2024, the Company was in breach of the net leverage ratio covenant under its Credit Facility, which it cured as of April 17, 2024, when DMS, LLC, DMSH LLC and certain of the Company’s subsidiaries entered into a second amendment and waiver (the “Second Amendment”) to its existing Credit Facility with a syndicate of lenders, arranged by Truist Bank and
7

Fifth Third Bank, as joint lead arrangers, and Truist Bank, as administrative agent and collateral agent. The Second Amendment introduced new Tranche A term loan commitments in the amount of $22 million with a maturity date of February 25, 2026, increasing our total borrowing capacity under the Credit Facility from $275 million to $297 million. The Second Amendment allows the Company to PIK the quarterly interest payments due and payable for the quarter ended March 31, 2024 and each of the following quarters up to and including the quarter ending on March 31, 2025; and waives compliance with the net leverage ratio covenant through June 30, 2025.

The Second Amendment also includes certain limited waivers related to prior defaults and events of default under the Credit Facility, amends certain negative and affirmative covenants applicable to us and adds certain additional covenants. In accordance with the Second Amendment, we are required to maintain a minimum aggregate amount of unrestricted and uncommitted cash and cash equivalents held in U.S. dollars during the period of time from and after the closingSecond Amendment effective date of at least $5 million. Further, we have agreed to a variance test in which (i) the Company disbursements during a variance testing period shall not be more than 15% in excess of the amount reflected in the corresponding period in the Credit Facility’s loan parties’ projected cash flows prepared in consultation with a financial advisor (the “Cash Flow Forecast”) or (ii) the Company’s aggregate net cash receipts, (a) during the two week period after the Second Amendment effective date, will not be less than 80%, for the trailing two week period, of the aggregate cash receipts forecasted in the Cash Flow Forecast applicable during such testing period, (b) during the three week period after the Second Amendment effective date, will not be less than 82.5%, for the trailing three week period of the aggregate cash receipts forecasted in the Cash Flow Forecast applicable during such testing period and (c) during the four week period after the Second Amendment effective date and thereafter, will not be less than 85%for the trailing four week period of the aggregate cash receipts forecasted in the Cash Flow Forecast applicable during such testing period.

In connection with the Second Amendment, we must pay a 8.0% commitment fee, which shall be fully earned on the initial funding disbursement date and payable as PIK interest on the Second Amendment effective date. Further, under the terms of the Second Amendment, we have agreed to promptly commence a strategic review and marketing process for a sale of all or substantially all of our Initial Public Offering. Our abilityassets, which is subject to complete our initial business combination may be negatively impacted by general market conditions, volatilitycertain milestones. (Refer to Note 8. Debt in the capitalNotes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Item 8. Financial Statements and debt marketsSupplementary Data of this Annual Report, for further detail on our debt.)

Management is monitoring the Company’s compliance and the other risks described herein. If we have not consummated an initial business combination within such applicable time period, we will: (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up; (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at aper-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses and net of taxes payable), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any); and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining shareholders and our board of directors, liquidate and dissolve, subject in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii), to our obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law.

If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination, our sponsor, directors, executive officers, advisors and their affiliates may elect to purchase shares or public warrants from public shareholders, which may influence a vote on a proposed business combination and reduce the public “float” of our Class A ordinary shares.

If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our sponsor, directors, executive officers, advisors or their affiliates may purchase shares or public warrants in privately negotiated transactions or in the open market either prior to or following the completion of our initial business combination, although they are under no obligation to do so. However, other than as expressly stated herein, they have no current commitments, plans or intentions to engage in such transactions and have not formulated any terms or conditions for any such transactions. None of the funds in the trust account will be used to purchase shares or public warrants in such transactions.

In the event that our sponsor, directors, executive officers, advisors or their affiliates purchase shares in privately negotiated transactions from public shareholders who have already elected to exercise their redemption rights, such selling shareholders would be required to revoke their prior elections to redeem their shares. The purpose of any such purchases of shares could be to vote such shares in favor of the business combination and thereby increase the likelihood of obtaining shareholder approval of the business combination or to satisfy a closing condition in an agreement with a target that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash at the closing of our initial business combination, where it appears that such requirement would otherwise not be met. The purpose of any such purchases of public warrants could be to reduce the number of public warrants outstanding or to vote such warrants on any matters submitted to the warrant holders for approval in connection with our initial business combination. Any such purchases of our securities may result in the completion of our initial business combination that may not otherwise have been possible. Any such purchases will be reported pursuant to Section 13 and Section 16 of the Exchange Act to the extent such purchasers are subject to such reporting requirements. See “ITEM 1. BUSINESS—Permitted Purchases of Our Securities” for a description of

how our sponsor, directors, executive officers, advisors or any of their affiliates will select which shareholders to purchase securities from in any private transaction.

In addition, if such purchases are made, the public “float” of our Class A ordinary shares or public warrants and the number of beneficial holders of our securities may be reduced, possibly making it difficult to maintain or obtain the quotation, listing or trading of our securities on a national securities exchange.

If a shareholder fails to receive notice of our offer to redeem our public shares in connection with our initial business combination, or failsfuture ability to comply with all financial covenants within one year of issuance of these consolidated financial statements and currently expects to remain in compliance. Our forecasts for future covenant compliance are based on expected customer demand. However, if advertisers stop purchasing consumer engagement or referrals from us, decrease the procedures for tendering its shares, such shares may not be redeemed.

We will comply with the proxy rulesamount they are willing to spend per engagement or tender offer rules, as applicable, when conducting redemptions in connection with our initial business combination. Despite our compliance with these rules, if a shareholder fails to receive our proxy solicitationreferral, or tender offer materials, as applicable, such shareholder may not become aware of the opportunity to redeem its shares. In addition, the proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, that we will furnish to holders of our public shares in connection with our initial business combination will describe the various procedures that must be complied with in order to validly redeem or tender public shares. In the event that a shareholder fails to comply with these procedures, its shares may not be redeemed.

You will not have any rights or interests in funds from the trust account, except under certain limited circumstances. Therefore, to liquidate your investment, you may be forced to sell your public shares or warrants, potentially at a loss.

Our public shareholders are entitled to receive funds from the trust account only upon the earlier to occur of: (i) our completion of an initial business combination, and then only in connection with those Class A ordinary shares that such shareholder properly elected to redeem, subject to the limitations described herein, (ii) the redemption of any public shares properly tendered in connection with a shareholder vote to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not consummate an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of our Initial Public Offering and (iii) the redemption of our public shares if we are unable to consummate an initialestablish and maintain new relationships with advertisers, our business, within 24 months fromresults of operations, and compliance with covenants could be materially adversely affected. Refer to Note 8. Debt in the closingNotes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data of this Annual Report, for further details on our debt.


The Defaults, any potential future defaults and/or any Events of Default under the Credit Facility and any cross-defaults under the terms of our Initial Public Offering, subjectPreferred Stock and Preferred Warrants when taken together with the following conditions: our available cash resources, recurring losses, an expectation of continuing operating losses, cash outflows from operations and investments for the foreseeable future, and the need to applicable lawraise additional capital to finance our future operations, may adversely impact our results of operations and as further described herein. In no other circumstances will a public shareholderour financial condition.

We have any right or interest of any kind in the trust account. Holders of warrants will not have any right to the proceeds held in the trust account with respect to the warrants. Accordingly, to liquidate your investment, youand may be forced to sell your public shares or warrants, potentially at a loss.

NYSE may delist our securities from trading on its exchange, which could limit investors’ ability to make transactions in our securities and subject us to additional trading restrictions.

Our units, Class A ordinary shares and warrants are listed on the NYSE. Although we expect to continue to meet the listing standards established by the NYSE, we cannot assure you that our securities will continue to be listed on NYSE in the future or prior to our initial business combination. In order to continue listing our securities on NYSE prior to our initial business combination, we must maintain certain financial, distribution and share price levels. Generally, we must maintain a minimum market capitalization (generally $50,000,000) and a minimum number of holders of our securities (generally 300 public holders).

On October 3, 2018, we received notice from the NYSE that we are not currently in compliance with the requirement of Section 802.01B of the New York Stock Exchange Listed Company Manual (the “Manual”) that the Company’s Class A ordinary shares be held by a minimum of 300 public shareholders. Pursuant to such notice, we are subject to the procedures set forth in Sections 801 and 802 of the Manual and must submit a business plan that demonstrates how the Company expects to return to compliance with the minimum public shareholders requirement within 18 months of receipt of the notice. We anticipate that we will satisfy this listing

requirement within such time period once we locate a target business with which to consummate an initial business combination. The notice and procedures described above have no effect on the listing of our securities at this time, and we submitted a plan to regain compliance as required by the rules of the NYSE.

Additionally, our units will not be traded after completion of our initial business combination and, in connection with our initial business combination, we will be required to demonstrate compliance with NYSE initial listing requirements, which are more rigorous than NYSE continued listing requirements, in orderrecord a significant charge to continue to maintain the listing ofearnings if our securities on NYSE.

For instance, our share price would generally be required to be at least $4.00 per share and our shareholders’ equity would generally be required to be at least $4.0 million. goodwill or intangible assets become impaired.


We cannot assure you that we will be able to meet those initial listing requirements at that time.

If NYSE delists our securities from trading on its exchange and we are not able to list our securities on another national securities exchange, we expect our securities could be quoted on anover-the-counter market. If this were to occur, we could face significant material adverse consequences, including:

have a limited availability of market quotations for our securities;

reduced liquidity for our securities;

a determination that our Class A ordinary shares are a “penny stock” which will require brokers trading in our Class A ordinary shares to adhere to more stringent rules and possibly result in a reduced level of trading activity in the secondary trading market for our securities;

a limitedsubstantial amount of newsgoodwill and analyst coverage; and

a decreased ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future.

The National Securities Markets Improvement Act of 1996, which is a federal statute, prevents or preempts the states from regulating the sale of certain securities, which are referred to as “covered securities.” Becausepurchased intangible assets on our units, Class A ordinary shares and warrants are listed on NYSE, our units, Class A ordinary shares and warrants qualify as covered securities under the statute. Although the states are preempted from regulating the sale of our securities, the federal statute does allow the states to investigate companies if there is a suspicion of fraud, and, if there is a finding of fraudulent activity, then the states can regulate or bar the sale of covered securities in a particular case. While we are not aware of a state having used these powers to prohibit or restrict the sale of securities issued by blank check companies, other than the State of Idaho, certain state securities regulators view blank check companies unfavorably and might use these powers, or threaten to use these powers, to hinder the sale of securities of blank check companies in their states. Further, if we were no longer listed on NYSE, our securities would not qualify as covered securities under the statute and we would be subject to regulation in each state in which we offer our securities.

You will not be entitled to protections normally afforded to investors of many other blank check companies.

Since the net proceeds of our Initial Public Offering and the sale of the private placement warrants are intended to be used to complete an initial business combination with a target business that has not been selected, we may be deemed to be a “blank check” company under the United States securities laws. However, because we have net tangible assets in excess of $5,000,000 upon the completion of our Initial Public Offering and the sale of the private placement warrants and have filed a Current Report onForm 8-K, including an auditedconsolidated balance sheet demonstrating this fact, we are exempt from rules promulgated by the SEC to protect investors in blank check companies, such as Rule 419. Accordingly, investors will not be afforded the benefits or protections of those rules. Among other things, this means that since our units were immediately tradable, we have a longer period of time to complete our initial business combination than do companies subject to Rule 419. Moreover, if our Initial Public Offering were subject to Rule 419, that rule would have prohibited the release of any interest earned on funds held in the trust account to us unless and until the funds in the trust account were released to us in connection with our completion of an initial business combination.

If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, and if you or a “group” of shareholders are deemed to hold in excess of 15% of our Class A ordinary shares, you will lose the ability to redeem all such shares in excess of 15% of our Class A ordinary shares.

If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that a public shareholder, together with any affiliate of such shareholder or any other person with whom such shareholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from seeking redemption rights with respect to more than an aggregate of 15% of the shares sold in our Initial Public Offering without our prior consent, which we refer to as the “Excess Shares.” However, we would not be restricting our shareholders’ ability to vote all of their shares (including Excess Shares) for or against our initial business combination. Your inability to redeem the Excess Shares will reduce your influence over our ability to complete our initial business combination and you could suffer a material loss on your investment in us if you sell Excess Shares in open market transactions. Additionally, you will not receive redemption distributions with respect to the Excess Shares if we complete our initial business combination. And as a result, you will continue to hold that number of shares exceeding 15% and, in order to dispose of such shares, would be required to sell your shares in open market transactions, potentially at a loss.

Because of our limited resources and the significant competition for business combination opportunities, it may be more difficult for us to complete our initial business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public shareholders may receive only their pro rata portion of the funds in the trust account that are available for distribution to public shareholders, and our warrants will expire worthless.

We expect to encounter intense competition from other entities having a business objective similar to ours, including private investors (which may be individuals or investment partnerships), other blank check companies and other entities, domestic and international, competing for the types of businesses we intend to acquire. Many of these individuals and entities are well-established and have extensive experience in identifying and effecting, directly or indirectly, acquisitions of companies operating in or providing services to various industries. Many of these competitors possess greater technical, human and other resources or more local industry knowledge than we do and our financial resources will be relatively limited when contrasted with those of many of these competitors. While we believe there are numerous target businesses we could potentially acquire with the net proceeds of our Initial Public Offering and the sale of the private placement warrants, our ability to compete with respect to the acquisition of certain target businesses that are sizable will be limited by our available financial resources. This inherent competitive limitation gives others an advantage in pursuing the acquisition of certain target businesses. Furthermore, we are obligated to offer holders of our public shares the right to redeem their shares for cash at the time of our initial business combination in conjunction with a shareholder vote or via a tender offer. Target companies will be aware that this may reduce the resources available to us for our initial business combination. Any of these obligations may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating a business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination our public shareholders may receive only their pro rata portion of the funds in the trust account that are available for distribution to public shareholders, and our warrants will expire worthless.

If the net proceeds of our Initial Public Offering not being held in the trust account are insufficient to allow us to operate for at least the next 24 months, it could limit the amount available to fund our search for a target business or businesses and complete our initial business combination, and we will depend on loans from our sponsor or management team to fund our search and to complete our initial business combination.

As of December 31, 2018, we had approximately $550,000 in cash held outside the trust account to fund our working capital requirements. We believe that, upon closing of our Initial Public Offering, the funds available to

us outside of the trust account, together with funds available from loans from our sponsor, will be sufficient to allow us to operate for at least the next 24 months; however, we cannot assure you that our estimate is accurate. Of the funds available to us, we expect to use a portion of the funds available to us to pay fees to consultants to assist us with our search for a target business. We could also use a portion of the funds as a down payment or to fund a“no-shop” provision (a provision in letters of intent designed to keep target businesses from “shopping” around for transactions with other companies or investors on terms more favorable to such target businesses) with respect to a particular proposed business combination, although we do not have any current intention to do so. If we entered into a letter of intent where we paid for the right to receive exclusivity from a target business and were subsequently required to forfeit such funds (whethersheets as a result of acquisitions. The carrying value of goodwill represents the fair value of an acquired business in excess of identifiable assets and liabilities as of the acquisition date. The carrying value of intangible assets with identifiable useful lives are amortized based on their economic lives. Goodwill that is expected to contribute indefinitely to our breachcash flows is not amortized, but must be evaluated for impairment at least annually and when events or otherwise), we mightchanges in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not have sufficient fundsbe recoverable. If necessary, a quantitative test is performed to continue searching for,compare the carrying value of the asset to its estimated fair value, as determined based on a discounted cash flow approach, or conduct due diligence with respectwhen available and appropriate, to comparable market values. If the carrying value of the asset exceeds its current fair value, the asset is considered impaired and its carrying value is reduced to fair value through a target business.

If we are requirednon-cash charge to seek additional capital, we would need to borrow funds fromearnings. Events and conditions that could result in impairment of our sponsor, management teamgoodwill and intangible assets include a reduced market capitalization, adverse changes in the regulatory environment, or other third partiesfactors leading to operatereduction in expected long-term growth or may be forced to liquidate. Neither our sponsor, membersprofitability.


Goodwill impairment analysis and measurement is a process that requires significant judgment. Our stock price and any estimated control premium are factors affecting the assessment of the fair value of our management team norunderlying reporting units for purposes of performing any of their affiliates is under any obligation to advance funds to us in such circumstances. Any such advances would be repaid only from funds held outside the trust account or from funds released to us upon completiongoodwill impairment assessment. We perform an impairment analysis of our initial business combination. Up to $1,500,000goodwill annually. For the year
8

ended December 31, 2023, the post-business combination entity at a price of $1.50 per warrant at the option of the lender. The warrants would be identical to the private placement warrants. Prior to the completionresult of our initial business combination, we do not expectannual impairment test indicated that there were goodwill impairment indicators for the Brand Direct segment, as the carrying value of that reporting unit exceeded the fair value. The Company further determined that the recent economic downturn and inflation, along with the Company’s revenue reduction and decreased stock market price were indicators of impairment under ASC 360-10, Impairment and Disposal of Long-Lived Assets for certain asset groups during 2023 and 2022. As a result, the Company recorded additional impairment of intangible assets of $1.5 million and $14.7 million to seek loans from parties other than our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor as we do not believe third parties will be willing to loan such fundsintangible assets which are in asset groups included in Brand Direct, Marketplace and provide a waiver against any and all rights to seek access to funds in our trust account. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination because we do not have sufficient funds available to us, we will be forced to cease operations and liquidateTechnology Solutions reporting units, respectively, for the trust account. Consequently, our public shareholders may only receive an estimated $10.00 per share, or possibly less, on our redemption of our public shares, and our warrants will expire worthless.

Subsequentyear ended December 31, 2023. Further impairment charges to our completion of our initial business combination, we may be required to take write-downs or write-offs, restructuring and impairment or other charges thatgoodwill could have a significant negativematerial adverse effect on our financial condition results of operations and our share price, which could cause you to lose some or all of your investment.

Even if we conduct due diligence on a target business with which we combine, we cannot assure you that this diligence will surface all material issues with a particular target business, that it would be possible to uncover all material issues through a customary amount of due diligence, or that factors outside of the target business and outside of our control will not later arise. As a result of these factors, we may be forced to later write-down orwrite-off assets, restructure our operations, or incur impairment or other charges that could result in our reporting losses. Even if our due diligence successfully identifies certain risks, unexpected risks may arise and previously known risks may materialize in a manner not consistent with our preliminary risk analysis. Even though these charges may benon-cash items and not have an immediate impact on our liquidity, the fact that we report charges of this nature could contribute to negative market perceptions about us or our securities. In addition, charges of this nature may cause us to violate net worth or other covenants to which we may be subject as a result of assumingpre-existing debt held by a target business or by virtue of our obtaining post-combination debt financing. Accordingly, any shareholders who choose to remain shareholders following the business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their securities. Such shareholders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value unless they are able to successfully claim that the reduction was due to the breach by our officers or directors of a duty of care or other fiduciary duty owed to them, or if they are able to successfully bring a private claim under securities laws that the proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, relating to the business combination contained an actionable material misstatement or material omission.

If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the trust account could be reduced and theper-share redemption amount received by shareholders may be less than $10.00 per share.

Our placing of funds in the trust account may not protect those funds from third party claims against us. Although we will seek to have all vendors, service providers, prospective target businesses and other entities with

which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the trust account for the benefit of our public shareholders, such parties may not execute such agreements, or even if they execute such agreements, they may not be prevented from bringing claims against the trust account, including, but not limited to, fraudulent inducement, breach of fiduciary responsibility or other similar claims, as well as claims challenging the enforceability of the waiver, in each case in order to gain advantage with respect to a claim against our assets, including the funds held in the trust account. If any third-party refuses to execute an agreement waiving such claims to the monies held in the trust account, our management will perform an analysis of the alternatives available to it and will only enter into an agreement with a third party that has not executed a waiver if management believes that such third party’s engagement would be significantly more beneficial to us than any alternative.

Examples of possible instances where we may engage a third party that refuses to execute a waiver include the engagement of a third-party consultant whose particular expertise or skills are believed by management to be significantly superior to those of other consultants that would agree to execute a waiver or in cases where management is unable to find a service provider willing to execute a waiver. In addition, there is no guarantee that such entities will agree to waive any claims they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with us and will not seek recourse against the trust account for any reason. Upon redemption of our public shares, if we are unable to consummate an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of our Initial Public Offering, or upon the exercise of a redemption right in connection with our initial business combination, we will be required to provide for payment of claims of creditors that were not waived that may be brought against us within the 10 years following redemption. Accordingly, theper-share redemption amount received by public shareholders could be less than the $10.00 per public share initially held in the trust account, due to claims of such creditors. Pursuant to a letter agreement, our sponsor agreed that it will be liable to us if and to the extent any claims by a third party (other than our independent auditors) for services rendered or products sold to us, or a prospective target business with which we have discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amounts in the trust account to below the lesser of (i) $10.00 per public share and (ii) the actual amount per share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account if less than $10.00 per share due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case less taxes payable, provided that such liability will not apply to any claims by a third party who executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the trust account nor will it apply to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriter of our Initial Public Offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. Moreover, in the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, our sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third-party claims. However, we have not asked our sponsor to reserve for such indemnification obligations, nor have we independently verified whether our sponsor has sufficient funds to satisfy its indemnity obligations and we believe that our sponsor’s only assets are securities of our company. Therefore, we cannot assure you that our sponsor would be able to satisfy those obligations. None of our officers or directors will indemnify us for claims by third parties including, without limitation, claims by vendors and prospective target businesses.

Our directors may decide not to enforce the indemnification obligations of our sponsor, resulting in a reduction in the amount of funds in the trust account available for distribution to our public shareholders.

In the event that the proceeds in the trust account are reduced below the lesser of (i) $10.00 per share and (ii) the actual amount per share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account if less than $10.00 per share due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case less taxes payable, and our sponsor asserts that it is unable to satisfy its obligations or that it has no indemnification obligations related to a particular claim, our independent directors would determine whether to take legal action against our sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations. While we currently expect that our independent directors would take legal action on our behalf against our sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations to us, it is possible that our independent directors in exercising their business judgment and subject to their fiduciary duties may choose not to do so in any particular instance. If our independent directors choose not to enforce these indemnification obligations, the

amount of funds in the trust account available for distribution to our public shareholders may be reduced below $10.00 per share.

We may not have sufficient funds to satisfy indemnification claims of our directors and executive officers.

We have agreed to indemnify our officers and directors to the fullest extent permitted by law. However, our officers and directors have agreed to waive any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies in the trust account and to not seek recourse against the trust account for any reason whatsoever. Accordingly, any indemnification provided will be able to be satisfied by us only if (i) we have sufficient funds outside of the trust account or (ii) we consummate an initial business combination. Our obligation to indemnify our officers and directors may discourage shareholders from bringing a lawsuit against our officers or directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against our officers and directors, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our shareholders. Furthermore, a shareholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against our officers and directors pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

If, after we distribute the proceeds in the trust account to our public shareholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, a bankruptcy court may seek to recover such proceeds, and the members of our board of directors may be viewed as having breached their fiduciary duties to our creditors, thereby exposing the members of our board of directors and us to claims of punitive damages.

If, after we distribute the proceeds in the trust account to our public shareholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, any distributions received by shareholders could be viewed under applicable debtor/creditor and/or bankruptcy laws as either a “preferential transfer” or a “fraudulent conveyance.” As a result, a bankruptcy court could seek to recover some or all amounts received by our shareholders. In addition, our board of directors may be viewed as having breached its fiduciary duty to our creditors and/or having acted in bad faith, thereby exposing itself and us to claims of punitive damages, by paying public shareholders from the trust account prior to addressing the claims of creditors.

If, before distributing the proceeds in the trust account to our public shareholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the claims of creditors in such proceeding may have priority over the claims of our shareholders and theper-share amount that would otherwise be received by our shareholders in connection with our liquidation may be reduced.

If, before distributing the proceeds in the trust account to our public shareholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the proceeds held in the trust account could be subject to applicable bankruptcy law, and may be included in our bankruptcy estate and subject to the claims of third parties with priority over the claims of our shareholders. To the extent any bankruptcy claims deplete the trust account, theper-share amount that would otherwise be received by our shareholders in connection with our liquidation may be reduced.

If we are deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act, we may be required to institute burdensome compliance requirements and our activities may be restricted, which may make it difficult for us to complete our initial business combination.

If we are deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act, our activities may be restricted, including:

restrictions on the nature of our investments; and

restrictions on the issuance of securities,

each of which may make it difficult for us to complete our initial business combination. In addition, we may have imposed upon us burdensome requirements, including:

registration as an investment company;

adoption of a specific form of corporate structure; and

reporting, record keeping, voting, proxy and disclosure requirements and other rules and regulations.

In order not to be regulated as an investment company under the Investment Company Act, unless we can qualify for an exclusion, we must ensure that we are engaged primarily in a business other than investing, reinvesting or trading of securities and that our activities do not include investing, reinvesting, owning, holding or trading “investment securities” constituting more than 40% of our assets (exclusive of U.S. government securities and cash items) on an unconsolidated basis. Our business will be to identify and complete a business combination and thereafter to operate the post-transaction business or assets for the long term. We do not plan to buy businesses or assets with a view to resale or profit from their resale. We do not plan to buy unrelated businesses or assets or to be a passive investor.

We do not believe that our principal activities will subject us to the Investment Company Act. To this end, the proceeds held in the trust account may only be invested in United States “government securities” within the meaning of Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act having a maturity of 180 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions underRule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations. Pursuant to the trust agreement, the trustee is not permitted to invest in other securities or assets. By restricting the investment of the proceeds to these instruments, and by having a business plan targeted at acquiring and growing businesses for the long term (rather than on buying and selling businesses in the manner of a merchant bank or private equity fund), we intend to avoid being deemed an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act. An investment in our securities is not intended for persons who are seeking a return on investments in government securities or investment securities. The trust account is intended as a holding place for funds pending the earliest to occur of either: (i) the completion of our initial business combination; (ii) the redemption of any public shares properly tendered in connection with a shareholder vote to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not consummate an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of our Initial Public Offering; or (iii) absent our completing an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of our Initial Public Offering, our return of the funds held in the trust account to our public shareholders as part of our redemption of the public shares. If we do not invest the proceeds as discussed above, we may be deemed to be subject to the Investment Company Act. If we were deemed to be subject to the Investment Company Act, compliance with these additional regulatory burdens would require additional expenses for which we have not allotted funds and may hinder our ability to complete a business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public shareholders may only receive their pro rata portion of the funds in the trust account that are available for distribution to public shareholders, and our warrants will expire worthless.

Changes in laws or regulations, or a failure to comply with any laws and regulations, may adversely affect our business, including our ability to negotiate and complete our initial business combination, and results of operations.

We are subject to laws See “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and regulations enacted by national, regionalAnalysis of Financial Condition and local governments. In particular, we are required to comply with certain SECResults of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates—Goodwill and other legal requirements. Compliance with,intangible assets,” Note 1. Business, Basis of Presentation and monitoringSummary of applicable lawsSignificant Accounting Policies – Goodwill and regulationsintangible assets, and Note 6. Goodwill and Intangible Assets in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Annual Report for additional information.


To the extent that business and/or economic conditions deteriorate further, or if changes in key assumptions and estimates differ significantly from management’s expectations, it may be difficult, time consuming and costly. Those laws and regulations and their interpretation and application may also change from timenecessary to time and those changesrecord impairment charges in the future. A future impairment charge could have a material adverse effect on our business, investmentsfinancial condition and results of operations.

Our limited liquidity could materially and adversely affect our business operations.

We require certain capital resources in order to operate our business and our limited liquidity could materially and adversely affect our business operations. We are highly leveraged, and a substantial portion of our liquidity needs will arise from debt service on our outstanding indebtedness and from funding our costs of operations, working capital and capital expenditures. Our access to capital and debt markets is significantly limited. A number of factors, including but not limited to, decreased revenues related to decreased traffic and spending amounts of our tenants and customers, and the impact of economic conditions may negatively affect our cash generated from operations. See “Item 7—Management’s Discussion & Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources” for more information on our liquidity.

Failure to increase our revenue or reduce our sales and marketing expense as a percentage of revenue would adversely affect our financial condition and profitability.

We expect to make significant future investments to support the further development and expansion of our business, and these investments may not result in increased revenue or growth on a timely basis or at all. Furthermore, these investments may not decrease as a percentage of revenue if our business grows. There can be no assurance that these investments will increase revenue or that we will eventually be able to decrease our sales and marketing expense as a percentage of revenue, and failure to do so would adversely affect our financial condition and profitability.

We may be unable to successfully implement cost-saving measures or achieve expected benefits under our plans to optimize our performance, which could negatively impact our financial position, results of operations and cash flow.

During the second quarter of 2023, we experienced an unexpected decline in revenues due to the continued weakness in the insurance sector. The decline in revenue adversely affected the Company’s liquidity. In response, during the second quarter, we drew the remaining $10.0 million available under our Revolving Facility and subsequently have undertaken efforts to improve our liquidity by undertaking further cost-savings initiatives. See “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”.

As part of our ongoing focus to achieve a sustainable financial position, we have embarked on a series of strategic initiatives to optimize our performance, including strategic cost optimization initiatives. We may be unable to successfully identify or implement plans targeting these initiatives or fail to realize the benefits of the plans we have already implemented, as a result of operational difficulties, a weakening of the economy, or other factors. The costs we incur to implement improvement strategies may negatively impact our financial position, results of operations and cash flow.

From time to time, the execution of our business strategy may include divesting certain assets or businesses, which we may be unable to successfully execute and we may be unable to achieve the benefits we expect from any such divestitures.

To execute our strategy, we may realign and enhance our business by divesting certain assets or non-core or less strategic portions of our business in order to, among other things, redeploy capital into our core strategies. We may not be able to complete such divestitures with favorable terms or timing or at all. The success of such transactions in the future will be subject to market conditions, availability of financing and other circumstances beyond our control. In addition, we may also evaluate potential divestiture opportunities with respect to portions of our business from time to time that support our initiatives and may determine to proceed with a divestiture opportunity if and when we believe such opportunity is consistent with our business strategy. We also may not recognize the anticipated benefits, including operating advantages and cost savings of dispositions or
9

other divestitures that we may pursue. If we do not realize the expected strategic, economic or other benefits of any divestiture transaction or if we are unable to offset impacts from the loss of revenue associated with such divestiture opportunities, it could materially and adversely affect our business, cash flows, financial condition and results of operations.

A Triggering Event under our Preferred Stock’s Certificates of Designations could result in our being required to mandatorily redeem our Preferred Stock.

The Certificate of Designation of Preferences, Rights and Limitations of Series A Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock filed with the State of Delaware Secretary of State Division of Corporations on March 30, 2023 (the “Series A Certificate of Designations”) and the Certificate of Designations of Preferences, Rights and Limitations of Series B Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock filed with the State of Delaware Secretary of State Division of Corporations on March 30, 2023 (the “Series B Certificate of Designations” and, together with the Series A Certificate of Designations, the “Certificates of Designations”) are each subject to provisions that provide for certain Triggering Events that may require us to mandatorily redeem each series of the Preferred Stock. More specifically, there have been Triggering Events that have occurred in the past, including a Triggering Event due to the delisting of our common stock from NYSE. Furthermore, we were unable to file this Annual Report on Form 10-K by the deadline prescribed by the SEC, and so any registration statement on Form S-3 registering the resale of any our securities is no longer effective, and there can be no assurance that we will have an effective registration statement for the resale of our securities in the future. Other such potential Triggering Events, among others, include bankruptcy or a cross default as a result of any Accelerated Event of Default under the Credit Facility occurs. The completion of such mandatory redemption would be subject to applicable law. If we were required to complete a mandatory redemption of our Preferred Stock, this would have an immediate adverse effect in a material respect on our ability to meet our working capital needs and on our business and operating results.

There is no assurance that we will be able to obtain any waivers from the lenders party to our Credit Facility or from the holders of our Preferred Stock on a timely basis, on favorable terms or at all.

There is no assurance that going forward we will be able to obtain any waivers from the lenders party to our Credit Facility or from the holders of our Preferred Stock on a timely basis, on favorable terms or at all. We would need to take further actions to raise additional funds to fund our existing indebtedness obligations, mandatorily redeem our Preferred Stock or potentially to fund our existing operations, and we would not be able to draw upon the Credit Facility.

Our substantial existing indebtedness and any future indebtedness could adversely affect our ability to operate our business.

As of December 31, 2023 we had $242.9 million and $55.1 million outstanding under our Term Loan and our Revolving Facility, respectively, and in the future we could incur indebtedness beyond our Credit Facility, including due to the Second Amendment. Borrowing on our Credit Facility, combined with our existing and potential future financial obligations and contractual commitments, could have significant adverse consequences, including:

making it more difficult for us to satisfy obligations with respect to indebtedness, and any failure to comply with applicable lawsthe obligations of any of our debt instruments, including financial and other restrictive covenants, which could result in an event of default under our debt instruments;
requiring us to dedicate a portion of our cash resources to the payment of interest and principal, reducing money available to fund working capital, capital expenditures, product development and other general corporate purposes;
increasing our vulnerability to adverse changes in general economic, industry and market conditions;
subjecting us to restrictive covenants that may reduce our ability to take certain corporate actions or regulations,obtain further debt or equity financing;
limiting our ability to engage in strategic transactions or implement our business strategies;
limiting our ability to borrow additional funds, or to refinance, repay or restructure our existing indebtedness;
limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate; and
placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt or better debt servicing options.

Any indebtedness we incur under our current credit facility will bear interest at a variable rate, which would make us vulnerable to increases in the market rate of interest. Fluctuations in interest rates can increase borrowing costs and increases in interest rates may directly impact the amount of interest we are required to pay and reduce earnings accordingly. If the market rate of interest continues to increase substantially, we would have to pay additional interest, which would reduce cash available for our other business needs. Our interest expense could also increase when we refinance debt. If we do not have sufficient cash flow to service our debt, we may be required to refinance all or part of our existing debt, sell assets, borrow more money or sell securities, none of which we can guarantee we will be able to do and the terms of any refinancing may not be as interpretedfavorable as the terms of our existing debt. Furthermore, if prevailing interest rates or other factors at the time of refinancing result in higher
10

interest rates upon refinancing, then the interest expense relating to that refinanced indebtedness would increase. These risks could materially adversely affect our financial condition, cash flows and applied,results of operations.

Despite our substantial indebtedness, we may be able to incur significant additional indebtedness in the future. Although the agreements governing our existing indebtedness contain restrictions on the incurrence of certain additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a number of important qualifications and exceptions, and the indebtedness incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. If we incur new indebtedness, the related risks, including those described above, could intensify.

To service our third-party indebtedness, we will require a significant amount of cash. Our ability to generate cash depends on many factors beyond our control, and any failure to meet our third-party debt service obligations could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our ability to satisfy our debt obligations will depend principally upon our future operating performance. As a result, prevailing economic conditions and financial, business and other factors, many of which are beyond our control, will affect our ability to make payments on our indebtedness. If we do not generate sufficient cash flow from operations to satisfy our debt service obligations, or if our subsidiaries are prohibited from paying dividends or making distributions because of restrictions in the agreements governing their indebtedness or otherwise, we may have to pursue alternative financing plans, such as refinancing or restructuring our indebtedness, selling assets, reducing or delaying capital investments or seeking to raise additional capital. Our ability to refinance or restructure our debt will depend on the capital markets and our financial condition at such time. Any refinancing of our debt could be at higher interest rates and may require us to comply with more onerous covenants, which could further restrict our business operations. In addition, the terms of our and our subsidiaries’ existing or future debt instruments may restrict us from adopting some of these alternatives. Furthermore, Truist Bank and the other lenders party to the Credit Facility have no obligation to provide us with debt or equity financing in the future. In addition, once the PIK interest period under our Credit Facility has ended, we may not be able to resume servicing our indebtedness through cash payments at all. Our inability to generate sufficient cash flow to satisfy our debt service obligations, or to refinance our obligations on commercially reasonable terms would have an adverse effect, which could be material, on our business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

We are actively seeking to raise additional capital or dispose of certain of our operations to maintain or adjust our operations. If we fail to raise additional capital or dispose of certain operations we may need to reorganize our balance sheet and operations, or liquidate, including under the protection of a bankruptcy court, which could result in a loss of your entire investment. There can be no assurance that any financing or restructuring will be obtained on acceptable terms with the necessary parties or at all.

We expect to seek additional funds through potential debt financings or other capital sources or strategic transactions. Further, our Second Amendment requires us to initiate a strategic review and marketing process to sell all or substantially all of our assets. There can be no assurance that any such process will be successful or implemented at all. In addition, as disclosed previously, we have and again may seek to obtain waivers or amendments with respect to compliance with the terms of our Credit Facility. However, we may not be successful in securing additional financing on acceptable terms or at all, or in obtaining a waiver or amendment to our existing Credit Facility or Preferred Stock (or any other material agreements necessary for our continued operations).

If provided, the agreements governing such financing will likely contain restrictions that further limit our flexibility in operating our business, potentially even beyond those restrictions under our Credit Facility. Our Credit Facility already contains, and any future credit facility may contain, various covenants and ratios that limit our ability to engage in specific types of transactions. Subject to limited exceptions, these covenants and ratios limit our ability to, among other things:

sell assets or make changes to the nature of our business;
engage in mergers or acquisitions;
incur, assume or permit additional indebtedness;
make restricted payments, including paying dividends on, repurchasing, redeeming or making distributions with respect to our capital stock;
make specified investments;
engage in transactions with our affiliates; and
make payments in respect of subordinated debt.

If we cannot successfully receive additional financing, we may have to delay, reduce the scope of, or eliminate some of our business activities, including related operating expenses, and our suppliers/vendors could impose more onerous terms on us, which would adversely affect our business prospects and our ability to continue our operations and would have a negative impact on our financial condition and ability to pursue our business strategies. In addition, we may have to liquidate our assets and may receive less than the value at which those assets are carried on our audited financial statements, and/or seek protection
11

under Chapters 7 or 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code. This could potentially cause us to cease operations and may result in a complete or partial loss of your investment in us.

Risks Related to Our Business

Our business is dependent on our relationships with advertisers with few long-term contractual commitments. If advertisers stop purchasing consumer engagement or referrals from us, decrease the amount they are willing to spend per engagement or referral, or if we are unable to establish and maintain new relationships with advertisers, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.

A substantial majority of our revenue is derived from sales of consumer engagements in the forms of referrals to our advertisers clients. Our relationships with advertisers are dependent on our ability to deliver quality engagements and referrals in the form of clicks, leads, calls and customers at attractive volumes and prices. If advertisers are not able to acquire their preferred engagements and referrals in our marketplaces and through our brand direct solutions, they may stop buying engagements and referrals from us or may decrease the amount they are willing to spend for engagements and referrals. Our agreements with advertisers are almost entirely short-term agreements, and advertisers can stop participating in our marketplaces and through our brand direct solutions at any time with no notice. As a result, we cannot guarantee that advertisers will continue to work with us or, if they do, the number of engagements and referrals they will purchase from us, the price they will pay per engagement and referral or their total spend with us. In addition, we may not be able to attract new advertisers to our marketplaces and our brand direct solutions or increase the amount of revenue we earn from advertisers over time.

If we are unable to maintain existing relationships with advertisers in our marketplaces and through our brand direct solutions or are unable to add new advertisers, we may be unable to offer our consumers the experience they expect. This deficiency could reduce consumers’ confidence in our services, making us less popular with consumers. As a result, consumers could cease to use us or use us at a decreasing rate.

Customer Concentration Creates Risk for Our Business.

For the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, one advertising customer within the Marketplace segment accounted for approximately 14.1% and 23.2% of our total revenue, respectively. We expect that sales to this advertising customer will continue to be a significant contributor to our Net revenue. Certain parts of our business may continue to have a high customer concentration and depend disproportionately on a few large customers. To the extent that such a large customers fail to meet their purchase commitments, change their ordering patterns or business strategies, or otherwise reduce their purchases or stop purchasing our products, or if we experience difficulty in meeting the high demand by these larger customers for our products, our revenue and results of operations could be adversely affected.

We depend on search engines, display advertising, social media, email, content-based online advertising and other online sources to attract consumers to our websites, marketplaces, or through our brand direct solutions and if we are unable to cost-effectively attract consumers and convert them into sales for our advertisers, our business and financial results may be harmed.

Our success depends on our ability to attract online consumers to our websites, marketplaces or through our brand direct solutions and convert those consumers into sales for our advertisers. We depend, in part, on search engines, display advertising, social media, email, content-based online advertising and other online sources for our website traffic. We are included in search results as a result of both paid search listings, where we purchase specific search terms that result in the inclusion of our advertisement and, separately, organic searches that depend upon the content on our sites.

Search engines, social media platforms and other online sources often revise their algorithms and introduce new advertising products. If one or more of the search engines or other online sources on which we rely for website traffic were to modify its general methodology for how it displays our advertisements, resulting in fewer consumers clicking through to our websites, our business could suffer. In addition, if our online display advertisements are no longer effective or are not able to reach certain consumers due to consumers’ use of ad-blocking software, our business could suffer.

If one or more of the search engines or other online sources on which we rely for purchased listings modifies or terminates its relationship with us, our expenses could rise, we could lose consumer traffic to our websites, and a decrease in consumer traffic to our websites, for any reason, could have a material adverse effect on our business, including our ability to negotiate and complete our initial business combination,financial condition and results of operations.

Consumer traffic to our websites and the volume of sales generated by consumer traffic varies and can decline from to time. Additionally, even if we are successful in generating traffic to our websites, we may not be able to convert these visits into consumer sales.


We currently compete with numerous other online marketing companies, and we expect that competition will intensify. Some of these existing competitors may have more capital or complementary products or services than we do, and they may leverage
12

their greater capital or diversification in a manner that adversely affects our competitive position. In addition, other newcomers, including major search engines and content aggregators, may be able to leverage their existing products and services to our disadvantage. We may be forced to expend significant resources to remain competitive with current and potential competitors. If any of our competitors are more successful than we are at attracting and retaining consumers, or if we are unable to effectively convert visits into consumer sales, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

We compete with other media for advertising spend from our advertisers, and if we are unable to maintain or increase our share of the advertising spend of our advertisers, our business could be harmed.

We compete for advertising spend with traditional offline media such as television, billboards, radio, magazines and newspapers, as well as online sources such as websites, social media and websites dedicated to providing information comparable to that provided in our websites, marketplaces and through our brand direct solutions. Our ability to attract and retain advertisers, and to generate advertising revenue from them, depends on a number of factors, including:

the ability of our advertisers to earn an attractive return on investment from their spending with us;
our ability to increase the number of consumers using our marketplaces and brand direct solutions;
our ability to compete effectively with other media for advertising spending; and
our ability to keep pace with changes in technology and the practices and offerings of our competitors.

We may not succeed in retaining or capturing a greater share of our advertisers’ advertising spending compared to alternative channels. If our current advertisers reduce or end their advertising spending with us and we are unable to increase the spending of our other advertisers or attract new advertisers, our revenue and business and financial results would be materially adversely affected.

In addition, advertising spend remains concentrated in traditional offline media channels. Some of our current or potential advertisers have little or no experience using the internet for advertising and marketing purposes and have allocated only limited portions of their advertising and marketing budgets to the internet. The adoption of online marketing may require a cultural shift among advertisers as well as their acceptance of a new way of conducting business, exchanging information and evaluating new advertising and marketing technologies and services. This shift may not happen at all or at the rate we expect, in which case our business could suffer. Furthermore, we cannot assure you that the market for online marketing services will continue to grow. If the market for online marketing services fails to continue to develop or develops more slowly than we anticipate, the success of our business may be limited, and our revenue may decrease.

If consumers do not find value in our services or do not like the consumer experience on our platform, the number of engagement or referrals in our marketplaces and through our brand direct solutions may decline, and our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.

If we fail to provide a compelling experience to our consumers through our web platforms (i.e., our desktop and mobile experiences which include both tablets and phones), the number of consumer engagements or referrals purchased from us will decline, and advertisers may terminate their relationships with us or reduce their spending with us. If advertisers stop offering products in our marketplaces and through our brand direct solutions, we may not be able to maintain and grow our consumer traffic, which may cause other advertisers to stop using our marketplaces and our brand direct solutions. We believe that our ability to provide a compelling web platform experience is subject to a number of factors, including:

our ability to maintain marketplaces and brand direct solutions for consumers and advertisers that efficiently captures user intent and effectively delivers relevant information to each individual consumer;
our ability to continue to innovate and improve our marketplaces and our brand direct solutions;
our ability to launch new vertical offerings that are effective and have a high degree of consumer and advertiser engagement;
our ability to maintain the compatibility of our mobile applications with operating systems, such as iOS and Android, and with popular mobile devices running such operating systems; and
our ability to access a sufficient amount of data to enable us to provide relevant information to consumers. If the use of our marketplaces and brand direct solutions declines or does not continue to grow, our business and operating results would be harmed.

We rely on the data provided to us by consumers and advertisers to improve our product and service offerings, and if we are unable to maintain or grow such data we may be unable to provide consumers with an experience that is relevant, efficient and effective, which could adversely affect our business.

Our business relies on the data provided to us by consumers and advertisers using our brand direct, marketplace and technology solutions. The large amount of information we use in operating our marketplaces and brand direct solutions is critical to the
13

web platform experience we provide for consumers. If we are unable to consummatemaintain or grow the data provided to us, the value that we provide to consumers and advertisers using our marketplaces and our brand direct solutions may be limited. In addition, the quality, accuracy and timeliness of this information may suffer, which may lead to a negative experience for consumers using our marketplaces and our brand direct solutions and could materially adversely affect our business and financial results.

If our emails are not delivered and accepted or are routed by email providers less favorably than other emails, or if our sites are not accessible or treated disadvantageously by internet service providers, our business may be substantially harmed.

If email providers or internet service providers, or ISPs, implement new or more restrictive email or content delivery or accessibility policies, including with respect to net neutrality, it may become more difficult to deliver emails to consumers or for consumers to access our websites and services. For example, certain email providers, including Google, may categorize our emails as “promotional,” and these emails may be directed to an initial business combination within 24 months fromalternate, and less readily accessible, section of a consumer’s inbox. If email providers materially limit or halt the closingdelivery of our Initial Public Offering,emails, or if we fail to deliver emails to consumers in a manner compatible with email providers’ email handling or authentication technologies, our public shareholdersability to contact consumers through email could be significantly restricted. In addition, if we are placed on “spam” lists or lists of entities that have been involved in sending unwanted, unsolicited emails, our operating results and financial condition could be substantially harmed. Further, if ISPs prioritize or provide superior access to our competitors’ content, our business and results of operations may be forced to wait beyond such 24 months before redemptionadversely affected.

Advertisers who use our marketplaces and brand direct solutions can offer products and services outside of our marketplaces and brand direct solutions or obtain similar services from our trust account.

competitors.


Because generally we do not have exclusive relationships with advertisers, consumers may purchase products from them without having to use our marketplaces and brand direct solutions. Advertisers can attract consumers directly through their own marketing campaigns or other traditional methods of distribution, such as referral arrangements, physical storefront operations or broker agreements. Advertisers also may offer information to prospective customers online directly, through one or more online competitors of our business, or both. If our advertisers determine to compete directly with us or choose to favor one or more of our competitors, they could cease providing us with information and terminate any direct interactions we have with their online workflows, customer relationship management systems and internal platforms, which would reduce the breadth of the information available to us and could put us at a competitive disadvantage against their direct marketing efforts or our competitors that retain such access. If consumers seek products directly from advertisers or through our competitors, or if advertisers cease providing us with access to their systems or information, the number of consumers searching for products on our marketplaces and through our brand direct solutions may decline, and our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

If we are unable to consummate an initialdevelop new offerings, achieve increased consumer adoption of those offerings or penetrate new vertical markets, our business combination within 24 months fromand financial results could be materially adversely affected.

Our success depends on our continued innovation to provide product and service offerings that make our marketplaces, brand direct and technology solutions useful for consumers. These new offerings must be widely adopted by consumers in order for us to continue to attract advertisers to our marketplaces and brand direct solutions. Accordingly, we must continually invest resources in product, technology and development in order to improve the closingcomprehensiveness and effectiveness of our Initial Public Offering,marketplaces and brand direct solutions and their related product and service offerings and effectively incorporate new internet technologies into them. These product, technology and development expenses may include costs of hiring additional personnel and of engaging third-party service providers and other research and development costs.

Without innovative marketplaces and brand direct solutions and related product and service offerings, we may be unable to attract additional consumers or retain current consumers, which could adversely affect our ability to attract and retain advertisers who want to participate in our marketplaces and through our brand direct solutions, which could, in turn, harm our business and financial results. In addition, while we have historically concentrated our efforts on the proceeds then on deposithome and auto insurance, consumer finance, education, home services and health and wellness markets, we will need to penetrate additional vertical markets, such as health insurance, life insurance and charitable giving / nonprofits, in order to achieve our long-term growth goals. Our success in the trust account, including interest (less uphome and auto insurance, consumer finance, education, home services and health and wellness markets depends on our deep understanding of these industries. In order to $100,000penetrate new vertical markets, we will need to develop a similar understanding of interestthose new markets and the associated business challenges faced by participants in them. Developing this level of understanding may require substantial investments of time and resources and we may not be successful. In addition, these new vertical markets may have specific risks associated with them. If we fail to pay dissolution expensespenetrate new vertical markets successfully, our revenue may grow at a slower rate than we anticipate and net of taxes payable), will be usedour financial condition could suffer.

If we fail to fundbuild and maintain our brand, our ability to expand the redemptionuse of our public shares,marketplaces and brand direct solutions by consumers and advertisers may be adversely affected.

14

Our future success depends upon our ability to create and maintain brand recognition and a reputation for delivering easy, efficient and personal solutions. A failure by us to build our brand and deliver on these expectations could harm our reputation and damage our ability to attract and retain consumers, which could adversely affect our business. If consumers do not perceive our marketplaces and brand direct solutions as further described herein. Any redemption of public shareholders froma better web platform experience, our reputation and the trust account will be effected automatically by functionstrength of our amendedbrand may be adversely affected.

Some of our competitors have more resources than we do and restated memorandumcan spend more advertising their brands and articles of association prior to any voluntary winding up. Ifservices. As a result, we are required towind-up, liquidate spend considerable money and other resources to create brand awareness and build our reputation. Should the trust accountneed or competition for top-of-mind awareness and distributebrand preference increase, we may not be able to build brand awareness, and our efforts at building, maintaining and enhancing our reputation could fail. Even if we are successful in our branding efforts, such amount therein, pro rata, to our public shareholders, as part of any liquidation process, such winding up, liquidation and distribution must comply with the applicable provisions of the Companies Law. In that case, investorsefforts may not be forced to wait beyond 24 months from the closing of our Initial Public Offering before the redemption proceeds of our trust account become available to them, and they receive the return of their pro rata portion of the proceeds from our trust account. We have no obligation to return funds to investors prior to the date of our redemption or liquidation unless we consummate our initial business combination prior thereto and only then in cases where investors have sought to redeem their Class A ordinary shares. Only upon our redemption or any liquidation will public shareholders be entitled to distributions ifcost-effective. If we are unable to completemaintain or enhance consumer awareness of our initialbrand cost-effectively, our business, combination.

Our shareholders may be held liable for claims by third parties against us to the extentresults of distributions received by them upon redemption of their shares.

If we are forced to enter into an insolvent liquidation, any distributions received by shareholdersoperations and financial condition could be viewed as an unlawful payment if it was provedmaterially adversely affected.


Complaints or negative publicity about our business practices, our marketing and advertising campaigns, our compliance with applicable laws and regulations, the integrity of the data that immediately following the date on which the distribution was made, we were unableprovide to pay our debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business. As a result, a liquidator could seek to recover some or all amounts received by our shareholders. Furthermore, our directors may be viewed as having breached their fiduciary duties to us or our creditors and/or may have acted in bad faith, thereby exposing themselvesconsumers, data privacy and our company to claims, by paying public shareholders from the trust account prior to addressing the claims of creditors. We cannot assure you that claims will not be brought against us for these reasons. Wesecurity issues, and our directors and officers who knowingly and willfully authorized or permitted any distribution to be paid outother aspects of our share premium account while we were unable to paybusiness, whether valid or not, could diminish confidence and participation in our debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business wouldmarketplaces and brand direct solutions and could adversely affect our reputation and business. There can be guilty of an offence and may be liable to a fine of $18,292.68 and to imprisonment for five years in the Cayman Islands.

We may not hold an annual meeting of shareholders until after the consummation of our initial business combination.

In accordance with NYSE corporate governance requirements, we are not required to hold an annual meeting until no later than one year after our first fiscal year end following our listing on NYSE. There is no requirement under the Companies Law for us to hold annual or general meetings to elect directors. Until we hold an annual meeting of shareholders, public shareholders may not be afforded the opportunity to elect directors and to discuss company affairs with management. Our board of directors is divided into three classes with only one class of directors being elected in each year and each class (except for those directors appointed prior to our first annual meeting of shareholders) serving a three-year term.

Holders of Class A ordinary shares will not be entitled to vote on any election of directors we hold prior to our initial business combination.

Prior to our initial business combination, only holders of our founder shares will have the right to vote on the election of directors. Holders of our public shares will not be entitled to vote on the election of directors during such time. In addition, prior to the completion of an initial business combination, holders of a majority of our founder shares may remove a member of the board of directors for any reason. Accordingly, you may not have any say in the management of our company prior to the consummation of an initial business combination.

We are not registering the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants under the Securities Act or any state securities laws at this time, and such registration may not be in place when an investor desires to exercise warrants, thus precluding such investor from being able to exercise its warrants and causing such warrants to expire worthless.

We are not registering the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants under the Securities Act or any state securities laws at this time. However, under the terms of the warrant agreement, we have agreed to use our commercially reasonable efforts to file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such shares and maintain a current prospectus relating to the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants until the expiration of the warrants in accordance with the provisions of the warrant agreement. We cannot assure youassurance that we will be able to maintain or enhance our brand, and failure to do so would harm our business growth prospects and operating results.


Our marketing efforts may not be successful.

We currently rely on performance marketing channels that must deliver on metrics that are selected by our advertisers and are subject to change at any time. We are unable to control how our advertisers evaluate our performance. Certain of these metrics are subject to inherent challenges in measurement, and real or perceived inaccuracies in such metrics may harm our reputation and adversely affect our business. In addition, the metrics we provide may differ from estimates published by third parties or from similar metrics of our competitors due to differences in methodology. If our advertisers do not perceive our metrics to be accurate, or if we discover material inaccuracies in our metrics, it could adversely affect our online marketing efforts and business.

If we fail to manage future growth effectively, our business could be materially adversely affected.

We have at times experienced rapid growth and continue to have plans for example,further growth. This growth has placed significant demands on management and our operational infrastructure. As we continue to grow, we must effectively integrate, develop and motivate a large number of new employees, while maintaining the beneficial aspects of our company culture. If we do not manage the growth of our business and operations effectively, the quality of our services and efficiency of our operations could suffer and we may not be able to execute on our business plan, which could harm our brand, results of operations and overall business.

We participate in a highly competitive market, and pressure from existing and new companies may adversely affect our business and operating results.

We face significant competition from companies that provide information and services designed to help consumers shop for products comparable to those offered through our websites, marketplaces and through our brand direct solutions and to enable advertisers to reach these consumers. Our competitors offer various products and services that compete with us. Some of these competitors include: companies that operate, or could develop, insurance search websites, consumer finance search websites, educational / career enhancement search websites, home services search websites, and other comparison search type websites in the verticals in which we compete with marketplace and brand direct solutions; media sites, including websites dedicated to providing multiple quote insurance information and financial services information generally; internet search engines; and individual insurance providers, including through the operation of their own websites, physical storefront operations and broker arrangements. We compete with these and other companies for a share of advertisers’ overall budget for online and offline media marketing and referral spend. To the extent that advertisers view alternative marketing and media strategies to be superior to our marketplaces and brand direct solutions, we may not be able to maintain or grow the number of advertisers using, and advertising on, our marketplaces and through our brand direct solutions, and our business and financial results may be harmed.

We also expect that new competitors will enter the industries in which we operate with competing marketplaces and brand direct solutions, products and services, which could have an adverse effect on our business and financial results.

Our competitors could significantly impede our ability to maintain or expand the number of consumers and advertisers using our marketplaces and brand direct solutions. Our competitors also may develop and market new technologies that render our marketplaces and brand direct solutions less competitive, unmarketable or obsolete. In addition, if our competitors develop marketplaces and brand direct solutions with similar or superior functionality to ours, and our web traffic declines, we may
15

need to decrease our consumer engagement and referral and advertising fees. If we are unable to maintain our current pricing structure due to competitive pressures, our revenue would likely be reduced and our financial results would be adversely affected.

Our existing and potential competitors may have significantly more financial, technical, marketing and other resources than we have, and the ability to devote greater resources to the development, promotion and support of their marketplaces and brand direct solutions, products and services. In addition, they may have more extensive industry relationships than we have, longer operating histories and greater name recognition. As a result, these competitors may be able to respond more quickly with new technologies and to undertake more extensive marketing or promotional campaigns than we can. In addition, to the extent that any factsof our competitors have existing relationships with advertisers for marketing or events arise which represent a fundamentaldata analytics solutions, those advertisers may be unwilling to partner with us. If we are unable to compete with these competitors, the demand for our marketplaces and brand direct solutions and related products and services could substantially decline.

In addition, if one or more of our competitors were to merge or partner with another of our competitors, the change in the information set forthcompetitive landscape could adversely affect our ability to compete effectively. We may not be able to compete successfully against current or future competitors, and competitive pressures may harm our business and financial results.

Advertisers on our marketplaces and through our brand direct solutions may not provide competitive levels of service to consumers, which could materially adversely affect our brand and business and our ability to attract consumers.

Our ability to provide consumers with a high quality and compelling web platform experience depends, in part, on consumers receiving competitive prices, convenience, customer service and responsiveness from advertisers with whom they are matched on our marketplaces and through our brand direct solutions. If these providers do not meet or exceed consumer expectations with competitive levels of convenience, customer service, price and responsiveness, the value of our brand may be harmed, our ability to attract consumers to our marketplaces and brand direct solutions may be limited and the number of consumers matched through our marketplaces and brand direct solutions may decline, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our business depends on our ability to maintain and improve the technology infrastructure necessary to send marketing messages, which include emails, SMS and push notifications, and to operate our websites, and any significant disruption in service on our email network infrastructure or websites could result in a loss of consumers, which could harm our business, brand, operating results and financial condition.

Our brand, reputation and ability to attract consumers and advertisers depend on the reliable performance of our technology infrastructure and content delivery. We use messages to attract consumers to our marketplaces and brand direct solutions. Our systems may not be adequately designed with the necessary reliability and redundancy to avoid performance delays or outages that could be prolonged and harmful to our business. If our websites are unavailable when users attempt to access them, or if they do not load as quickly as expected, users may not return as often in the registration statementfuture, or prospectus,at all. As our user base and the amount of information shared on our websites continue to grow, we will need an increasing amount of network capacity and computing power. We have spent and expect to continue to spend substantial amounts on our infrastructure and services to handle the traffic on our websites and to help shorten the length of or prevent system interruptions. The operation of these systems is expensive and complex and we could experience operational failures. Interruptions, delays or failures in these systems, whether due to earthquakes, adverse weather conditions, other natural disasters, power loss, computer viruses, cybersecurity attacks, physical break-ins, terrorism, errors in our software, architecture flaws or performance defects in our proprietary technology or otherwise, could be prolonged and could affect the security or availability of our websites and applications, and prevent consumers from accessing our services. Such interruptions also could result in third-parties accessing our confidential and proprietary information, including our intellectual property or consumer information. Problems with the reliability or security of our systems could harm our reputation, our ability to protect our confidential and proprietary information, result in a loss of users of our marketplaces and brand direct solutions or result in additional costs. If we do not maintain or expand our network infrastructure successfully or if we experience operational failures or prolonged disruptions or delays in the availability of our systems or a significant search engine, we could lose current and potential consumers, which could harm our operating results and financial statements containedcondition.

Substantially all of the communications, network and computer hardware used to operate our websites are located in the United States in Amazon Web Services data centers and other colocation hosting providers. We do not own or incorporatedcontrol the operation of these facilities. Our systems and operations are vulnerable to damage or interruption from fire, flood, power loss, telecommunications failure, terrorist attacks, acts of war, electronic and physical break-ins, computer viruses, earthquakes and similar events. The occurrence of any of these events could result in damage to our systems and hardware or could cause them to fail. In addition, we may not have sufficient protection or recovery plans in certain circumstances.

Problems faced by reference thereinour third-party web hosting providers could adversely affect the experience of users of our marketplaces and through our brand direct solutions. Our third-party web hosting providers could close their facilities without adequate notice.
16

Any financial difficulties, up to and including bankruptcy, faced by our third-party web hosting providers or any of the service providers with whom they contract may have adverse effects on our business, the nature and extent of which are difficult to predict. If our third-party web hosting providers are unable to keep up with our growing capacity needs, our business could be harmed.

Any errors, defects, disruptions or other performance or reliability problems with our network operations could cause interruptions in access to our marketplaces and brand direct solutions as well as delays and additional expense in arranging new facilities and services and could harm our reputation, business, operating results and financial condition. Although we carry business interruption insurance, it may not currentbe sufficient to compensate us for the potentially significant losses, including the potential harm to the future growth of our business that may result from interruptions in our service as a result of system failures.

We depend on third-party website publishers for a significant portion of our visitors, and any decline in the supply of media available through these websites or correctincrease in the price of this media could cause our revenue to decline or our cost to reach visitors to increase.

A portion of our revenue is attributable to visitors originating from advertising placements that we purchase on third-party websites. In some instances, website publishers may change the advertising inventory they make available to us at any time and, therefore, impact our revenue. In addition, website publishers may place restrictions on our offerings. These restrictions may prohibit advertisements from specific clients or specific industries, or restrict the use of certain creative content. If a website publisher decides not to make advertising inventory available to us, or decides to demand a higher revenue share or places significant restrictions on the use of such inventory, we may not be able to find advertising inventory from other websites that satisfy our requirements in a timely and cost-effective manner. In addition, the number of competing online marketing service providers and advertisers that acquire inventory from websites continues to increase. Consolidation of website publishers could eventually lead to a concentration of desirable inventory on a small number of websites or networks, which could limit the supply of inventory available to us or increase the price of inventory to us. If any of the foregoing occurs, our revenue could decline or our operating costs may increase.

If we are unable to successfully respond to changes in the market, our business could be harmed.

While our business has grown rapidly as consumers and advertisers have increasingly accessed our marketplaces and brand direct solutions, we expect that our business will evolve in ways that may be difficult to predict. For example, we anticipate that over time we may reach a point when investments in new user traffic are less productive and the continued growth of our revenue will require more focus on developing new product and service offerings for consumers and advertisers, expanding our marketplaces and brand direct solutions into new international markets and new industries to attract new advertisers, and increasing our customer engagement and referral and advertising fees. It is also possible that consumers and advertisers could broadly determine that they no longer believe in the efficiency and effectiveness of our marketplaces and brand direct solutions. Our continued success will depend on our ability to successfully adjust our strategy to meet the changing market dynamics. If we are unable to do so, our business could be harmed and our results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.

We expect our results of operations to fluctuate on a quarterly and annual basis.

Our revenue and results of operations could vary significantly from period to period and may fail to match expectations as a result of a variety of factors, some of which are outside of our control. Our results may vary as a result of fluctuations in the number of consumers and advertisers using our marketplaces and brand direct solutions and the size and seasonal variability of the marketing budgets of our advertisers. In addition, our advertisers’ industries are each subject to their own cyclical trends and uncertainties. Fluctuations and variability across these different verticals may affect our revenue. As a result of the potential variations in our revenue and results of operations, period-to-period comparisons may not be meaningful and the results of any one period should not be relied on as an indication of future performance. In addition, our results of operations may not meet the expectations of investors or public market analysts who follow us, which may adversely affect our stock price.

Unfavorable global economic conditions, which can be impacted by various global events such as health crises, political instability or military conflicts, could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Our results of operations could be adversely affected by general conditions in the global economy, including conditions that are outside of our control, such as the impact of health and safety concerns from the COVID-19 pandemic or escalating military conflicts, which may result in various economic sanctions and regulations. The most recent global financial crisis caused by the coronavirus outbreak has resulted in extreme volatility and disruptions in the capital and credit markets. In addition, the recent conflicts between Russia and Ukraine have resulted in significant sanctions and other regulations and changes that have impacted global trade. While these events may not have direct material impacts on our business, they can result in disruptions in the capital and credit markets, changing regulation, changes in trade agreements, reduced alternatives or failures of
17

significant financial institutions, which can indirectly impact our results of operations and our access to liquidity or the SEC issuescapital markets, as well as have significant impacts on our customers and the various market participants with which we engage. A severe or prolonged economic downturn could also result in a stop order. Ifvariety of risks to our business, including weakened demand for our marketplaces and brand direct solutions and related products and services or delays in advertiser payments. A weak or declining economy could also strain our media supply channels.

Additionally, our business relies heavily on people, and adverse events such as health-related concerns about working in our call centers, the shares issuable upon exerciseinability to travel and other matters affecting the general work environment could harm our business. In the event of a major disruption caused by such global events, we may lose the services of a number of our employees or experience system interruptions, which could lead to diminishment of our regular business operations, inefficiencies and reputational harm. We are also unsure what actions our advertisers and other partners may take in response to such events. Any of the warrants are not registered underforegoing could harm our business and we cannot anticipate all the Securities Act,ways in which such events could adversely impact our business.

We often have long sales cycles, which can result in significant time between initial contact with a prospect and execution of an advertiser agreement, making it difficult to project when, if at all, we will obtain new advertisers and when we will generate revenue from those advertisers.

Our sales cycle, from initial contact to contract execution and implementation can take significant time. Our sales efforts involve educating our advertisers about the use, technical capabilities and benefits of our marketplaces and brand direct solutions. Some of our advertisers undertake an evaluation process that frequently involves not only our marketplaces and brand direct solutions but also the offerings of our competitors. As a result, it is difficult to predict when we will obtain new advertisers and begin generating revenue from these new advertisers. Even if our sales efforts result in obtaining a new advertiser, under our usage-based pricing model, the advertiser controls when and to what extent it uses our marketplaces and brand direct solutions. As a result, we may not be requiredable to permit holders to exerciseadd advertisers, or generate revenue, as quickly as we may expect, which could harm our revenue growth rates.

Our past growth may not be indicative of our future growth.

Our Company’s operations and their warrants on a cashless basis. However, no warrant willrelated revenue and results of operations have significantly changed over the last several years. This change may not be exercisable for cash or on a cashless basis,indicative of our future growth, if any, and we will not be obligatedable to issue any sharesgrow as expected, or at all, if we do not accomplish the following:

increase the number of consumers using our marketplaces and brand direct solutions;
maintain and expand the number of advertisers that use our marketplaces and brand direct solutions or our revenue per provider;
further improve the quality of our marketplaces and brand direct solutions, and introduce high-quality new products;
increase the number of shoppers acquired by advertisers on our marketplaces and brand direct solutions;
timely adjust marketing expenditures in relation to holders seeking to exercise their warrants, unless the issuance of the shares upon such exercise is registered or qualified under the securities laws of the state of the exercising holder, unless an exemption is available. In no event will we be required to net cash settle any warrant, or issue securities or other compensationchanges in exchangedemand for the warrants in the event that we are unable to register or qualify the shares underlying the warrants under the Securities Act or applicable state securities laws. If the issuance of the shares upon exercise of the warrants is not so registered or qualified or exempt from registration or qualification, the holder of such warrant will notproducts and services offered by our advertisers;
maintain brand recognition and effectively leverage our brand; and
attract and retain management and other skilled personnel for our business.

Our revenue growth rates may also be entitled to exercise such warrant and such warrant may have no value and expire worthless. In such event, holders who acquired their warrants as part of a purchase of units will have paid the full unit purchase price solely for the Class A ordinary shares included in the units. If and when the warrants become redeemable by us, we may exercise our redemption right evenlimited if we are unable to registerachieve high market penetration rates as we experience increased competition. If our revenue or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws.

Our ability to require holdersrevenue growth rates decline, investors’ perceptions of our warrants to exercise such warrants on a cashless basis after we call the warrants for redemption or if there is no effective registration statement covering the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of these warrants will cause holders to receive fewer Class A ordinary shares upon their exercise of the warrants than they would have received had they been able to pay the exercise price of their warrants in cash.

If we call the warrants for redemption, we will have the option, in our sole discretion, to require all holders that wish to exercise warrants to do so on a cashless basis. If we choose to require holders to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis or if holders elect to do so when there is no effective registration statement, the number of Class A ordinary shares received by a holder upon exercise willbusiness may be fewer than it would have been had such holder exercised his or her warrant for cash. For example, if the holder is exercising 875 public warrants at $11.50 per share through a cashless exercise when the Class A ordinary shares have a fair market value of $17.50 per share, then upon the cashless exercise, the holder will receive 300 Class A ordinary shares. The holder would have received 875 Class A ordinary shares if the exercise price was paid in cash. This will have the effect of reducing the potential “upside” of the holder’s investment in our company because the warrant holder will hold a smaller number of Class A ordinary shares upon a cashless exercise of the warrants they hold.

The grant of registration rights to our sponsor may make it more difficult to complete our initial business combination,adversely affected and the future exercise of such rights may adversely affect the market price of our Class A ordinary shares.

Pursuantcommon stock could decline.


We collect, process, store, share, disclose and use consumer information and other data, and our actual or perceived failure to protect such information and data or respect users’ privacy could damage our reputation and brand and harm our business and operating results.

Use of our marketplaces and brand direct solutions involves the storage and transmission of consumers’ information, including personal information, and security breaches could expose us to a registrationrisk of loss or exposure of this information which could result in potential liability, litigation and shareholder rights agreement,remediation costs, as well as reputational harm, all of which could materially adversely affect our sponsor,business and its permitted transferees can demandfinancial results. For example, unauthorized parties could steal our users’ names, email addresses, physical addresses, phone numbers and other information that we registercollect when providing consumer engagements and referrals. While we use encryption and authentication technology licensed from third parties designed to effect secure transmission of such information, we cannot guarantee the Class A ordinary shares into which founder shares are convertible, the private placement warrants and the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercisesecurity of the private placement warrants,

transfer and warrants thatstorage of the personal information we collect from advertisers.


Like all information systems and technology, our websites and information systems may be issued upon conversionsubject to computer viruses, break-ins, phishing, impersonation attacks, attempts to overload our servers with denial-of-service or other attacks, ransomware and similar incidents or disruptions from unauthorized use of working capital loansour computer systems, as well as unintentional incidents causing data
18

leakage, any of which could lead to interruptions, delays or website shutdowns, or could cause loss of critical data or the unauthorized disclosure, access, acquisition, alteration or use of personal or other confidential information. Although we have a Chief Information Officer who coordinates our cybersecurity measures, policies and procedures, and our Chief Information Officer reports to the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of such warrants. The registration rightsBoard regarding these matters at least quarterly, we cannot be certain that our efforts will be exercisableable to prevent breaches of the security of our information systems and technology. In addition, although we have cybersecurity insurance, we may not be able to retain such insurance on economic terms in the future or at all, and we cannot be certain that our insurance will cover us fully for any losses that we may experience, including with respect to any potential ransomware attacks we may experience. If we experience compromises to our security that result in websites performance or availability problems, the founder sharescomplete shutdown of our websites or the loss or unauthorized disclosure, access, acquisition, alteration or use of confidential information, consumers and advertisers may lose trust and confidence in us, and consumers and advertisers may decrease the use of our website or stop using our website entirely. Further, outside parties may attempt to fraudulently induce employees, consumers or advertisers to disclose sensitive information in order to gain access to our information or consumers’ or advertisers’ information. Because the techniques used to obtain unauthorized access, disable or degrade service, or sabotage systems change frequently, often are not recognized until launched against a target, and may originate from less regulated and remote areas around the world, we may be unable to proactively address these techniques or to implement adequate preventative measures.

Any or all of the issues above could adversely affect our ability to attract new users and increase engagement by existing users, cause existing users to curtail or stop use of our marketplaces and brand direct solutions, cause existing advertisers to cancel their contracts or subject us to governmental or third-party lawsuits, investigations, regulatory fines or other actions or liability, thereby harming our business, results of operations and financial condition. Although we are not aware of any material information security incidents to date, we have detected common types of attempts to attack our information systems and data using means that have included viruses and phishing.

There are numerous federal, state and local laws in the United States and around the world regarding privacy and the private placement warrantscollection, processing, storing, sharing, disclosing, using, cross-border transfer and protecting of personal information and other data, the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercisescope of such private placement warrants. The registrationwhich are changing, subject to differing interpretations, and availabilitywhich may be costly to comply with, may result in regulatory fines or penalties, and may be inconsistent between countries and jurisdictions or conflict with other rules.

We are subject to the terms of suchour privacy policies and privacy-related obligations to third parties. We strive to comply with all applicable laws, policies, legal obligations and industry codes of conduct relating to privacy and data protection, to the extent possible. However, it is possible that these obligations may be interpreted and applied in new ways or in a significant numbermanner that is inconsistent from one jurisdiction to another and may conflict with other rules or our practices or that new regulations could be enacted. Any failure or perceived failure by us to comply with our privacy policies, our privacy-related obligations to consumers or other third parties, or our privacy-related legal obligations, or any compromise of securities for tradingsecurity that results in the unauthorized release or transfer of sensitive information, which could include personally identifiable information or other user data, may result in governmental investigations, enforcement actions, regulatory fines, litigation or public market maystatements against us by consumer advocacy groups or others, and could cause consumers and advertisers to lose trust in us, all of which could be costly and have an adverse effect on our business. In addition, new and changed rules and regulations regarding privacy, data protection and cross-border transfers of consumer information could cause us to delay planned uses and disclosures of data to comply with applicable privacy and data protection requirements. Moreover, if third parties that we work with violate applicable laws or our policies, such violations also may put consumer or advertiser information at risk and could in turn harm our reputation, business and operating results. This risk exists both with respect to our vendors and partners (who may employ less rigorous compliance standards than our own) and our clients (who may have expectations on their legal right to freely make use of consumer data which we may provide them).

We currently operate primarily in the market priceUnited States. To the extent our business has expanded internationally due to the acquisition of ClickDealer, we will encounter additional risks, including different, uncertain or more stringent laws relating to consumer protection and data privacy rights.

We may be unable to halt the operations of websites that aggregate or misappropriate our data.

From time to time, third parties may misappropriate our data through website scraping, robots or other means and aggregate this data on their websites with data from other companies. In addition, copycat websites may misappropriate data in our marketplaces and brand direct solutions and attempt to imitate our brand or the functionality of our Class A ordinary shares.website. If we become aware of such websites, we intend to employ technological or legal measures in an attempt to halt their operations. However, we may be unable to detect all such websites in a timely manner and, even if we could, technological and legal measures may be insufficient to halt their operations. In some cases, particularly in the case of websites operating outside of the United States, our available remedies may not be adequate to protect us against the effect of the operation of such websites. Regardless of whether we can successfully enforce our rights against the operators of these websites, any measures that we may take could require us to expend significant financial or other resources, which could harm our business, results of operations or financial
19

condition. In addition, to the existenceextent that such activity creates confusion among consumers or advertisers, our brand and business could be harmed.

We are subject to a number of risks related to the credit card and debit card payments we accept from advertisers.

We sometimes accept payments from advertisers through credit and debit card transactions. For credit and debit card payments, we pay interchange and other fees, which may increase over time. An increase in those fees may require us to increase the prices we charge and would increase our operating expenses, either of which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We currently rely on multiple third-party vendors to provide payment processing services, including the processing of payments from credit cards and debit cards, and our business may be disrupted if these vendors become unwilling or unable to provide these services to us and we are unable to find a suitable replacement on a timely basis. If our processing vendors fail to maintain adequate systems for the authorization and processing of credit card transactions, it could cause one or more of the registration rights may makemajor credit card companies to disallow our initialcontinued use of their payment products. In addition, if these systems fail to work properly and, as a result, we do not charge our advertisers’ credit cards on a timely basis or at all, our business, combination more costly or difficult to conclude. This is because the shareholdersrevenue, results of operations and financial condition could be harmed.

The significance of our operations outside of the targetU.S. makes us susceptible to the risks of doing business mayinternationally, which could lower our revenue, increase our costs, reduce our profits, disrupt our business, or damage our reputation.

With the equity stake they seekacquisition of ClickDealer, we have expanded our brand direct business outside of the U.S. and its territories, which exposes us to certain challenges and risks, many of which are outside of our control, and which could materially reduce our revenue or profits, materially increase our costs, result in the combined entitysignificant liabilities or ask for more cash consideration to offset thesanctions, significantly disrupt our business, or significantly damage our reputation. These challenges and risks include: (1) compliance with complex and changing laws, regulations, and government policies, including sanctions, that could have a material negative impact on our operations or our ability to pursue development opportunities, cause reputational damage, or otherwise affect us; (2) the market price of our Class A ordinary shares that is expected when the securities owned by our sponsor or its permitted transferees are registered.

Because we are neither limited to evaluating a targetdifficulties involved in managing an organization doing business in a particular industry sector normany different countries; (3) uncertainties regarding the interpretation of local laws and the enforceability of contract and intellectual property rights under local laws; and (4) rapid changes in government policy, political or civil unrest, acts of terrorism, war, pandemics or other health emergencies, border control measures or other travel restrictions, or the threat of international boycotts or U.S. anti-boycott legislation. Due to our lack of experience with international operations and developing and managing sales and distributions channels in international markets, our international expansion may not be successful.


We have we selected any specific target businesses withoperations in Ukraine following our acquisition of ClickDealer, which to pursue our initial business combination, you will be unable to ascertain the merits or risks of any particular target business’s operations.

We may pursue business combination opportunities in any sector, except that we will not, under our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, be permitted to effectuate our initial business combination with another blank check company or similar company with nominal operations. Because we have not yet selected any specific target business with respect to a business combination, there is no basis to evaluate the possible merits or risks of any particular target business’s operations, results of operations, cash flows, liquidity, financial condition or prospects. To the extent we complete our initial business combination, we may be affected by numerous risks inherentoperates in the Ukraine, and our business operations with which we combine. For example, if we combine with a financially unstable business or an entity lacking an established record of sales or earnings, we may be affected by the risks inherentnegative or uncertain political climate, infrastructure disruption in Ukraine and increased volatility of global markets and industries as a result of the ongoing conflict with Russia.


We have operations in Ukraine following our acquisition of ClickDealer in April 2023. As a result of the ongoing conflict against Russia, negative or uncertain political climates in Ukraine, including but not limited to, military activities or civil hostilities, criminal activities and other acts of violence, infrastructure disruption, natural disasters or other conditions could adversely affect our operations in Ukraine or cause us to exit the Ukrainian market. Additionally, some of our Ukraine-based team members may be forced to relocate to other countries and within Ukraine. We are closely monitoring the situation and are committed to caring for our colleagues in the region. The ongoing conflict could cause harm to our team members and otherwise impair their ability to work for extended periods of time, as well as disrupt telecommunications systems, banks and other critical infrastructure necessary to conduct business in Ukraine. In addition, the war between Russia and Ukraine could lead to disruption, instability and volatility in global markets and industries that could negatively impact our operations. The scope of the impact of the ongoing war in Ukraine is impossible to predict at this time and could have an adverse impact on our business.

Litigation could distract management, increase our expenses or subject us to material money damages and other remedies.

We may be involved from time to time in various additional legal proceedings, including, but not limited to, actions relating to breach of contract, breach of federal and state privacy laws, and intellectual property infringement that might necessitate changes to our business or operations. Regardless of whether any claims against us have merit, or whether we are ultimately held liable or subject to payment of damages, claims may be expensive to defend and may divert management’s time away from our operations. If any legal proceedings were to result in an unfavorable outcome, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position and results of operations. Any adverse publicity resulting from actual or potential litigation may also materially and adversely affect our reputation, which in turn could adversely affect our results.

20

We conduct marketing activities, directly and indirectly, via telephone, email and/or through other online and offline marketing channels, which general marketing activities are governed by numerous federal and state regulations, such as the Telemarketing Sales Rule, state telemarketing laws, federal and state privacy laws, the Controlling the Assault of Non-Solicited Pornography and Marketing Act of 2003, or CAN-SPAM Act, the Telephone Consumer Protection Act, or TCPA, and the Federal Trade Commission Act and its accompanying regulations and guidelines, among others. In addition to being subject to action by regulatory agencies, some of these laws, like the TCPA, allow private individuals to bring litigation against companies for breach of these laws. We are also dependent on our third-party partners to comply with applicable laws. For example, we often depend upon our third-party partners to obtain consent from consumers to receive telemarketing calls in compliance with the TCPA. We may be alleged to have indemnification obligations to third-party for alleged breaches of privacy laws like the TCPA, which could increase our defense costs and require that we pay damages if there were an adverse ruling in any such claims. Any of these events may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

Companies in the internet, technology and media industries are frequently subject to allegations of infringement or other violations of intellectual property rights. We plan to vigorously defend our intellectual property rights and our freedom to operate our business; however, regardless of the merits of the claims, intellectual property claims are often time consuming and extremely expensive to litigate or settle and are likely to continue to divert managerial attention and resources from our business objectives. Successful infringement claims against us could result in significant monetary liability or prevent us from operating our business or portions of our business. Resolution of claims may require us to obtain licenses to use intellectual property rights belonging to third parties, which may be expensive to procure, or we may be required to cease using intellectual property of third-parties altogether. Many of our contracts require us to provide indemnification against third-party intellectual property infringement claims, which would increase our defense costs and may require that we pay damages if there were an adverse ruling in any such claims. Any of these events may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

With the acquisition of ClickDealer, we have expanded our business internationally and therefore may encounter additional risks, including different, uncertain or more stringent laws relating to intellectual property rights and protection.

Risks from third-party products could adversely affect our businesses.

We offer third-party products and we provide marketing services with respect to other products. Certain of these products, by their nature, involve a transfer of risk. If risk is not transferred in the way the customer expects, our reputation may be harmed and we may become a target for litigation. In addition, if these products do not generate competitive risk-adjusted returns that satisfy clients in a variety of asset classes, we will have difficulty maintaining existing business and operationsattracting new business. This risk may be heightened during periods when credit, equity or other financial markets are deteriorating in value or are particularly volatile, or when clients or investors are experiencing losses. Significant declines in the performance of these third-party products could subject us to reputational damage and litigation risk.

We depend on key personnel to operate our business, and if we are unable to retain, attract and integrate qualified personnel, our ability to develop and successfully grow our business could be harmed.

We believe our success has depended, and continues to depend, on the efforts and talents of our executives and employees. Our future success depends on our continuing ability to attract, develop, motivate and retain highly qualified and skilled employees. Qualified individuals are in high demand, and we may incur significant costs to attract and retain them. Experienced information technology personnel, who are critical to the success of our business, are in particularly high demand. Since 2020, most of our employees have worked remotely. The loss of any of our executive officers or key employees could materially adversely affect our ability to execute our business plan and strategy, and we may not be able to find adequate replacements on a financially unstabletimely basis, or a development stage entity. Althoughat all. Many of our executive officers and directors will endeavorother employees are at-will employees, which means they may terminate their employment relationships with us at any time, and their knowledge of our business and industry would be extremely difficult to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business, wereplace. We cannot assure youensure that we will properly ascertainbe able to retain the services of any members of our senior management or assessother key employees. If we do not succeed in attracting well-qualified employees or retaining and motivating existing employees, our business could be materially adversely affected.

Our management team has limited experience with international operations and managing a public company.

Operating in international markets, including after our acquisition of ClickDealer, requires significant resources and management attention and will subject us to regulatory, economic and political risks that are different from those in the United States. Due to our management team’s limited experience with international operations and developing and managing sales and distribution channels in international markets, our international expansion efforts may not be successful. Our management’s lack of experience and failure to successfully manage the various risks could harm our international operations and have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results. Most members of our management team have limited experience managing a publicly traded company, interacting with public company investors, and complying with the
21

increasingly complex laws, rules and regulations that govern public companies. Following the completion of the Business Combination, we are now subject to significant obligations relating to reporting, procedures and internal controls, and our management team may not successfully or efficiently manage such obligations. These obligations and scrutiny require significant attention from our management and could divert their attention away from the day-to-day management of our business, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our corporate culture has contributed to our success and, if we are unable to maintain it, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be harmed.

The failure to maintain the key aspects of our culture as our organization grows could result in decreased employee satisfaction, increased difficulty in attracting top talent, increased turnover and could compromise the quality of our client service, all of which are important to our success and to the significant risk factors or that we will have adequate time to complete due diligence. Furthermore, some of these risks may be outsideeffective execution of our controlbusiness strategy. In the event we are unable to maintain our corporate culture as we grow, our business, financial condition and leave usresults of operations could be harmed.

Fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates could impact our financial condition and results of operations.

Since our ClickDealer acquisition, we are exposed to foreign currency exchange rate risk with no abilityrespect to control or reduceour sales, profits, assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than the chances that those risks will adversely impactU.S. dollar. As a target business. We also cannot assure you that an investment in our securities will ultimately prove to be more favorable to investors than a direct investment, if such opportunity were available, in a business combination target. Accordingly, any shareholders who choose to remain shareholders following our initial business combination could suffer a reductionresult, the fluctuation in the value of their securities. Such shareholders are unlikely tothe U.S. dollar against other currencies could have a remedymaterial adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. Upon translation, operating results may differ materially from expectations. As we continue to expand our international operations, our exposure to exchange rate fluctuations will increase. International advertisers’ spending may be affected by changes in currency exchange rates, and as a result, the related revenue may be adversely impacted by fluctuations in currency exchange rates. Further, although the prices charged by vendors for such reductionthe merchandise we purchase are primarily denominated in value unless they are able to successfully claim thatU.S. dollars, a decline in the reduction was due to the breach by our officers or directors of a duty of care or other fiduciary duty owed to them, or if they are able to successfully bring a private claim under securities laws that the proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, relating to the business combination contained an actionable material misstatement or material omission.

We may seek acquisition opportunities in industries or sectors which may or may not be outside of our management’s area of expertise.

We will consider a business combination outside of our management’s area of expertise if a business combination candidate is presented to us and we determine that such candidate offers an attractive acquisition opportunity for our company. Although our management will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in any particular business combination candidate, we cannot assure you that we will adequately ascertain or assess allrelative value of the significantU.S. dollar to foreign currencies could lead to increased international operation costs, which could negatively affect our competitive position and our results of operations. Further, we have not engaged in currency hedging activities to limit risk factors. We also cannot assure you that an investment in our securities will not ultimately proveof exchange rate fluctuations.


Risks Related to be less favorable to investors in our securities than a direct investment, if an opportunity were available, in a business combination candidate. In the event we elect to pursue an acquisition outside of the areas of our management’s expertise, our management’s expertise may not be directly applicable to its evaluation or operation, and the information contained in this Annual Report onForm 10-K regarding the areas of our management’s expertise would not be relevant to an understanding of the business that we elect to acquire. As a result, our managementOur Intellectual Property

We may not be able to adequately ascertainprotect our intellectual property rights.

Our business depends on our intellectual property, the protection of which is crucial to the success of our business. We rely on a combination of patent, trademark, trade secret and copyright law and contractual restrictions to protect our intellectual property. In addition, we attempt to protect our intellectual property, technology and confidential information by requiring our employees and consultants to enter into confidentiality and assignment of inventions agreements and third parties to enter into nondisclosure agreements as we deem appropriate. Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary rights, unauthorized parties may attempt to copy aspects of our website and market features, software and functionality or assess allobtain and use information that we consider proprietary.

We may not be able to discover or determine the extent of the significant risk factors. Accordingly, any shareholder who choose to remain shareholders followingunauthorized use or infringement or violation of our business combination could

suffer a reduction inintellectual property or proprietary rights. Third-parties also may take actions that diminish the value of their shares.our proprietary rights or our reputation. The protection of our intellectual property may require the expenditure of significant financial and managerial resources. Litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce our intellectual property rights, to protect our trade secrets, to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others or to defend against claims of infringement or invalidity. Such shareholders are unlikelylitigation could be costly, time-consuming and distracting to havemanagement, result in a remedy for such reduction in value.

Although we have identified general criteriadiversion of resources, the impairment or loss of portions of our intellectual property and guidelines that we believe are important in evaluating prospective target businesses, wecould materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results. Furthermore, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights may enter intobe met with defenses, counterclaims and countersuits attacking the validity and enforceability of our initial business combination with a target that does not meet such criteria and guidelines, and as a result, the target business with which we enter intointellectual property rights. These steps may be inadequate to protect our initial business combination may not have attributes entirely consistent with our general criteria and guidelines.

Although we have identified general criteria and guidelines for evaluating prospective target businesses, it is possible that a target business with which we enter into our initial business combinationintellectual property. We will not have all of these positive attributes. If we completebe able to protect our initial business combination with a target that does not meet some or all of these guidelines, such combination may not be as successful as a combination with a business that does meet all of our general criteria and guidelines. In addition,intellectual property if we announce a prospective business combination with a target that does not meet our general criteria and guidelines, a greater number of shareholders may exercise their redemption rights, which may make it difficult for us to meet any closing condition with a target business that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. In addition, if shareholder approval of the transaction is required by law, or we decide to obtain shareholder approval for business or other legal reasons, it may be more difficult for us to attain shareholder approval of our initial business combination if the target business does not meet our general criteria and guidelines. If we are unable to completeenforce our initial business combination, our public shareholders may only receive their pro rata portion of the funds in the trust account that are available for distribution to public shareholders, and our warrants will expire worthless.

We arerights or if we do not required to obtain an opinion from an independent accounting or investment banking firm, and consequently, you may have no assurance from an independent source that the price we are paying for the business is fair to our shareholders from a financial point of view.

Unless we complete our initial business combination with an affiliated entity, we are not required to obtain an opinion from an independent accounting firm or independent investment banking firm which is a member of FINRA that the price we are paying is fair to our shareholders from a financial point of view. If no opinion is obtained, our shareholders will be relying on the judgmentdetect unauthorized use of our board of directors, who will determine fair market value based on standards generally accepted by the financial community. Such standards used will be disclosed inintellectual property. Despite our proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, related to our initial business combination.

We may issue additional Class A ordinary shares or preferred shares to complete our initial business combination or under an employee incentive plan after completion of our initial business combination. We may also issue Class A ordinary shares upon the conversion of the founder shares at a ratio greater thanone-to-one at the time of our initial business combination as a result of the anti-dilution provisions contained therein. Any such issuances would dilute the interest of our shareholders and likely present other risks.

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association authorize the issuance of up to 200,000,000 Class A ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share, 20,000,000 Class B ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share, and 1,000,000 preference shares, par value $0.0001 per share. There are 180,000,000 and 15,000,000 authorized but unissued Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares, respectively, available for issuance which amount does not take into account shares reserved for issuance upon exercise of outstanding warrants or shares issuable upon conversion of the Class B ordinary shares, if any. The Class B ordinary shares are automatically convertible into Class A ordinary shares at the time of our initial business combination as described herein and in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. There are no preference shares issued and outstanding.

We may issue a substantial number of additional Class A ordinary shares or preference shares to complete our initial business combination or under an employee incentive plan after completion of our initial business

combination. We may also issue Class A ordinary shares upon conversion of the Class B ordinary shares at a ratio greater thanone-to-one at the time of our initial business combination as a result of the anti-dilution provisions as set forth herein. However, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide, among other things, that prior to our initial business combination, we may not issue additional shares that would entitle the holders thereof to (i) receive funds from the trust account or (ii) vote on any initial business combination. These provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, like all provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association,precautions, it may be amended with a shareholder vote. The issuance of additional ordinary or preference shares:

may significantly dilute the equity interest of our investors;

may subordinate the rights of holders of Class A ordinary shares if preference shares are issued with rights senior to those afforded our Class A ordinary shares;

could cause a change in control if a substantial number of Class A ordinary shares are issued, which may affect, among other things, our abilitypossible for unauthorized third parties to use our net operating loss carry forwards, if any, and could result in the resignation or removal of our present officers and directors;

may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our units, Class A ordinary shares and/or warrants; and

information that we regard as proprietary to create product offerings that compete with ours. We also cannot be certain that others will not result in adjustment to the exercise price of our warrants.

Unlike mostindependently develop or otherwise acquire equivalent or superior technology or other similarly structured blank check companies, our sponsor will receive additional Class A ordinary shares if we issue shares to consummate an initial business combination.

The founder shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares on the first business day following the consummation of our initial business combination at a ratio such that the number of Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of all founder shares will equal, in the aggregate, on anas-converted basis, 20% of the sum of (i) the total number of Class A ordinary shares issued and outstanding upon completion of our Initial Public Offering, plus (ii) the sum of (a) the total number of Class A ordinary shares issued or deemed issued or issuable upon conversion or exercise of any equity-linked securities orintellectual property rights, issued or deemed issued, by the company in connection with or in relation to the consummation of the initial business combination, excluding any Class A ordinary shares or equity-linked securities exercisable for or convertible into Class A ordinary shares issued, or to be issued, to any seller in the initial business combination and any private placement warrants issued to our sponsor upon conversion of working capital loans, minus (b) the number of public shares redeemed by public shareholders in connection with our initial business combination. This is different than most other similarly structured blank check companies in which the initial shareholders will only be issued an aggregate of 20% of the total number of shares to be outstanding prior to the initial business combination.

Resources could be wasted in researching acquisitions that are not completed, which could materially adversely affect subsequent attemptsour business, financial condition and operating results.


Competitors and others may adopt service names similar to locateours, thereby harming our ability to build brand identity and possibly leading to user confusion. In addition, there could be potential trade name or trademark infringement claims brought by owners of other registered trademarks or trademarks that incorporate variations of the term Digital Media Solutions.” We currently hold the “digitalmediasolutions.com” internet domain name as well as various other related domain names. The regulation of domain names in the United States is subject to change. Regulatory bodies could establish additional top-level domains, appoint additional domain name registrars, or modify the requirements for holding domain names. In addition, there is
22

an active market in desirable domain names and our ability to purchase such domains would be subject to market conditions. As a result, we may not be able to acquire or merge with another business. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public shareholders may only receive their pro rata portion ofmaintain all domain names that use the fundsname Digital Media Solutions.

We currently operate primarily in the trust accountUnited States. To the extent our business has expanded internationally due to the acquisition of ClickDealer, we will encounter additional risks, including different, uncertain or more stringent laws relating to intellectual property rights and protection.

We may face litigation and liability due to claims of infringement of third-party intellectual property rights.

From time to time, third parties may allege that we have infringed the trademarks, copyrights, patents and other intellectual property rights, including from our competitors or non-practicing entities. Such claims, regardless of their merit, could result in litigation or other proceedings and could require us to expend significant financial resources and attention by our management and other personnel that otherwise would be focused on our business operations, result in injunctions against us that prevent us from using material intellectual property rights, or require us to pay damages to third parties. Patent and other intellectual property litigation may be protracted and expensive, and the results are difficult to predict and may result in significant settlement costs or require us to stop offering some features, or purchase licenses or modify our products and features while we develop non-infringing substitutes, but such licenses may not be available for distributionon terms acceptable to public shareholders,us or at all, which would require us to develop alternative intellectual property. Even if these matters do not result in litigation or are resolved in our favor or without significant cash settlements, these matters, and the time and resources necessary to litigate or resolve them, could harm our business, our operating results and our warrants will expire worthless.

reputation.


As our business expands, we may be subject to intellectual property claims against us with increasing frequency, scope and magnitude. This may include claims originating with entities who have held the name “Digital Media Solutions” for a substantial period of time. We anticipate that the investigationmay also be obligated to indemnify affiliates or other partners who are accused of each specific target businessviolating third parties’ intellectual property rights by virtue of those affiliates or partners’ agreements with us, and the negotiation, draftingthis could increase our costs in defending such claims and executionour damages. For example, many of relevantour agreements disclosure documentswith advertisers and other instruments willpartners require substantial management timeus to indemnify these entities against third-party intellectual property infringement claims. Furthermore, such advertisers and attention and substantial costs for accountants, attorneys and others. If we decide not to completepartners may discontinue their relationship with us either as a specific initial business combination, the costs incurred up to that point for the proposed transaction likely would not be recoverable. Furthermore, if we reach an agreement relating to a specific target business, we may fail to completeresult of injunctions or otherwise. The occurrence of these results could harm our initial business combination for any number of reasons including those beyond our control. Any such event will result in a loss to us of the related costs incurred which couldbrand or materially adversely affect subsequent attemptsour business, financial position and operating results.

Confidentiality agreements with employees and others may not adequately prevent disclosure of trade secrets and other proprietary information.

In order to locateprotect our technologies and acquireprocesses, we rely in part on confidentiality agreements with our employees, independent contractors and other advisors. These agreements may not effectively prevent disclosure of confidential information, including trade secrets, and may not provide an adequate remedy in the event of unauthorized disclosure of confidential information. In addition, others may independently discover our trade secrets and proprietary information, and in such cases, we may not be able to assert our trade secret rights against such parties. To the extent that our employees, contractors or mergeother third parties with another business. Ifwhom we are unabledo business use intellectual property owned by others in their work for us, disputes may arise as to completethe rights to related or resulting know-how and inventions. The loss of confidential information or intellectual property rights, including trade secret protection, could make it easier for third parties to compete with our initialproducts. In addition, any changes in, or unexpected interpretations of, intellectual property laws may compromise our ability to enforce our trade secret and intellectual property rights. Costly and time-consuming litigation could be necessary to enforce and determine the scope of our proprietary rights, and failure to obtain or maintain protection of our trade secrets or other proprietary information could harm our business, combination,results of operations, reputation and competitive position.

Our use of “open source” software could adversely affect our public shareholders may only receive their pro rata portionability to protect our proprietary software and subject us to possible litigation.

We use open source software in connection with our software development. From time to time, companies that use open source software have faced claims challenging the use of open source software and/or compliance with open source license terms. We could be subject to suits by parties claiming ownership of what we believe to be open source software or claiming non-compliance with open source licensing terms. Some open source licenses require users who distribute software containing open source to make available all or part of such software, which in some circumstances could include valuable proprietary code of the fundsuser. While we monitor our use of open source software and try to ensure that none is used in a manner that would require us to disclose our proprietary source code or that would otherwise breach the terms of an open source agreement, such use could inadvertently occur, in part because open source license terms are often ambiguous. Any requirement to disclose our proprietary source code or pay damages for breach of contract could be harmful to our business, results of operations or financial condition, and could help our competitors develop services that are similar to or better than ours.

23

Risks Related to Government Regulation

Our businesses are heavily regulated. We are, and may in the trust account thatfuture become, subject to a variety of international, federal, state, and local laws, many of which are available for distribution to public shareholders,unsettled and our warrants will expire worthless.

We may be a passive foreign investment company, or “PFIC,”still developing and which could result in adverse U.S. federal income tax consequencessubject us to U.S. investors.

If weclaims or otherwise harm our business.


Our activities are a PFIC for any taxable year (or portion thereof) that is included in the holding period of a beneficial owner of our units, Class A ordinary shares or warrants who or that is (i) an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes, (ii) a corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) organized in orsubject to extensive regulation under the laws of the United States any state thereof orand its various states and the District of Columbia, (iii) an estate whose income isother jurisdictions in which we operate. We are currently subject to U.S. federal income tax regardlessa variety of, its source, or (iv) a trust, if (a) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons (as definedmay in the Internal Revenue Code)future become subject to additional, international, federal, state and local laws that are continuously evolving and developing, including laws regarding internet-based businesses and other businesses that rely on advertising, as well as privacy and consumer protection laws, including the TCPA, the Telemarketing Sales Rule, the CAN-SPAM Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Federal Trade Commission Act and employment laws, including those governing wage and hour requirements. In addition, there is increasing attention by state and other jurisdictions to regulation in this area. These laws are complex and can be costly to comply with, require significant management time and effort, and could subject us to claims, government enforcement actions, civil and criminal liability or other remedies, including suspension of business operations. These laws may conflict with each other, further complicating compliance efforts.

If we are alleged not to comply with these laws or regulations, we may be required to modify affected products and services, which could require a substantial investment and loss of revenue, or cease providing the affected product or service altogether. If we are found to have authority to control all substantial decisions of the trustviolated laws or (b) it has a valid election in effect under Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person (a “U.S. Holder”), such U.S. holderregulations, we may be subject to certainsignificant fines, penalties and other losses.

We currently operate primarily in the United States. To the extent our business has expanded internationally due to the acquisition of ClickDealer, we will encounter additional risks, including different, uncertain or more stringent regulations and laws relating to our business operations.

We assess customer needs, collect customer contact information and provide other product offerings, which results in us receiving personally identifiable information. This information is increasingly subject to legislation and regulation in the United States and other jurisdictions.

This legislation and regulation are generally intended to protect individual privacy and the privacy and security of personal information. We could be adversely affected if government regulations require us to significantly change our business practices with respect to this type of information or if the advertisers who use our marketplaces and brand direct solutions violate applicable laws and regulations.

Changes in applicable laws and regulations may materially increase our direct and indirect compliance and other expenses of doing business, having a material adverse U.S. federal income tax consequenceseffect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. If there were to be changes to statutory or regulatory requirements, we may be unable to comply fully with or maintain all required licenses and approvals. Regulatory authorities have relatively broad discretion to grant, renew and revoke licenses and approvals. If we do not have all requisite licenses and approvals, or do not comply with applicable statutory and regulatory requirements, the regulatory authorities could preclude or temporarily suspend us from carrying on some or all of our activities or monetarily penalize us, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We cannot predict whether any proposed legislation or regulatory changes will be adopted, or what impact, if any, such proposals or, if enacted, such laws could have on our business, results of operations and financial condition. If we are alleged to have failed to comply with applicable laws and regulations, we may be subject to additional reporting requirements. Our PFIC status forinvestigations, criminal penalties or civil remedies, including fines, injunctions, loss of an operating license or approval, increased scrutiny or oversight by regulatory authorities, the suspension of individual employees, limitations on engaging in a particular business or redress to customers. The cost of compliance and the consequences of non-compliance could have a material adverse effect on our currentbusiness, results of operations and subsequent taxable years may depend on whether we qualify for the PFICstart-up exception. Depending on the particular circumstances the application of thestart-up exception may be subject to uncertainty, and there cannot be any assurancefinancial condition. In addition, a finding that we will qualify forhave failed to comply with applicable laws and regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition by exposing us to negative publicity and reputational damage or by harming our customer or employee relationships.

In most jurisdictions, regulatory authorities have thestart-up exception. Accordingly, there can be no assurances with respect power to interpret and amend applicable laws and regulations, and have discretion to grant, renew and revoke the various licenses and approvals we need to conduct our status as a PFIC for our current taxable year or any subsequent taxable year. Our actual PFIC status for any taxable year, however, will not be determinable until after the end of such taxable year. Moreover, if we determine we are a PFIC for any taxable year, we will endeavor to provide to a U.S. Holder such information as the Internal Revenue Serviceactivities. Such authorities may require including a PFIC annual information statement,us to incur substantial costs in order to enable the U.S. Holder to makecomply with such laws and maintain a “qualified electing fund” election, but there can be no assurance that we will timely provide such required information, and such election would be unavailable with respect to our warrantsregulations. Regulatory statutes are broad in all cases. We urge U.S. investors to consult their own tax advisors regarding the possible application of the PFIC rules.

We may reincorporate in another jurisdiction in connection with our initial business combination and such reincorporation may result in taxes imposed on shareholders.

We may, in connection with our initial business combinationscope and subject to requisite shareholder approval underdiffering interpretation. In some areas of our businesses, we act on the Companies Law, reincorporatebasis of our own or the industry’s interpretations of applicable laws or regulations, which may conflict from jurisdiction to jurisdiction. In the event those interpretations eventually prove different from the interpretations of regulatory authorities, we may be penalized or precluded from carrying on our previous activities.


24

Federal, state and international laws regulating telephone and messaging marketing practices impose certain obligations on advertisers, which could reduce our ability to expand our business.

We, and the advertisers using our marketplaces and brand direct solutions, make telephone calls and send messages to consumers who request information through our marketplaces and through our brand direct solutions. The United States regulates marketing by telephone and messaging, including email, SMS and push messaging. The TCPA prohibits companies from making certain telemarketing calls to numbers listed in the jurisdictionFederal Do-Not-Call Registry and imposes other obligations and limitations on making phone calls and sending text messages to consumers. The CAN-SPAM Act regulates commercial email messages and specifies penalties for the transmission of commercial email messages that do not comply with certain requirements, such as providing an opt-out mechanism for stopping future emails from senders. We and the advertisers who use our marketplaces and brand direct solutions may need to comply with such laws and any associated rules and regulations. States and other countries have similar laws related to telemarketing and commercial emails.

Additional or modified laws and regulations, or interpretations of existing, modified or new laws, regulations and rules, could prohibit or increase the cost of engaging with consumers and impair our ability to expand the use of our products, including our demand response solution, to more users. Alleged failure to comply with obligations and restrictions related to telephone, text message and email marketing could subject us to lawsuits, fines, statutory damages, consent decrees, injunctions, adverse publicity and other losses that could harm our business. Moreover, over the past several years there has been a sustained increase in litigation alleging violations of laws relating to telemarketing, which has increased the target companyexposure of companies that operate telephone and text messaging campaigns to class action litigation alleging violations of the TCPA. If we or business is located orthe advertisers who use our marketplaces and brand direct solutions become subject to such litigation, it could result in another jurisdiction. The transaction may require a shareholder or warrant holdersubstantial costs to recognize taxable incomeand materially adversely affect our business.

Changes in the jurisdiction in whichregulation of the shareholder or warrant holderinternet could adversely affect our business.

Laws, rules and regulations governing internet communications, advertising and e-commerce are dynamic and the extent of future government regulation is a tax resident or in which its members are resident if it is a tax transparent entity. We do not intend to make any cash distributions to shareholders or warrant holders to pay such taxes. Shareholders or warrant holders may be subject to withholding taxes or other taxes with respect to their ownership of us after the reincorporation.

After our initial business combination, it is possible that a majorityuncertain. Federal and state regulations govern various aspects of our directorsonline business, including intellectual property ownership and officers will live outsideinfringement, trade secrets, the distribution of electronic communications, marketing and advertising, user privacy and data security, search engines and internet tracking technologies. In addition, changes in laws or regulations that adversely affect the growth, popularity or use of the internet, including potentially the recent repeal in the United States of net neutrality, could decrease the demand for our offerings and increase our cost of doing business. Future taxation on the use of the internet or e-commerce transactions could also be imposed. Existing or future regulation or taxation could hinder growth in or adversely affect the use of the internet generally, including the viability of e-commerce, which could reduce our revenue, increase our operating expenses and expose us to significant liabilities.


U.S. (state and federal) and foreign governments are considering enacting additional legislation related to privacy and data protection and we expect to see an increase in, or changes to, legislation and regulation in this area. For example, in the United States, a federal privacy law is the subject of active discussion and several bills have been introduced. Additionally, industry groups in the United States and alltheir international counterparts have self-regulatory guidelines that are subject to periodic updates. High profile incidents involving breaches of our assets will be located outsidepersonal information or misuse of consumer information may increase the United States; therefore investors may not be able to enforcelikelihood of new U.S. federal, securitiesstate, or international laws or their other legal rights.

It is possible that after our initial business combination, a majorityregulations in addition to those set out above, and such laws and regulations may be inconsistent across jurisdictions.


In addition to laws regulating the processing of our directorspersonal information, we are also subject to regulation with respect to political advertising activities, which are governed by various federal and officers will reside outside ofstate laws in the United States, and allnational and provincial laws worldwide. Online political advertising laws are rapidly evolving, and in certain jurisdictions have varying transparency and disclosure requirements. Publishers have imposed restrictions on the types of political advertising and breadth of targeted advertising allowed on their platforms with respect to advertisements for the 2020 U.S. presidential election in response to political advertising scandals like Cambridge Analytica. The lack of uniformity and increasing requirements on transparency and disclosure could adversely impact the inventory made available for political advertising and the demand for such inventory on our platforms, and otherwise increase our operating and compliance costs.

Changes in data residency and cross-border transfer restrictions may also impact our operations. As the advertising industry evolves, and new ways of collecting, combining and using data are created, governments may enact legislation in response to technological advancements and changes that could result in our having to re-design features or functions of our assets will be located outside of the United States. As a result, itplatforms, therefore incurring unexpected compliance costs.

These laws and other obligations may be difficult,interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent with our existing data management practices or in some cases not possible, for investors in the United States to enforce their legal rights, to effect service of process upon allfeatures of our directorsplatforms. If so, in addition to the possibility of fines, lawsuits and other claims, we could be required to fundamentally change our business activities and practices or officers or to enforce judgments of United States courts predicated upon civil liabilities and criminal penaltiesmodify our products, which could have an adverse effect on our directorsbusiness. We may be unable to make such changes and officers under United States laws.

We are dependent upon our executive officersmodifications in a commercially reasonable manner or at all, and directors and their loss could adversely affect our ability to operate.

Our operations are dependent upon a relatively small groupdevelop new products and features could be limited. All of individuals and, in particular,this could impair our executive officers and directors. We believe thator our success depends on the continued service

25

are not required to commit any specified amount of time to our affairs and, accordingly, will have conflicts of interest in allocating their time among various business activities, including identifying potential business combinations and monitoring the related due diligence. We do not have an employment agreement with, orkey-man insurance on the life of, any of our directors or executive officers. The unexpected loss of the services of one or more of our directors or executive officers could have a detrimental effect on us.

Ouradvertisers’ ability to successfully effect our initial business combination andcollect, use, or disclose information relating to be successful thereafter will be totally dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel, some of whom may join us following our initial business combination. The loss of key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business.

Our ability to successfully effect our initial business combination is dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel. The role of our key personnel in the target business, however, cannot presently be ascertained. Although some of our key personnel may remain with the target business in senior management or advisory positions following our initial business combination, it is likely that some or all of the management of the target business will remain in place. While we intend to closely scrutinize any individuals we engage after our initial business combination, we cannot assure you that our assessment of these individuals will prove to be correct. These individuals may be unfamiliar with the requirements of operating a company regulated by the SEC,consumers, which could cause us to have to expend timedecrease demand for our platforms, increase our costs, and resources helping them become familiar with such requirements.

Our key personnel may negotiate employment or consulting agreements with a target business in connection with a particular business combination, and a particular business combination may be conditioned on the retention or resignation of such key personnel. These agreements may provide for them to receive compensation following our initial business combination and as a result, may cause them to have conflicts of interest in determining whether a particular business combination is the most advantageous.

Our key personnel may be able to remain with our company after the completion of our initial business combination only if they are able to negotiate employment or consulting agreements in connection with the business combination. Such negotiations would take place simultaneously with the negotiation of the business combination and could provide for such individuals to receive compensation in the form of cash payments and/or our securities for services they would render to us after the completion of the business combination. Such negotiations also could make such key personnel’s retention or resignation a condition to any such agreement. The personal and financial interests of such individuals may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business. In addition, pursuant to a registration and shareholder rights agreement, our sponsor, upon consummation of an initial business combination, will be entitled to nominate one person for election to our board of directors.

We may have a limited ability to assess the management of a prospective target business and, as a result, may affect our initial business combination with a target business whose management may not have the skills, qualifications or abilities to manage a public company.

When evaluating the desirability of effecting our initial business combination with a prospective target business,impair our ability to assessmaintain and grow our client base and increase our revenue.


Risks Related to our Capital Stock and Warrants and Other Business Risks

Due to our financial condition, trading in our capital stock, including our common stock, warrants or any other equity securities or equity securities is highly speculative and poses substantial risks.

All of our substantial existing indebtedness is senior to the target business’s management may be limited dueCompany’s capital stock, including our common stock, warrants or any other equity securities in our capital structure. Any trading in our securities is highly speculative and poses substantial risks to a lackpurchasers of time, resources or information. Our assessmentour securities. Further, our common stock and warrants included as part of the capabilities of the target business’s management, therefore, may prove to be incorrect and such management may lack the skills, qualifications or abilities we suspected. Should the target business’s management not possess the skills, qualifications or abilities necessary to manage a public company, the operations and profitability of the post-combination business may be negatively impacted. Accordingly, any shareholders who choose to remain shareholders following the business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their shares. Such shareholders are unlikely to have a remedyunits, each whole warrant exercisable for such reduction in value unless they are able to successfully claim that the reduction was due to the breach by our officers or directors of a duty of care or other fiduciary duty owed to them, or if they are able to successfully bring a private claim under securities laws that the proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, relating to the business combination contained an actionable material misstatement or material omission.

The officers and directors of an acquisition candidate may resign upon completion of our initial business combination. The loss of a business combination target’s key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business.

The role of an acquisition candidate’s key personnel upon the completion of our initial business combination cannot be ascertained at this time. Although we contemplate that certain members of an acquisition candidate’s management team will remain associated with the acquisition candidate following our initial business combination, it is possible that members of the management of an acquisition candidate will not wish to remain in place.

Our executive officers and directors will allocate their time to other businesses thereby causing conflicts of interest in their determination as to how much time to devote to our affairs. This conflict of interest could have a negative impact on our ability to complete our initial business combination.

Our executive officers and directors are not required to, and will not, commit their full time to our affairs, which may result in a conflict of interest in allocating their time between our operations and our search for a business combination and their other businesses. We do not intend to have any full-time employees prior to the completion of our initial business combination. Each of our executive officers is engaged in several other business endeavors for which he may be entitled to substantial compensation, and our executive officers are not obligated to contribute any specific number of hours per week to our affairs. Our independent directors also serve as officers and board members for other entities. If our executive officers’ and directors’ other business affairs require them to devote substantial amounts of time to such affairs in excess of their current commitment levels, it could limit their ability to devote time to our affairs which may have a negative impact on our ability to complete our initial business combination.

Our officers and directors presently have, and any of them in the future may have, additional fiduciary or contractual obligations to other entities, and, accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented.

Until we consummate our initial business combination, we intend to engage in the business of identifying and combining with one or more businesses. Each of our officers and directors presently has, and any of them in the future may have, additional fiduciary or contractual obligations to other entities pursuant to which such officer or director is or will be required to present a business combination opportunity to such entity, subject to his or her fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands law. Accordingly, they may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented. These conflicts may not be resolved in our favor and a potential target business may be presented to another entity prior to its presentation to us, subject to their fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands law.

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that we renounce our interest in any business combination opportunity offered to any director or officer unless such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the company and it is an opportunity that we are able to complete on a reasonable basis.

Our executive officers, directors, security holders and their respective affiliates may have competitive pecuniary interests that conflict with our interests.

We have not adopted a policy that expressly prohibits our directors, executive officers, security holders or affiliates from having a direct or indirect pecuniary or financial interest in any investment to be acquired or disposed of by us or in any transaction to which we are a party or have an interest. In fact, we may enter into a business combination with a target business that is affiliated with our sponsor, our directors or executive officers, although we do not intend to do so. Nor do we have a policy that expressly prohibits any such persons from engaging for their own account in business activities of the types conducted by us. Accordingly, such persons or entities may have a conflict between their interests and ours.

The personal and financial interests of our directors and officers may influence their motivation in timely identifying and selecting a target business and completing a business combination. Consequently, our directors’ and officers’ discretion in identifying and selecting a suitable target business may result in a conflict of interest when determining whether the terms, conditions and timing of a particular business combination are appropriate and in our shareholders’ best interest. If this were the case, it would be a breach of their fiduciary duties to us as a matter of Cayman Islands law and we or our shareholders might have a claim against such individuals for infringing on our shareholders’ rights. However, we might not ultimately be successful in any claim we may make against them for such reason.

We may engage in a business combination with one or more target businesses that have relationships with entities that may be affiliated with our sponsor, executive officers, directors or existing holders which may raise potential conflicts of interest.

In light of the involvement of our sponsor, executive officers and directors with other entities, we may decide to acquire one or more businesses affiliated with our sponsor, executive officers, directors or existing holders. Our directors also serve as officers and board members for other entities. Such entities may compete with us for business combination opportunities. Our sponsor, officers and directors are not currently aware of any specific opportunities for us to complete our initial business combination with any entities with which they are affiliated, and there have been no substantive discussions concerning a business combination with any such entity or entities. Although we will not be specifically focusing on, or targeting, any transaction with any affiliated entities, we would pursue such a transaction if we determined that such affiliated entity met our criteria for a business combination and such transaction was approved by a majority of our independent and disinterested directors. Despite our agreement to obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm which is a member of FINRA or an independent accounting firm regarding the fairness to our company from a financial point of view of a business combination with one or more domestic or international businesses affiliated with our sponsor, executive officers, directors or existing holders, potential conflicts of interest still may exist and, as a result, the terms of the business combination may not be as advantageous to our public shareholders as they would be absent any conflicts of interest.

Since our sponsor, executive officers and directors will lose their entire investment in us if our initial business combination is not completed (other than with respect to public shares they may have acquired during or may acquire after our Initial Public Offering), a conflict of interest may arise in determining whether a particular business combination target is appropriate for our initial business combination.

On December 8, 2017 we issued to our sponsor an aggregate of 8,625,000 founder shares in exchange for a capital contribution of $25,000, or approximately $0.003 per share. In February 2018, our sponsor transferred 30,000 founder shares to each of Mss. Bush and Minnick, and Mr. Bensoussan, our independent directors. The shares held by our independent directors shall not be subject to forfeiture in the event the underwriter’s overallotment option is not exercised. Prior to the initial investment in the company of $25,000 by the sponsor, the company had no assets, tangible or intangible. The per share price of the founder shares was determined by dividing the amount contributed to the company by the number of founder shares issued. On February 9, 2018, our sponsor effected a surrender of 2,875,000 founder shares to the company for no consideration, resulting in a decrease in the total number of Class B ordinary shares outstanding from 8,625,000 to 5,750,000, such that the total number of founder shares would represent 20% of the total number of ordinary shares outstanding upon completion of our Initial Public Offering (of which 750,000 shares were forfeited). The founder shares will be worthless if we do not complete an initial business combination. In addition, our sponsor purchased 4,000,000 private placement warrants, each exercisable to purchase one Class A ordinary share at $11.50 per share, at aan exercise price of $1.50 per warrant ($6,000,000$172.50 (as may be adjusted) (“Public Warrants”) trade over-the-counter on the OTCQB Market and the Pink Market, respectively, where an investor may find it more difficult to sell our securities or obtain accurate quotations as to the market value of our securities. There is no assurance that we may be able to list our common stock and/or warrants on another national securities exchange in the aggregate),future or that any investor may be able to continue to obtain quotation on an over-the counter quotation system.


We are a holding company and our only material asset is our indirect interest in DMS, and we are accordingly dependent upon distributions made by DMS and its subsidiaries to pay taxes, make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement and pay dividends.

We are a private placement that closed simultaneouslyholding company with no material assets other than our ownership of equity interests of Blocker Corp (our wholly owned subsidiary). Blocker Corp is a holding company with no material assets other than its ownership of DMS Units, the closing of our Initial Public Offering. If we do not consummate an initial business within 24 months from the closing of our Initial Public Offering, the private placement warrants will expire worthless. The personal and financialequity interests of our executive officersindirect subsidiary. As a result, we have no independent means of generating revenue or cash flow. Our ability to pay taxes, make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement and directors may influence their motivationpay dividends will depend on the financial results and cash flows of DMS and its subsidiaries and the distributions we receive (via Blocker Corp) from DMS. Deterioration in identifyingthe financial condition, earnings or cash flow of DMS and selecting a target business combination, completing an initial business combinationits subsidiaries for any reason could limit or impair DMS’ ability to pay such distributions. Additionally, to the extent that we need funds and influencingDMS and/or any of its subsidiaries are restricted from making such distributions under applicable law or regulation or under the operation

terms of the business following the initial business combination. This risk may become more acute as the24-month anniversary of the closing of our Initial Public Offering nears, whichany financing arrangements, or DMS is the deadline for our consummation of an initial business combination.

We may issue notes or other debt securities, or otherwise incur substantial debt,unable to complete a business combination, which mayprovide such funds, it could materially adversely affect our leverageliquidity and financial condition.


DMS is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes and, as such, generally will not be subject to any entity-level U.S. federal income tax. Instead, taxable income will be allocated to holders of DMS Units (including Blocker Corp). We will include Blocker Corp as a corporate member on our consolidated corporate U.S. federal income tax returns. Accordingly, we will be required to pay income taxes on Blocker Corp’s allocable share of any net taxable income of DMS. In addition to tax expenses, we will also incur expenses related to our operations, including payment obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement (and the cost of administering such payment obligations), which could be significant. The Amended Partnership Agreement requires, and we intend to cause, DMS to make “tax distributions” pro rata to holders of DMS Units (including Blocker Corp) in amounts sufficient for us and Blocker Corp to cover all applicable taxes (calculated at assumed tax rates), relevant operating expenses, payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement and dividends, if any, declared by us. However, as discussed below, DMS’ ability to make such distributions may be subject to various limitations and restrictions, including, but not limited to, restrictions on distributions that would either violate any contract or agreement to which DMS is then a party, including debt agreements, or any applicable law, or that would have the effect of rendering DMS insolvent. If our cash resources are insufficient to pay taxes, meet our obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement and to fund our other obligations, we may be required to incur additional indebtedness from lenders to provide the liquidity needed to make such payments, which could materially adversely affect our liquidity and financial condition and thus negatively impactsubject us to various restrictions imposed by any such lenders. To the valueextent that we are unable to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement for any reason, such payments generally will be deferred and will accrue interest until paid; however, nonpayment for a specified period may constitute a material breach of a material obligation under the Tax Receivable Agreement and therefore accelerate payments due under the Tax Receivable Agreement.

Additionally, although DMS generally will not be subject to any entity-level U.S. federal income tax, it may be liable under U.S. federal tax law for adjustments to its tax return, absent an election to the contrary. In the event DMS’ calculations of taxable income are incorrect, its members, including Blocker Corp, may be subject in later years to material liabilities pursuant to this law and its related guidance.

We anticipate that the distributions Blocker Corp will receive from DMS may, in certain periods, exceed our shareholders’ investmentand Blocker Corp’s actual tax liabilities and obligations to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement. The Board, in us.

Although weits sole discretion, will make determinations from time to time with respect to the use of any such excess cash so accumulated. We have no commitmentsobligation to distribute such cash (or other available cash other than any declared dividend) to our stockholders. To the extent that we do not distribute such excess cash as dividends on DMS Class A Common Stock or otherwise undertake ameliorative actions between DMS Units and shares of DMS Class A Common Stock and instead, for example, hold such cash

26

balances, holders of DMS Units other than Blocker Corp may benefit from any value attributable to such cash balances as a result of their ownership of shares of DMS Class A Common Stock following an exchange of their DMS Units, notwithstanding that such holders may previously have participated as holders of DMS Units in distributions by DMS that resulted in such excess cash balances. We also expect, if necessary, to undertake ameliorative actions, which may include pro rata or non-pro rata reclassifications, combinations, subdivisions or adjustments of outstanding DMS Units, to maintain one-for-one parity between DMS Units and shares of DMS Class A Common Stock.

Dividends on DMS Class A Common Stock, if any, will be paid at the discretion of the date of this Annual Report on Form10-K to issue any notes or other debt securities, or to otherwise incur outstanding debt, we may choose to incur substantial debt to complete our initial business combination. We and our officers have agreed that we will not incur any indebtedness unless we have obtained from the lender a waiver of any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to the monies held in the trust account. As such, no issuance of debt will affect the per share amount available for redemption from the trust account. Nevertheless, the incurrence of debt could have a variety of negative effects, including:

default and foreclosure on our assets if our operating revenues after an initial business combination are insufficient to repay our debt obligations;

acceleration of our obligations to repay the indebtedness even if we make all principal and interest payments when due if we breach certain covenants that require the maintenance of certain financial ratios or reserves without a waiver or renegotiation of that covenant;

our immediate payment of all principal and accrued interest, if any, if the debt security is payable on demand;

our inability to obtain necessary additional financing if the debt security contains covenants restricting our ability to obtain such financing while the debt security is outstanding;

our inability to pay dividends on our Class A ordinary shares;

using a substantial portion of our cash flow to pay principal and interest on our debt,Board, which will reduce the funds available for dividends on our Class A ordinary shares if declared, expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions andconsider, among other general corporate purposes;

limitations on our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes inthings, our business, operating results, financial condition, current and in the industry in which we operate;

increased vulnerability to adverse changes in general economic, industryexpected cash needs, plans for expansion and competitive conditions and adverse changes in government regulation; and

any legal or contractual limitations on our ability to borrow additional amounts for expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt service requirements, execution ofpay such dividends. Financing arrangements may include restrictive covenants that restrict our strategy andability to pay dividends or make other purposes and other disadvantages compareddistributions to our competitors whostockholders. In addition, DMS is generally prohibited under Delaware law from making a distribution to a member to the extent that, at the time of the distribution, after giving effect to the distribution, liabilities of DMS (with certain exceptions) exceed the fair value of its assets. DMS’ subsidiaries are generally subject to similar legal limitations on their ability to make distributions to DMS. If DMS does not have less debt.

Wesufficient funds to make distributions, our ability to declare and pay cash dividends may onlyalso be ablerestricted or impaired.


Under the Tax Receivable Agreement, we are required to complete one business combinationmake payments to the Shareholder TRA Parties in respect of certain tax benefits and certain refunds of pre-Closing taxes of DMS and Blocker Corp, and such payments may be substantial.

Pursuant to the Amended Partnership Agreement, the Shareholder TRA Parties may redeem their DMS Units from DMS for cash, or, at our option, we may acquire such DMS Units in exchange for shares of DMS Class A Common Stock, subject to certain conditions and transfer restrictions as set forth therein and in the Investor Rights Agreement. DMS Units acquired by us are expected to be contributed to Blocker Corp. These redemptions and exchanges are expected to result in increases in Blocker Corp’s allocable share of the tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of DMS. These increases in tax basis may increase (for income tax purposes) depreciation and amortization deductions of Blocker Corp and therefore reduce the amount of income (or, if applicable, franchise) tax that we and Blocker Corp would otherwise be required to pay in the future had such exchanges never occurred.

In connection with the proceeds of our Initial Public Offering andBusiness Combination, we entered into the saleTax Receivable Agreement, pursuant to which we are required to pay the Shareholder TRA Parties (i) 85% of the private placement warrants, which will cause us to be solely dependent on a single business which may have a limited numberamount of products or services. This lack of diversification may negatively impact our operationssavings, if any, in U.S. federal, state and profitability.

The net proceeds from our Initial Public Offering and the private placement of warrants provided us with $194,054,814local income tax that we may use to complete our initial business combination (after taking into account the $7,000,000and Blocker Corp actually realize as a result of deferred underwriting commissions being held(A) certain existing tax attributes of Blocker Corp acquired in the trust account).

We may effectuateBusiness Combination, and (B) increases in Blocker Corp’s allocable share of the tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of DMS and certain other tax benefits related to the payment of cash consideration pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement and any redemptions of DMS Units or exchanges of DMS Units for cash or shares of DMS Class A Common Stock after the Business Combination and (ii) 100% of certain refunds of pre-Closing taxes of DMS and Blocker Corp received during a taxable year beginning within two (2) years after the Closing. All such payments to the Shareholder TRA Parties are our initial business combination withobligation, and not that of DMS. The actual increase in Blocker Corp’s allocable share of DMS’ tax basis in its assets, as well as the amount and timing of any payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement, will vary depending upon a single target business or multiple target businesses simultaneously or within a short periodnumber of time. However, we may not be able to effectuate our initial business combination with more than one target business because of various factors, including the existencetiming of complex

accounting issuesredemptions and exchanges, the market price of the shares of DMS Class A Common Stock at the time of the redemption or exchange, the extent to which such redemptions or exchanges are taxable and the requirementamount and timing of the recognition of our or Blocker Corp’s taxable income. While many of the factors that will determine the amount of payments that we preparewill make under the Tax Receivable Agreement are outside of our control, we expect that the payments we will make under the Tax Receivable Agreement will be substantial and file pro forma financial statements with the SEC that present operating results and the financial condition of several target businesses as if they had been operated on a combined basis. By completing our initial business combination with only a single entity, our lack of diversification may subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory developments. Further, we would not be able to diversify our operations or benefit from the possible spreading of risks or offsetting of losses, unlike other entities which may have the resources to complete several business combinations in different industries or different areas of a single industry. Accordingly, the prospects for our success may be:

solely dependent upon the performance of a single business, property or asset; or

dependent upon the development or market acceptance of a single or limited number of products, processes or services.

This lack of diversification may subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory risks, any or all of which maycould have a substantialmaterial adverse impact uponeffect on our financial condition.


Any payments made by us under the particular industry in which we may operate subsequentTax Receivable Agreement will generally reduce the amount of overall cash flow that might have otherwise been available to our initial business combination.

We may attempt to simultaneously complete business combinations with multiple prospective targets, which may hinder our ability to complete our initial business combination and give rise to increased costs and risksus. To the extent that could negatively impact our operations and profitability.

If we determine to simultaneously acquire several businesses that are owned by different sellers, we will need for each of such sellers to agree that our purchase of its business is contingent on the simultaneous closings of the other business combinations, which may make it more difficult for us, and delay our ability, to complete our initial business combination. With multiple business combinations, we could also face additional risks, including additional burdens and costs with respect to possible multiple negotiations and due diligence (if there are multiple sellers) and the additional risks associated with the subsequent assimilation of the operations and services or products of the acquired companies in a single operating business. If we are unable to adequately address these risks, itmake timely payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement for any reason, the unpaid amounts generally will be deferred and will accrue interest until paid; however, nonpayment for a specified period may constitute a material breach of a material obligation under the Tax Receivable Agreement and therefore accelerate payments due under the Tax Receivable Agreement, as further described below. Furthermore, our future obligation to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement could negatively impact our profitabilitymake us a less attractive target for an acquisition, particularly in the case of an acquirer that cannot use some or all of the tax benefits that may be deemed realized under the Tax Receivable Agreement.


In certain cases, payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement may exceed the actual tax benefits we or Blocker Corp realize or may be accelerated.

Payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement will be based on the tax reporting positions that we or Blocker Corp determine, and resultsthe Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) or another taxing authority may challenge all or any part of operations.

Wethe tax basis increases, as well as other tax positions that we or Blocker Corp take, and a court may attemptsustain such a challenge. In the event that any tax benefits initially claimed by us or Blocker Corp are disallowed (for example, due to complete ouradjustments resulting from

27

examinations by taxing authorities), the Shareholder TRA Parties will not be required to reimburse us for any excess payments that may previously have been made under the Tax Receivable Agreement. Rather, excess payments made to such Shareholder TRA Parties will be netted against any future cash payments otherwise required to be made by us, if any, after the determination of such excess. However, a challenge to any tax benefits initially claimed by us or Blocker Corp may not arise for a number of years following the initial business combination withtime of such payment or, even if a private company aboutchallenge arises earlier, such excess payment may be greater than the amount of future cash payments that we might otherwise be required to make under the terms of the Tax Receivable Agreement and, as a result, there might not be future cash payments against which little information is available, which mayto net. As a result, in certain circumstances we could make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement in excess of our and Blocker Corp’s actual income (or, if applicable, franchise) tax savings, which could materially impair our financial condition.

Moreover, the Tax Receivable Agreement provides that, in the event that (i) we exercise our early termination rights under the Tax Receivable Agreement, (ii) the Tax Receivable Agreement is rejected in a business combination withbankruptcy or similar proceeding, (iii) certain changes of control of us occur (as described in the Tax Receivable Agreement) or (iv) we are more than three months late in making of a company that is not as profitable aspayment due under the Tax Receivable Agreement (unless we suspected, if at all.

In pursuinghave insufficient funds to make such payment), our acquisition strategy, we may seek to effectuate our initial business combination with a privately held company. By definition, very little public information generally exists about private companies,obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement could accelerate and we could be required to make an immediate lump-sum cash payment to the Shareholder TRA Parties equal to the present value of all forecasted future payments that would have otherwise been made under the Tax Receivable Agreement, which lump-sum payment would be based on certain assumptions, including those relating to our decisionfuture taxable income. The lump-sum payment to the Shareholder TRA Parties could be substantial and could exceed the actual tax benefits that we or Blocker Corp realize subsequent to such payment.


There may be a material negative effect on whetherour liquidity if the payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement exceed the actual income (or, if applicable, franchise) tax savings that we or Blocker Corp realize. Furthermore, our obligations to pursue a potential initialmake payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement could also have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing certain mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combination on the basiscombinations or other changes of limited information, which may result in a business combination with a company that is not as profitable as we suspected, if at all.

Our management may not be able to maintain control of a target business after our initial business combination. Upon the loss of control of a target business, new management may not possess the skills, qualifications or abilities necessary to profitably operate such business.

control. We may structure our initial business combination so that the post-transaction company in which our public shareholders own shares will own less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business, but we will only complete such business combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for us notneed to be requiredincur additional indebtedness to register as an investment companyfinance payments under the Investment Company Act. We will not consider any transaction that does not meet such criteria. Even if the post-transaction company owns 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our shareholders prior to our initial business combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post business combination company, depending on valuations ascribedTax Receivable Agreement to the target and us inextent our cash resources are insufficient to meet our obligations under the business combination. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a

substantial number of new Class A ordinary shares in exchange for all of the outstanding capital stock of a target. In this case, we would acquire a 100% interest in the target. However,Tax Receivable Agreement as a result of the issuancetiming discrepancies or otherwise. Such indebtedness may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition.


If we fail to improve and maintain an effective system of a substantial number of new Class A ordinary shares, our shareholders immediately prior to such transaction could own less than a majority of our outstanding Class A ordinary shares subsequent to such transaction. In addition, other minority shareholders may subsequently combine their holdings resulting in a single person or group obtaining a larger share of the company’s shares than we initially acquired. Accordingly, this may make it more likely that our management will not be able to maintaininternal control of the target business.

We may seek business combination opportunities with a high degree of complexity that require significant operational improvements, which could delay or prevent us from achieving our desired results.

We may seek business combination opportunities with large, highly complex companies that we believe would benefit from operational improvements. While we intend to implement such improvements, to the extent that our efforts are delayed or we are unable to achieve the desired improvements, the business combination may not be as successful as we anticipate.

To the extent we complete our initial business combination with a large complex business or entity with a complex operating structure, we may also be affected by numerous risks inherentover financial reporting in the operations offuture and remediate the business with which we combine, which could delay or prevent us from implementing our strategy. Although our management team will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business and its operations,identified material weaknesses, we may not be able to properly ascertainaccurately or assess alltimely report our financial condition or results of operations, and may adversely affect investor confidence in us and the price of our common stock and Public Warrants.


As a public company, we are required to maintain internal control over financial reporting and to report any material weaknesses in such internal control. Section 404 of the significant risk factors untilSarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we completeevaluate and determine the effectiveness of our business combination. If weinternal control over financial reporting and provide a management report on our internal control over financial reporting.

Our platform system applications are not ablecomplex, multi-faceted and include applications that are highly customized in order to achieveserve and support our desired operationaladvertisers, advertising inventory and data suppliers, as well as support our financial reporting obligations. We regularly make improvements orto our platforms to maintain and enhance our competitive position. In the improvements take longer to implement than anticipated,future, we may not achieve the gains thatimplement new offerings and engage in business transactions, such as acquisitions, reorganizations or implementation of new information systems. These factors will require us to develop and maintain our internal controls, processes and reporting systems, and we anticipate. Furthermore, some of these risks and complexities may be outside of our control and leave us with no abilityexpect to control or reduce the chances that those risks and complexities will adversely impact a target business. Such combinationincur ongoing costs in this effort. We may not be as successful as a combination with a smaller, less complex organization.

We do not have a specified maximum redemption threshold. The absence of such a redemption threshold may make it possible forin developing and maintaining effective internal controls, and any failure to develop or maintain effective controls, or any difficulties encountered in their implementation or improvement, could harm our operating results or cause us to completefail to meet our initial business combination with whichreporting obligations and may result in a substantial majorityrestatement of our shareholders dofinancial statements for prior periods.


As previously disclosed in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021, we identified a material weakness in internal control over financial reporting related to revenue. Management assessed our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023 and concluded that a material weakness continues to exist related to revenue.

While we have addressed issues related to accounts receivable and the allowance for credit losses during the year ended
December 31, 2022, the risk remains that our ongoing control weakness may adversely affect the accuracy and reliability of our
financial reporting.

During the year ended December 31, 2023, we identified a material weakness in internal control over financial reporting related to goodwill. Specifically, management did not agree.

Our amendeddesign and restated memorandummaintain sufficient procedures and articlescontrols related to impairment, including calculating carrying values by segment to accurately reflect the intangible assets from the ClickDealer acquisition, which impacted our calculation of association do not provide a specified maximum redemption threshold, except thatgoodwill impairment.


28

In response, management has implemented and plans to continue to implement additional procedures to ensure the accuracy and completeness of financial results impacted by control deficiencies. Related to the material weakness identified in no event2023, management intends to implement additional controls surrounding formalization of the review process for supporting documentation used in the impairment calculations in cases where external valuations have been performed. Related to the material weakness identified in 2021, during the course of 2023, the Company took steps to remediate the 2021 material weakness, including enhancement of recurring detective controls, and will continue to execute remediation steps as they relate to contract review and effective technology general controls until the material weakness is remediated. We believe we redeemare making progress toward achieving the effectiveness of our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 (suchinternal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures. The actions that we are nottaking are subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules). As a result, weongoing senior management review, as well as Audit Committee oversight. We may be able to complete our initial business combination even though a substantial majority of our public shareholders do not agree with the transaction and have redeemed their shares or, if we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, entered into privately negotiated agreements to sell their shares to our sponsor, officers, directors, advisors or any of their affiliates. In the event the aggregate cash consideration we wouldalso conclude that additional measures may be required to pay for all Class A ordinary shares that are validly submitted for redemption plus any amount required to satisfy cash conditions pursuantremediate the material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, which may necessitate additional changes to the termsdesign and implementation of the proposed business combination exceed the aggregate amount of cash available to us, we will not complete the business combination or redeem any shares, all Class A ordinary shares submitted for redemption will be returned to the holders thereof, and we instead may search for an alternate business combination.

In order to effectuate an initial business combination, blank check companies have, in the recent past, amended various provisions of their charters and other governing instruments, including their warrant agreements. controls.


We cannot assure you that the measures we will not seekhave taken to amend our amendeddate and restated memorandum and articles of association or governing instruments in a manner that will make it easier for us to complete our initial business combination that our shareholders may not support.

In order to effectuate a business combination, blank check companies have,take in the recent past, amended various provisions of their charters and governing instruments, including their warrant agreements. For example, blank

check companies have amended the definition of business combination, increased redemption thresholds, changed industry focus and, with respect to their warrants, amended their warrant agreements to require the warrants to be exchanged for cash and/or other securities. Amending our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will require at least a special resolution of our shareholders as a matter of Cayman Islands law, meaning the approval of holders of at leasttwo-thirds of our ordinary shares who attend and vote at a general meeting of the company, and amending our warrant agreement will require a vote of holders of at least 50% of the public warrants. In addition, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association require us to provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their public shares for cash if we propose an amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that would affect the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not consummate an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of our Initial Public Offering. To the extent any of such amendments would be deemed to fundamentally change the nature of any of the securities offered in our Initial Public Offering, we would register, or seek an exemption from registration for, the affected securities.

The provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that relate to ourpre-business combination activity (and corresponding provisions of the agreement governing the release of funds from our trust account) may be amended with the approval of holders of not less thantwo-thirds of our ordinary shares who attend and vote at a general meeting of the company, which is a lower amendment threshold than that of some other blank check companies. It may be easier for us, therefore, to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association to facilitate the completion of an initial business combination that some of our shareholders may not support.

Some other blank check companies have a provision in their charter which prohibits the amendment of certain of its provisions, including those which relate to a company’spre-business combination activity, without approval by a certain percentage of the company’s shareholders. In those companies, amendment of these provisions typically requires approval by between 90% and 100% of the company’s public shareholders. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that any of its provisions related topre-business combination activity (including the requirement to deposit proceeds of our Initial Public Offering and the private placement of warrants into the trust account and not release such amounts except in specified circumstances, and to provide redemption rights to public shareholders as described herein) may be amended if approved by special resolution, meaning holders of at leasttwo-thirds of our ordinary shares who attend and vote at a general meeting of the company, and corresponding provisions of the trust agreement governing the release of funds from our trust account may be amended if approved by holders of at least 65% of our ordinary shares. Our initial shareholders, and their permitted transferees, if any, who will collectively beneficially own, on anas-converted basis, 20% of our Class A ordinary shares (assuming they do not purchase any units after our Initial Public Offering), will participate in any vote to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and/or trust agreement and will have the discretion to vote in any manner they choose. As a result, we may be able to amend the provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association which govern ourpre-business combination behavior more easily than some other blank check companies, and this may increase our ability to complete a business combination with which you do not agree. Our shareholders may pursue remedies against us for any breach of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association.

Our sponsor, executive officers and directors have agreed, pursuant to agreements with us, that they will not propose any amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that would affect the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not consummate an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of our Initial Public Offering, unless we provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their Class A ordinary shares upon approval of any such amendment at aper-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest (net of taxes payable), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares. Our shareholders are not parties to, or third-party beneficiaries of, these agreements and, as a result, will not have the ability to pursue remedies against our sponsor, executive officers or directors for any breach of these agreements.

As a result, in the event of a breach, our shareholders would need to pursue a shareholder derivative action, subject to applicable law.

We may be unable to obtain additional financing to complete our initial business combination or to fund the operations and growth of a target business, which could compel us to restructure or abandon a particular business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public shareholders may only receive their pro rata portion of the funds in the trust account that are available for distribution to public shareholders, and our warrants will expire worthless.

Although we believe that the net proceeds of our Initial Public Offering and the sale of the private placement warrantsfuture, will be sufficient to allowremediate the control deficiencies that led to our material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting or that they will prevent or avoid potential future material weaknesses. The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting is subject to various inherent limitations, including cost limitations, judgments used in decision making, assumptions about the likelihood of future events, the possibility of human error and the risk of fraud. Any failure to remediate the material weaknesses or otherwise develop or maintain effective controls or any difficulties encountered in their implementation or improvement could limit our ability to prevent or detect a misstatement of our accounts or disclosures that could result in material misstatements of our annual or interim financial statements.


Further, the identified material weaknesses could harm our operating results or cause us to completefail to meet our initial business combination, because we have not yet negotiatedreporting obligations. Any failure to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting also could adversely affect the acquisitionresults of a target business we cannot ascertainperiodic management evaluations and any annual independent registered public accounting firm attestation reports regarding the capital requirements for any particular transaction. If the net proceedseffectiveness of our Initial Public Offering and the sale of the private placement warrants prove to be insufficient, either because of the size of our initial business combination, the depletion of the available net proceeds in search of a target business, the obligation to redeem for cash a significant number of shares from shareholders who elect redemption in connection with our initial business combination or the terms of negotiated transactions to purchase shares in connection with our initial business combination,internal control over financial reporting that we may be required to seek additional financing or to abandon the proposed business combination. We cannot assure youinclude in our periodic reports that such financing will be available on acceptable terms, if at all. The current economic environment has made it especially difficult for companiesfiled with the SEC. Ineffective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting could also cause investors to obtain acquisition financing. To the extent that additional financing proves to be unavailable when needed to completelose confidence in our initial business combination, wereported financial and other information, which would be compelled to either restructure the transaction or abandon that particular business combination and seek an alternative target business candidate. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public shareholders may only receive their pro rata portion of the funds in the trust account that are available for distribution to public shareholders, and our warrants will expire worthless. In addition, even if we do not need additional financing to complete our initial business combination, we may require such financing to fund the operations or growth of the target business. The failure to secure additional financing couldlikely have a material adversenegative effect on the continued development or growth of the target business. None of our officers, directors or shareholders is required to provide any financing to us in connection with or after our initial business combination.

Our sponsor controls a substantial interest in us and thus may exert a substantial influence on actions requiring a shareholder vote, potentially in a manner that you do not support.

Our sponsor owns, on anas-converted basis, 20% of our issued and outstanding Class A ordinary shares. Accordingly, it may exert a substantial influence on actions requiring a shareholder vote, potentially in a manner that you do not support, including amendments to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. If our sponsor purchases any units or Class A ordinary shares in the aftermarket or in privately negotiated transactions, this would increase its control. Neither our sponsor nor, to our knowledge, any of our officers or directors, have any current intention to purchase additional securities, other than as disclosed in this Annual Report onForm 10-K. Factors that would be considered in making such additional purchases would include consideration of the current trading price of our Class A ordinary shares. In addition,common stock and Public Warrants. For additional information regarding our boardmaterial weaknesses, see “Item 9A. Evaluation of directors, whose members were elected by our sponsor, is divided into three classes, each of which will generally serve for a terms for three years with only one class of directors being elected in each year. We may not hold an annual meeting of shareholders to elect new directors prior to the completion of our initial business combination, in which case all of the current directors will continue in office until at least the completion of the business combination. If there is an annual meeting, as a consequence of our “staggered” board of directors, only a minority of the board of directors will be considered for electionDisclosure Controls and our sponsor, because of its ownership position, will have considerable influence regarding the outcome. In addition, prior to the completion of an initial business combination, holders of a majority of our founder shares may remove a member of the board of directors for any reason. Accordingly, our sponsor will continue to exert control at least until the completion of our initial business combination.

We may amend the terms of the warrants in a manner that may be adverse to holders of public warrants with the approval by the holders of at least 50% of the then outstanding public warrants. As a result, the exercise price of your warrants could be increased, the exercise period could be shortened and the number of shares of our Class A ordinary shares purchasable upon exercise of a warrant could be decreased, all without your approval.

Our warrants were issued in registered form under a warrant agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent, and us. The warrant agreement provides that the terms of the warrants may be amended without the consent of any holder to cure any ambiguity or correct any defective provision, but requires the approval by the holders of at least 50% of the then outstanding public warrants to make any change that adversely affects the interests of the registered holders of public warrants. Accordingly, we may amend the terms of the public warrants in a manner adverse to a holder if holders of at least 50% of the then outstanding public warrants approve of such amendment. Although our ability to amend the terms of the public warrants with the consent of at least 50% of the then outstanding public warrants is unlimited, examples of such amendments could be amendments to, among other things, increase the exercise price of the warrants, convert the warrants into cash, shorten the exercise period or decrease the number of Class A ordinary shares purchasable upon exercise of a warrant.

We may redeem your unexpired warrants prior to their exercise at a time that is disadvantageous to you, thereby making your warrants worthless.

We have the ability to redeem outstanding warrants at any time after they become exercisable and prior to their expiration, at a price of $0.01 per warrant, provided that the closing price of our Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within a 30trading-day period endingProcedures—Management’s Report on the third trading day prior to proper notice of such redemption provided that on the date we give notice of redemption. If and when the warrants become redeemable by us, we may exercise our redemption right even if we are unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws. Redemption of the outstanding warrants could force you to (i) exercise your warrants and pay the exercise price therefor at a time when it may be disadvantageous for you to do so, (ii) sell your warrants at the then-current market price when you might otherwise wish to hold your warrants or (iii) accept the nominal redemption price which, at the time the outstanding warrants are called for redemption, is likely to be substantially less than the market value of your warrants. None of the private placement warrants will be redeemable by us so long as they are held by our sponsor or its permitted transferees.

Our warrants may have an adverse effect on the market price of our Class A ordinary shares and make it more difficult to effectuate our initial business combination.

We issued warrants to purchase 10,000,000 of our Class A ordinary shares as part of the units sold in our Initial Public Offering and, simultaneously with the closing of our Initial Public Offering, we issued in a private placement 4,000,000 private placement warrants, each exercisable to purchase one Class A ordinary share at $11.50 per share. In addition, if the sponsor makes any working capital loans, it may convert up to $1,500,000 of such loans into up to an additional 1,000,000 private placement warrants, at the price of $1.50 per warrant. To the extent we issue ordinary shares to effectuate a business transaction, the potential for the issuance of a substantial number of additional Class A ordinary shares upon exercise of these warrants could make us a less attractive acquisition vehicle to a target business. Such warrants, when exercised, will increase the number of issued and outstanding Class A ordinary shares and reduce the value of the Class A ordinary shares issued to complete the business transaction. Therefore, our warrants may make it more difficult to effectuate a business transaction or increase the cost of acquiring the target business.

Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.”

Because each unit containsone-half of one warrant and only a whole warrant may be exercised, the units may be worth less than units of other blank check companies.

Each unit containsone-half of one warrant. Pursuant to the warrant agreement, no fractional warrants will be issued upon separation of the units, and only whole units will trade. If, upon exercise of the warrants, a holder would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in a share, we will, upon exercise, round down to the nearest whole number the number of Class A ordinary shares to be issued to the warrant holder. This is different from other offerings similar to ours whose units include one ordinary share and one warrant to purchase one whole share. We have established the components of the units in this way in order to reduce the dilutive effect of the warrants upon completion of a business combination since the warrants will be exercisable in the aggregate for half of the number of shares compared to units that each contain a whole warrant to purchase one share, thus making us, we believe, a more attractive merger partner for target businesses. Nevertheless, this unit structure may cause our units to be worth less than if it included a warrant to purchase one whole share.

A market for our securities may not develop, which would adversely affect the liquidity and price of our securities.

The price of our securities may vary significantly due to one or more potential business combinations and general market or economic conditions. Furthermore, an active trading market for our securities may never develop or, if developed, it may not be sustained. You may be unable to sell your securities unless a market can be established and sustained.

Because we must furnish our shareholders with target business financial statements, we may lose the ability to complete an otherwise advantageous initial business combination with some prospective target businesses.

The federal proxy rules require that a proxy statement with respect to a vote on a business combination meeting certain financial significance tests include historical and/or pro forma financial statement disclosure in periodic reports. We will include the same financial statement disclosure in connection with our tender offer documents, whether or not they are required under the tender offer rules. These financial statements may be required to be prepared in accordance with, or be reconciled to, accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or GAAP, or international financial reporting standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, or IFRS, depending on the circumstances and the historical financial statements may be required to be audited in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), or PCAOB. These financial statement requirements may limit the pool of potential target businesses we may acquire because some targets may be unable to provide such statements in time for us to disclose such statements in accordance with federal proxy rules and complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame.


We are an emerging growtha smaller reporting company within the meaning of the Securities Act, and ifto the extent we take advantage of certain exemptions from disclosure requirements available to emerging growth“smaller reporting companies, this could make our securities less attractive to investors and may make it more difficult to compare our performance with other public companies.


We are an “emerging growtha “smaller reporting company” within the meaningas defined in Item 10(f)(1) of the Securities Act, as modified by the JOBS Act, and weRegulation S-K. Smaller reporting companies may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations, regarding executive compensationincluding, among other things, providing only two years of audited financial statements. We will remain a smaller reporting company until the last day of the fiscal year in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. As a result, our shareholders may not have access to certain information they may deem important. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years, although circumstances could cause us to lose that status earlier, including ifwhich (i) the market value of our Class A

ordinary shares held bynon-affiliates exceeds $250 million as of the prior June 30, or (ii) our annual revenue exceeded $100 million during such completed fiscal year and the market value of our ordinary shares held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of anythe prior June 30 before that time, in which case30. To the extent we would no longer be an emerging growth company astake advantage of the following December 31. We cannot predict whether investors will find our securities less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our securities less attractive as a resultsuch reduced disclosure obligations, it may also make comparison of our reliance on these exemptions, the trading prices of our securities may be lower than they otherwise would be, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the trading prices of our securities may be more volatile.

Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growthfinancial statements with other public companies from being required to comply with newdifficult or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply tonon-emerging growth companies but any such an election to opt out is irrevocable. We have elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, we, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. Thisimpossible.


These characteristics may make comparison of our financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growthnot a smaller reporting company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accountantaccounting standards used.

Compliance obligations under


The price of our Common Stock and Public Warrants may be volatile, which may affect our ability to raise capital in the Sarbanes-Oxley Actfuture and may make it more difficultsubject the value of the investment of our stockholders to sudden decreases.

Our Class A Common Stock and Public Warrants trade on the over-the-counter markets. The following factors could cause the market price of Class A Common Stock and the Public Warrants to fluctuate significantly:

the outcome or perceived potential outcome of any sale of all or substantially all of assets (or a partial sale of our assets) with respect to any strategic review process of our business;
changes in the industries in which the Company and its customers operate;
variations in its operating performance and the performance of its competitors in general;
actual or anticipated fluctuations in the Company’s quarterly or annual operating results;
our ability to meet the covenants in the Company’s credit facility;
material and adverse impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, overseas military interventions and/or global economic or political changes in on the markets and the broader global economy;
the public’s reaction to the Company’s press releases, its other public announcements and its filings with the SEC;
additions and departures of key personnel;
29

changes in laws and regulations affecting its business;
commencement of, or involvement in, litigation involving the Company;
changes in the Company’s capital structure, such as future issuances of securities or the incurrence of additional debt; and
the volume of shares of Class A Common Stock or Public Warrants available for uspublic sale.

We may issue additional shares of Class A common Stock in the future, whether pursuant to effectuate a business combination, require substantial financial and management resources, andour Warrants or otherwise, which would increase the timenumber of shares in the public market and costs of completing an acquisition.

Section 404result in dilution to our stockholders.


As of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requiresdate of this Annual Report, we have Public Warrants, the warrants purchased privately by the Sponsor simultaneously with the consummation of the Company’s initial public offering and issued in exchange for previously held warrants in Leo (“Private Placement Warrants”) and Preferred Warrants outstanding to purchase up to an aggregate of 1,896,235 shares of Class A Common Stock. We also have the ability to initially issue additional shares under our 2020 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2020 Plan”). We may issue additional shares of Class A Common Stock or other equity securities of equal or senior rank in the future in connection with, among other things, future acquisitions or repayment of outstanding indebtedness, without stockholder approval, in a number of circumstances.

Our issuance of additional shares of Common Stock or other equity securities of equal or senior rank would have the following effects:

our existing stockholders’ proportionate ownership interest in us will decrease;
the amount of cash available per share, including for payment of dividends in the future, may decrease;
the relative voting strength of each previously outstanding share of Class A Common Stock may be diminished; and
the market price of our shares of Class A Common Stock may decline.

We are currently considering, and may consider in the future, strategic transactions to help maximize our Company’s value,
including financings, strategic alliances, acquisitions or the possible sale of all or part the Company. We may not be able to
identify or consummate any suitable strategic transactions.

We are currently considering, and we may consider in the future, one or more strategic transactions that may be available to us
to maximize our Company’s value, including financings, strategic alliances, acquisitions or the possible sale of all or part of the
Company. As part of the Second Amendment, we are obligated (subject to waiver by certain lenders) to pursue a sale of all or
substantially all of our assets and/or a sale of part of our Company. To the extent that any strategic review results in a
transaction, our business objectives and operations may change depending upon the nature of the transaction. There can be no
assurance that we evaluatewill enter into any transaction at all. Further, with respect to any strategic review process of our business,
there can be no assurance of the impact to the market value of our common stock or other equity securities after the
announcement or consummation of any sale of all or substantially all of our assets (or a partial sale of the Company or its
assets), and report on our system of internal controls beginning with our Annual Report onForm 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2019. Only in the event we are deemed toavoidance of doubt, there can be no assurance that our common stock or other equity securities may have
any market value at all after any such transaction.

Our directors, executive officers and controlling persons as a large accelerated filer or an accelerated filer will we be required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirement on our internal control over financial reporting. Further, for as long as we remain an emerging growth company, we will not be required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirement on our internal control over financial reporting. The factgroup have significant voting power and may take actions that we are a blank check company makes compliance with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act particularly burdensome on us as compared to other public companies because a target business with which we seek to complete our initial business combination may not be in the best interest of stockholders.

Our directors, executive officers and controlling persons as a group beneficially own a majority of our Class A common stock. They will have the ability to exert substantial influence over all matters requiring approval by our stockholders, including the election of directors and any proposed merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets. In addition, they could dictate the management of our business and affairs. This concentration of ownership could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control, or impeding a merger or consolidation, takeover or other business combination that could be favorable to you. This significant concentration of share ownership may also adversely affect the trading price for our common stock because investors may perceive disadvantages in owning stock in a company with controlling affiliated stockholders.

Our warrants may have no value and expire worthless. Further, we do not have a current and effective registration statement with respect to the resale of any of our securities, including our warrants, and may not have one in the future.

Our warrants may have no value and may expire worthless. The warrants may have no value and expire worthless if it proves uneconomical to exercise any warrants due to the value of our common stock. Further, under the terms of the Public Warrants and Private Placement Warrants, we have agreed to use our reasonable best efforts to meet these conditions and to file and maintain a current and effective registration statement relating to the common stock issuable upon exercise of the Public Warrants and the Private Placement Warrants until the expiration of such warrants. However, we cannot assure you that we will be able to maintain a current and effective registration statement or make effective a new registration statement. Furthermore, we were unable to file this Annual Report on Form 10-K by the deadline prescribed by the SEC, and so any registration
30

statement on Form S-3 registering the resale of any our securities is no longer effective, including for the warrants, and there can be no assurance that we will have an effective registration statement for the resale of our securities in the future. If we are unable to maintain an effective registration statement, the potential “upside” of the holder’s investment in us may be reduced and the Private Placement Warrants and Public Warrants may have no value and expire worthless.

Our Private Placement Warrants are accounted for as liabilities and the changes in value of our Private Placement Warrants could have a material effect on our financial results.

We account for our Private Placement Warrants as derivative liabilities whereby we are required to remeasure the fair value of such liabilities at each balance sheet date, with a resulting non-cash gain or loss related to the change in the fair value being recognized in earnings in the statement of operations. As a result of the recurring fair value measurement, our consolidated financial statements and results of operations may fluctuate quarterly, based on factors which are outside of our control. Due to the recurring fair value measurement, we expect that we will recognize non-cash gains or losses on our Private Placement Warrants each reporting period and that the amount of such gains or losses could be material.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 1C. Cybersecurity

Cybersecurity Risk Management and Strategy

As a global company, we are regularly subject to cyberattacks and other cybersecurity incidents. In response, we have implemented cybersecurity processes, technologies, and controls to aid in our efforts to assess, identify, and manage cybersecurity risks. Our enterprise risk management framework considers cybersecurity risk alongside other company risks as part of our overall risk assessment process. Our enterprise risk management team collaborates with our Information Security function, led by our Chief Security Officer (“CSO”), to gather insights for assessing, identifying and managing cybersecurity threat risks, their severity, and potential mitigations. We are also participants and subscribers in industry cybersecurity intelligence and risk sharing organization to stay abreast of changes in the cybersecurity environment.

We assess the Company’s Information Security program using an industry cybersecurity framework from the National Institute of Standards and Technology. This program includes policies, processes and procedures that help assess and identify our cybersecurity risks and inform how security measures and controls are developed, implemented and maintained. The risk assessment along with risk-based analysis and judgment are used to select security controls to address risks. During this process, the following factors, among others, are considered: likelihood and severity of risk, impact on the Company and others if a risk materializes, feasibility and cost of controls and impact of controls on operations.

We maintain internal resources to perform penetration testing designed to simulate evolving tactics and techniques of real-world threat actors, engage with industry partners and law enforcement and intelligence communities and periodic risk interviews across our business. We also engage an independent third party to perform internal and external penetration testing of the Company’s information security environment periodically and engage other third parties to periodically conduct assessments of our cybersecurity capabilities. In addition, we continue to expand training and awareness practices to mitigate risk from human error, including mandatory computer-based training and internal communications for employees. Our employees undergo cybersecurity awareness training and regular phishing awareness campaigns that are based upon and designed to emulate real-world contemporary threats. We provide prompt feedback (and, if necessary, additional training or remedial action) based on the results of such exercises.

Our processes also address cybersecurity risks associated with our use of third-party service providers including suppliers, software and cloud-based service providers, as well as third-party security firms used in different capacities to provide or operate some of our cybersecurity controls and technology systems. We proactively evaluate the cybersecurity risk of a third party by utilizing a repository of risk assessments, external monitoring sources, and threat intelligence to better inform the Company during contracting and vendor selection processes. Security issues are documented and tracked, and periodic monitoring of third parties is conducted in an effort to mitigate risk.

In addition to the processes, technologies, and controls that we have in place to reduce the likelihood of a material cybersecurity incident (or series of related cybersecurity incidents), the Company has a written incident response plan outlining how to address cybersecurity events that occur. The plan sets forth the steps for coordination among various corporate functions and governance groups and serves as a framework for the execution of responsibilities across businesses and operational roles. Our incident response plan is designed to help us coordinate actions to prepare for, detect, respond to and recover from cybersecurity incidents, and includes processes to triage, assess severity, escalate, contain, investigate, and remediate the incident, as well as to assess the need for disclosure, comply with applicable legal obligations and mitigate the impact to our
31

brand and reputation and on impacted parties. We also maintain insurance coverage that, subject to its terms and conditions, is intended to help us cover certain costs associated with cybersecurity incidents and information system failures.

We maintain business continuity and disaster recovery plans to prepare for and respond to the potential for a disruption in the technology we rely on.

The Company (or the third parties it relies on) may not be able to fully, continuously, or effectively implement security controls as intended. As described above, we utilize a risk-based approach and judgment to determine whether and how to implement certain security controls and it is possible that we may not implement the necessary controls if we are unable to recognize or underestimate a particular risk. In addition, security controls, no matter how well designed or implemented, may only mitigate and not fully eliminate cybersecurity risks. Cybersecurity events, when detected by security tools or third parties, may not always be identified immediately or addressed in the manner intended by our cybersecurity incident response plan.

Impact of cybersecurity risks on business strategy, results of operations or financial condition

Based on the information available as of the date of this Annual Report, we have no reason to believe any risks from cybersecurity threats, including as a result of any previous cybersecurity incidents, have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect us, including our business strategy, results of operations or financial condition. For additional information, see “Risks Related to our Business,” in Item 1A, “Risk Factors” in this Annual Report.

Cybersecurity Governance

Our cybersecurity risk management and strategy processes are led by our CSO. This individual has over 25 years of professional experience in various roles across multiple industries involving managing information security, developing cybersecurity strategy, implementing effective information and cybersecurity programs and managing multiple industry and regulatory compliance environments.

Cybersecurity is an important part of our risk management processes and an area of focus for our Board of Directors and management. Although cybersecurity risk oversight continues to remain a top priority for the Board, the Audit Committee of our Board has primary oversight responsibility for the Company’s cybersecurity and other technology risks. The Committee quarterly reviews and discusses with our CSO the Company’s cybersecurity, privacy and data security programs, the status of projects to strengthen internal cybersecurity, results from third-party assessments, and any significant cybersecurity incidents, including recent incidents at other companies and the emerging threat landscape. The Committee also reviews with management the implementation and effectiveness of the Company’s controls to monitor and mitigate cybersecurity risks.

Item 2. Properties

Our corporate office is located in a leased premise at 4800 140th Avenue N., Suite 101, Clearwater, Florida. We lease real property where appropriate to support our business, and we believe our leased properties are not material to our business. In addition, we believe our facilities are suitable and adequate for our current and near-term needs, and that we will be able to locate additional facilities as needed.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we are involved in various disputes and litigation that arise in the ordinary course of business. However, separate from such matters, to the best of our knowledge, outside of those described below, there are no material pending or threatened legal proceedings to which we are a party, either individually or in the aggregate.

On October 28, 2022, the Company received notice from the Office of the Ohio Attorney General (“OH OAG”) that it was reviewing certain of DMS’s business practices pursuant to its authority under the Consumer Sales Practices Act, Ohio Revised Code Section 1345.06, and the Telephone Solicitation Sales Act, Ohio Revised Code Sections 4719.11; 109.87(C). While the Company believes that its practices are in compliance with applicable law, the provisionsCompany and the OH OAG have entered into discussions regarding the terms of a potential resolution to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regarding adequacy of its internal controls. The development ofOH AG’s review. It is uncertain whether a mutually acceptable resolution can be reached and the internal controlterms thereof, and, accordingly, the Company is unable to predict the impact of any such entityresolution to achieve compliancethe Company’s business operations or financial results.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

None.
32

PART II
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Holders of Common Stock

On October 10, 2023, NYSE filed a Form 25 with the Sarbanes-OxleySEC to delist the Company’s Class A common stock from NYSE. The deregistration of the common stock under Section 12 of Exchange Act may increasewas effective on January 8, 2024. As of April 15, 2024, the Company’s Class A common stock were traded on the OTCQB Market under the trading symbol “DMSL”.

Our common stock began trading on April 20, 2018; no cash dividends have been declared since that time, and costs necessary to complete any such acquisition.

The report of our independent registered public accounting firm expresses substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.

we do not anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future. As of December 31, 2018, we had approximately $550,000 inApril 15, 2024, there were 49 holders of record.


Holders of Public Warrants

On June 29, 2023, NYSE filed a Form 25 to delist our operating bank account, approximately $3.1Public Warrants from NYSE. The deregistration of the Public Warrants under Section 12 of the Exchange Act was effective on September 27, 2023. As of April 15, 2024, the Public Warrants were traded on the OTC Pink Market under the symbol “DMSIW”.

Our Public Warrants began trading on April 5, 2018. As of April 15, 2024, there were 10 holders of record.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

On March 29, 2023, the Company entered into a SPA with certain investors to sell 80,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock and 60,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock for an aggregate purchase price of $14.0 million, including $6.0 million of interest income availablerelated party participation. The Preferred Offering was made pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of Section 5 of the Securities Act contained in Section 4(a)(2) thereof and/or Regulation D thereunder. The Preferred Stock was issued at a 10% Original Issue Discount (OID) to the aggregate stated value of $15.5 million. The Company also issued the Preferred Warrants to the purchasers in the trust accountPreferred Offering. Holders of the Preferred Warrants may acquire up to pay963 thousand shares of Common Stock, with a 5-year maturity and an exercise price equal to $0.6453, subject to adjustment and the beneficial ownership limitations set forth in the applicable warrant agreement. See Note 10. Fair Value Measurements for taxes,further details.

Proceeds from the Preferred Offering were $13.1 million, net of transaction costs, which the Company received on March 30, 2023, and working capitalused to fund its equity cure (see Note 8. Debt) and consummate the ClickDealer acquisition.

Issuer Purchases of approximately $585,000. Further, we have incurred and expect to continue to incur significant costs in pursuit of our financing and acquisition plans.Equity Securities

None.

Item 6. Reserved

Item 7. Management’s plans to address this need for capital are discussed under the heading “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”Operations

The following discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those discussed in this Annual Report. We cannot assure you that our plans to raise capital or to consummate an initial business combination will be successful. These factors, among others, raise substantial doubt about our ability to continuethese forward-looking statements as a going concern.

Because we are incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands, you may face difficulties in protecting your interests, and your ability to protect your rights through the U.S. federal courts may be limited.

We are an exempted company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon our directors or executive officers, or enforce judgments obtained in the United States courts against our directors or officers.

Our corporate affairs are governed by our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, the Companies Law (as the same may be supplemented or amended from time to time) and the common law of the Cayman Islands. We are also subject to the federal securities laws of the United States. The rights of shareholders to take action against the directors, actions by minority shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors to us under Cayman Islands law are to a large extent governed by the common law of the Cayman Islands. The common law of the Cayman Islands is derived in part from comparatively limited judicial precedent in the Cayman Islands as well as from English common law, the decisions of whose courts are of persuasive authority, but are not binding on a court in the Cayman Islands. The rights of our shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors under Cayman Islands law are different from what they would be under statutes or judicial precedent in some jurisdictions in the United States. In particular, the Cayman Islands has a different body of securities laws as compared to the United States, and certain states, such as Delaware, may have more fully developed and judicially interpreted bodies of corporate law. In addition, Cayman Islands companies may not have standing to initiate a shareholder’s derivative action in a Federal court of the United States.

We have been advised by our Cayman Islands legal counsel that the courts of the Cayman Islands are unlikely (i) to recognize or enforce against us judgments of courts of the United States predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States or any state; and (ii) in original actions brought in the Cayman Islands, to impose liabilities against us predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States or any state, so far as the liabilities imposed by those provisions are penal in nature. In those circumstances, although there is no statutory enforcement in the Cayman Islands of judgments obtained in the United States, the courts of the Cayman Islands will recognize and enforce a foreign money judgment of a foreign court of competent jurisdiction without retrial on the merits based on the principle that a judgment of a competent foreign court imposes upon the judgment debtor an obligation to pay the sum for which judgment has been given provided certain conditions are met. For a foreign judgment to be enforced in the Cayman Islands, such judgment must be final and conclusive and for a liquidated sum, and must not be in respect of taxes or a fine or penalty, inconsistent with a Cayman Islands judgment in respect of the same matter, impeachable on the grounds of fraud or obtained in a manner, or be of a kind the enforcement of which is, contrary to natural justice or the public policy of the Cayman Islands (awards of punitive or multiple damages may well be held to be contrary to public policy). A Cayman Islands Court may stay enforcement proceedings if concurrent proceedings are being brought elsewhere.

As a result of all of the above, public shareholders may have more difficulty in protecting their interests in the face of actions taken by management, members of the board of directors or controlling shareholders than they would as public shareholders of a United States company.

Provisions in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association may inhibit a takeover of us, which could limit the price investors might be willing to pay in the future for our Class A ordinary shares and could entrench management.

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association contain provisions that may discourage unsolicited takeover proposals that shareholders may consider to be in their best interests. These provisions include a staggered board of directors and the ability of the board of directors to designate the terms of and issue new series of preference shares, which may make more difficult the removal of management and may discourage transactions that otherwise could involve payment of a premium over prevailing market prices for our securities.

Cyber incidents or attacks directed at us could result in information theft, data corruption, operational disruption and/or financial loss.

We depend on digital technologies, including information systems, infrastructure and cloud applications and services,various factors, including those of third parties with which we may deal. Sophisticated and deliberate attacks on, or security breachesset forth in our systems or infrastructure, or the systems or infrastructure of third parties or the cloud, could lead to corruption or misappropriation of our assets, proprietary information and sensitive or confidential data. As an early stage company without significant investments in data security protection, we may not be sufficiently protected against such occurrences. We may not have sufficient resources to adequately protect against, or to investigate and remediate any vulnerability to, cyber incidents. It is possible that any of these occurrences, or a combination of them, could have adverse consequences on our business and lead to financial loss.

Risks Associated with Acquiring and Operating a Business in Foreign Countries

If we pursue a target company with operations or opportunities outside of the United States for our initial business combination, we may face additional burdens in connection with investigating, agreeing to and completing such initial business combination, and if we effect such initial business combination, we would be subject to a variety of additional risks that may negatively impact our operations.

If we pursue a target a company with operations or opportunities outside of the United States for our initial business combination, we would be subject to risks associated with cross-border business combinations, including in connection with investigating, agreeing to and completing our initial business combination, conducting due diligence in a foreign jurisdiction, having such transaction approved by any local governments, regulators or agencies and changes in the purchase price based on fluctuations in foreign exchange rates.

If we effect our initial business combination with such a company, we would be subject to any special considerations or risks associated with companies operating in an international setting, including any of the following:

“Risk Factors.”

costs and difficulties inherent in managing cross-border business operations;


rules and regulations regarding currency redemption;

complex corporate withholding taxes on individuals;

laws governing the manner in which future business combinations may be effected;

exchange listing and/or delisting requirements;

tariffs and trade barriers;

regulations related to customs and import/export matters;

local or regional economic policies and market conditions;

unexpected changes in regulatory requirements;

longer payment cycles;

tax issues, such as tax law changes and variations in tax laws as compared to the United States;

currency fluctuations and exchange controls;

rates of inflation;

challenges in collecting accounts receivable;

cultural and language differences;

employment regulations;

underdeveloped or unpredictable legal or regulatory systems;

corruption;

protection of intellectual property;

social unrest, crime, strikes, riots and civil disturbances;

regime changes and political upheaval;

terrorist attacks and wars; and

deterioration of political relations with the United States.

We may not be able to adequately address these additional risks. If we were unable to do so, we may be unable to complete such initial business combination, or, if we complete such combination, our operations might suffer, either of which may adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If our management following our initial business combination is unfamiliar with United States securities laws, they may have to expend time and resources becoming familiar with such laws, which could lead to various regulatory issues.

Following our initial business combination, our management may resign from their positions as officers or directors of the company and the management of the target business at the time of the business combination will remain in place. Management of the target business may not be familiar with United States securities laws. If new management is unfamiliar with United States securities laws, they may have to expend time and resources becoming familiar with such laws. This could be expensive and time-consuming and could lead to various regulatory issues which may adversely affect our operations.

After our initial business combination, substantially all of our assets may be located in a foreign country and substantially all of our revenue will be derived from our operations in such country. Accordingly, our results of operations and prospects will be subject, to a significant extent, to the economic, political and legal policies, developments and conditions in the country in which we operate.

The economic, political and social conditions, as well as government policies, of the country in which our operations are located could affect our business. Economic growth could be uneven, both geographically and among various sectors of the economy and such growth may not be sustained in the future. If in the future such country’s economy experiences a downturn or grows at a slower rate than expected, there may be less demand for spending in certain industries. A decrease in demand for spending in certain industries could materially and adversely affect our ability to find an attractive target business with which to consummate our initial business combination and if we effect our initial business combination, the ability of that target business to become profitable.

Exchange rate fluctuations and currency policies may cause a target business’ ability to succeed in the international markets to be diminished.

In the event we acquire anon-U.S. target, all revenues and income would likely be received in a foreign currency, and the dollar equivalent of our net assets and distributions, if any, could be adversely affected by reductions in the value of the local currency. The value of the currencies in our target regions fluctuate and are affected by, among other things, changes in political and economic conditions. Any change in the relative value of such currency against our reporting currency may affect the attractiveness of any target business or, following consummation of our initial business combination, our financial condition and results of operations. Additionally, if a currency appreciates in value against the dollar prior to the consummation of our initial business combination, the cost of a target business as measured in dollars will increase, which may make it less likely that we are able to consummate such transaction.

We may reincorporate in another jurisdiction in connection with our initial business combination, and the laws of such jurisdiction may govern some or all of our future material agreements and we may not be able to enforce our legal rights.

In connection with our initial business combination, we may relocate the home jurisdiction of our business from the Cayman Islands to another jurisdiction. If we determine to do this, the laws of such jurisdiction may govern some or all of our future material agreements. The system of laws and the enforcement of existing laws in such jurisdiction may not be as certain in implementation and interpretation as in the United States. The inability to enforce or obtain a remedy under any of our future agreements could result in a significant loss of business, business opportunities or capital.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

We maintain our principal executive offices at 21 Grosvenor Place, London, SW1X 7HF. The cost for our use of this space is included in the $10,000 per month fee we pay to an affiliate of our sponsor for office space, administrative and support services. We consider our current office space adequate for our current operations.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

To the knowledge of our management, there is no litigation currently pending or contemplated against us, any of our officers or directors in their capacity as such or against any of our property.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

(a)

Market Information

Our units, Class A ordinary shares and warrants are each traded on the NYSE under the symbols “LHC.U,” “LHC” and “LHC WS,” respectively. Our units commenced public trading on February 12, 2018. Our Class A ordinary shares and warrants began separate trading on April 5, 2018.

(b)

Holders

On December 31, 2018, there was one holder of record of our units, one holder of record of our Class A ordinary shares, four holders of our Class B ordinary shares and two holders of record of our warrants.

(c)

Dividends

We have not paid any cash dividends on our ordinary shares to date and do not intend to pay cash dividends prior to the completion of our initial business combination. The payment of cash dividends in the future will be dependent upon our revenues and earnings, if any, capital requirements and general financial condition subsequent to completion of our initial business combination. The payment of any cash dividends subsequent to

our initial business combination will be within the discretion of our board of directors at such time. Further, if we incur any indebtedness in connection with a business combination, our ability to declare dividends may be limited by restrictive covenants we may agree to in connection therewith.

(d)

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

None.

(e)

Performance Graph

Not applicable.

(f)

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities; Use of Proceeds from Registered Offerings

Our sponsor purchased 4,000,000 private placement warrants at a price of $1.50 per warrant in a private placement that occurred simultaneously with the closing of our Initial Public Offering. Each private placement warrant is exercisable for one of our Class A ordinary shares at a price of $11.50 per share. The private placement warrants are substantially similar to the warrants underlying the units issued in the Initial Public Offering, except that theyare non-redeemable and exercisable on a cashless basis so long as they are held by our sponsor or its permitted transferees. Our sponsor and our officers and directors have agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to transfer, assign or sell any of their private placement warrants until 30 days after the completion of an initial business combination. The sale of the private placement warrants was made pursuant to the exemption from registration contained in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.

Use of Proceeds

In connection with our Initial Public Offering, we incurred offering costs of approximately $11.9 million (including underwriting commissions of $4,000,000 and deferred underwriting commissions of $7,000,000). Other incurred offering costs consisted principally of formation and preparation fees related to the Initial Public Offering. Our sponsor and its affiliate had loaned us an aggregate of $300,000 to cover expenses related to our Initial Public Offering pursuant to a promissory note. This loan wasnon-interest bearing and became payable upon the completion of our Initial Public Offering. We repaid $300,000 on February 15, 2018. In addition, our sponsor and its affiliate loaned us another $25,000 for working capital. We fully repaid this amount on February 20, 2018.

After deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions (excluding the deferred portion of $7,000,000 in underwriting discounts and commissions, which amount will be payable upon consummation of our initial business combination, if consummated) and our Initial Public Offering expenses, $200,000,000 of the net proceeds from our Initial Public Offering and the private placement of the private placement warrants (or $10.00 per unit sold in our Initial Public Offering) was placed in the trust account. As of December 31, 2018, we had approximately $550,000 in cash held outside the trust account and will be used to fund our operating expenses. The net proceeds of our Initial Public Offering and certain proceeds from the sale of the private placement warrants are held in the trust account and are invested in U.S. government treasury bills with a maturity of 180 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions underRule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations.

(g)

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

None.

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

Not applicable.

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

References to “we,” “us,” “our” or the “company” are to Leo Holdings Corp., except where the context requires otherwise. The following discussionMD&A should be read in conjunction with our condensedconsolidated financial statements and relatedthe accompanying notes thereto included elsewherecontained in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data of this report.

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

This Annual Report,on Form 10-K includes forward-looking statements within the meaning as well as Item 1. Business of Section 27Athis Annual Report, for an overview of the Securities Actour operations and business environment.


33

Results of the Securities Exchange ActOperations

The following table presents our consolidated results of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). We have based these forward-looking statements on our current expectations and projections about future events. These forward-looking statements are subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties and assumptions about us that may cause our actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “should,” “could,” “would,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “continue,” or the negative of such terms or other similar expressions. Factors that might cause or contribute to such a discrepancy include, but are not limited to, those described in our other SEC filings.

Overview

We are a blank check company incorporated on November 29, 2017operations as a Cayman Islands exempted companypercentage of net revenue:


Years Ended December 31,
20232022
Revenue by type:
Customer acquisition96.3 %96.1 %
Managed services1.9 %2.6 %
Software services1.8 %1.3 %
Total net revenue100.0 %100.0 %
Revenue by segment:
Brand Direct60.9 %52.2 %
Marketplace44.7 %55.3 %
Technology Solutions2.5 %2.5 %
Intercompany Eliminations(8.2)%(10.0)%
Net revenue100.0 %100.0 %
Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)75.3 %73.6 %
Gross profit24.7 %26.4 %
Salaries and related costs13.0 %12.8 %
General and administrative13.9 %10.7 %
Depreciation and amortization5.8 %7.2 %
Impairment of goodwill14.7 %— %
Impairment of intangible assets5.0 %5.5 %
Acquisition costs0.9 %0.4 %
Change in fair value of contingent consideration(0.5)%0.7 %
Loss from operations(28.1)%(10.9)%
Interest expense, net11.5 %4.4 %
Change in fair value of warrant liabilities(2.7)%(0.9)%
Change in Tax Receivable Agreement liability— %*
Other (1)
**
Net loss before income taxes(36.9)%(14.4)%
Income tax benefit(0.2)%(1.0)%
Net loss(36.7)%(13.4)%
Net loss attributable to non-controlling interest(12.2)%(5.3)%
Net loss attributable to Digital Media Solutions, Inc.(24.4)%(8.1)%
____________________
* Less than one tenth of a percent.
(1)Represents Foreign exchange gain and (Gain) loss on disposal of assets.
34

Operating Results for years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022

The following table presents the consolidated results of operations for the purpose of effecting a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses. Although we are not limited to a particular industry or sector for purposes of consummating a Business Combination, we focus our search on companies inyears ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 and the consumer sector.

We consummated our Initial Public Offering on February 15, 2018. If we are unable to complete a Business Combination within 24 monthschanges from the closingprior periods (in thousands):


Years Ended December 31,
20232022$ Change% Change
Net revenue$334,949 $391,148 $(56,199)(14)%
Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)252,050 287,820 (35,770)(12)%
Salaries and related costs43,583 49,872 (6,289)(13)%
General and administrative46,578 41,878 4,700 11 %
Depreciation and amortization19,460 28,242 (8,782)(31)%
Impairment of goodwill49,390 — 49,390 100 %
Impairment of intangible assets16,744 21,570 (4,826)(22)%
Acquisition costs3,020 1,650 1,370 83 %
Change in fair value of contingent consideration(1,833)2,583 (4,416)(171)%
Loss from operations(94,043)(42,467)(51,576)121 %
Interest expense, net38,634 17,366 21,268 123 %
Change in fair value of warrant liabilities(9,185)(3,360)(5,825)173 %
Change in Tax Receivable Agreement liability— 125 (125)(100)%
Other (1)
(9)(16)(229)%
Net loss before income taxes(123,483)(56,605)(66,878)118 %
Income tax benefit(790)(4,105)3,315 (81)%
Net loss(122,693)(52,500)(70,193)134 %
Net loss attributable to non-controlling interest(41,012)(20,548)(20,464)100 %
Net loss attributable to Digital Media Solutions, Inc.$(81,681)$(31,952)$(49,729)156 %
____________________
(1)Represents Foreign exchange gain and (Gain) loss on disposal of assets.

Net revenue. Our business generates revenue primarily through the Initial Public Offering,delivery of a variety of performance-based marketing services, including customer acquisition, managed services and software services.

35

The following table presents revenue by type for each segment and the changes from the prior periods (in thousands):

Years Ended December 31,
20232022$ Change% Change
Brand Direct
Customer acquisition$200,551 $198,873 $1,678 %
Managed services3,905 5,367 (1,462)(27)%
Total Brand Direct204,456 204,240 216 *
Marketplace
Customer acquisition149,782 216,385 (66,603)(31)%
Total Marketplace149,782 216,385 (66,603)(31)%
Technology Solutions
Managed services2,294 4,814 (2,520)(52)%
Software services6,049 4,993 1,056 21 %
Total Technology Solutions8,343 9,807 (1,464)(15)%
Corporate and Other
Customer acquisition(27,632)(39,284)11,652 (30)%
Total Corporate and Other(27,632)(39,284)11,652 (30)%
Total Customer acquisition322,701 375,974 (53,273)(14)%
Total Managed services6,199 10,181 (3,982)(39)%
Total Software services6,049 4,993 1,056 21 %
Total Net revenue$334,949 $391,148 $(56,199)(14)%
____________________
* Less than one percent.

Customer Acquisition Revenue. Customer acquisition contracts deliver potential consumers or the Combination Period, we will (i) cease all operations except for the purposeleads (i.e. number of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at aper-share price, payable in cash, equalclicks, emails, calls and applications) to the aggregate amount thencustomer in real-time based on depositpredefined qualifying characteristics specified by our customer.

Our Brand Direct segment experienced an increase in the trust account including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to pay its income taxes (less up to $100,000Customer acquisition revenue of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of the company’s remaining shareholders and our board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to our obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law.

Results of Operations

All activity$1.7 million or 1% during the year ended December 31, 20182023. Customer acquisition revenue for Marketplace decreased by $66.6 million or 31% for the year ended December 31, 2023. The increase in Brand Direct was driven primarily by the acquisition of ClickDealer, however this was offset by softness within our core business. The decline in preparation forBrand Direct core and Marketplace segment performance were both attributed to industry macro challenges within the insurance industry which continued to apply downward pressure on cost per click and cost per lead pricing. Additionally, extraordinary inflationary effects and supply chain challenges contributed to the insurance market volatility as increased claims costs continue to suppress insurance carrier marketing spend further delaying the expected market recovery. We also observed an uptick in aggressive competitive activities within our Initial Public Offering, andpublisher portfolio, as well as an adjustment in the health insurance model shifting non-enrollment ad spend which impacted our performance since the closingsecond quarter.


Managed Services Revenue. Managed services contracts provide continuous service of managing the offering,customer’s media spend for the purpose of generating leads through a third-party supplier of leads, as requested by our customer. Managed services revenue experienced a decrease of $4.0 million or 39% during the year ended December 31, 2023. The changes were primarily driven by decreased media activity, has been limitedresulting in lower agency fees. As marketing organizations continue to invest in advanced tools and technologies that can enhance the effectiveness of their in-house marketing activities, the managed service model will continue to contract.

Software Services Revenue. Software services contracts provide the customer with continuous, daily access to the searchCompany’s proprietary software. Software services revenue is considered insignificant during the year ended December 31, 2023.

Cost of revenue and gross profit. Cost of revenue primarily includes media and other related costs, such as the cost to acquire user traffic through the purchase of impressions, clicks or actions from publishers or third-party intermediaries, including advertising exchanges, and technology costs that enable media acquisition. These media costs are used primarily to drive user traffic to the Company’s and our customers’ media properties. Cost of revenue also includes indirect costs such as data verification, hosting and fulfillment costs. Gross profit is exclusive of Depreciation and amortization.

36

The following table presents the gross profit percentage (gross profit as a percentage of total net revenue) by segment and the changes from prior period:

Years Ended December 31,
20232022PPTS Change
Brand Direct19.5 %21.0 %(1.5)
Marketplace24.4 %24.1 %0.3 
Technology Solutions77.6 %85.4 %(7.8)
Total gross profit percentage24.7 %26.4 %(1.7)

Gross profit for Brand Direct decreased for the year ended December 31, 2023, in comparison to the same period in 2022, primarily driven by the aforementioned macro pressure within the insurance market and softness within our debt/consumer finance vertical, both of which deliver a prospective initial business combination,higher margin profile. Additionally, channel mix challenges within our publisher portfolio impacted campaign performance delivery across the segment and we will not be generating any operating revenues untilexperienced heightened competitive activities within the closinglead delivery and completion of our initial business combination. We expectacquisition marketplace which led to incur increased expenseshigher acquisition costs as a result of being a public company (for legal, financial reporting, accounting and auditing compliance),the inflationary effects that continued to disrupt the economy. Each of these factors working in concert contributed to the margin decline.

Gross profit for Marketplace decreased for the year ended December 31, 2023, in comparison to the same period in 2022, primarily driven by macro industry headwinds applying downward pricing pressure impacting revenue performance within our insurance business as well as the shift in ad spend from non-enrollment periods from an insurance distributor. The ad spend shift particularly affected the profitability of the Crisp business model due to the more stable nature of call center operations. The impact of these factors was offset by media optimizations within our insurance business by focusing on a diverse product strategy that centers around Owned & Operated websites and marketplaces as a result of hiring our new executive vice president of Media. We are expecting improved margins by centralizing our demand behind our proprietary DMS asset.

Gross profit for Technology Solutions decreased for the year ended December 31, 2023, in comparison to the same period in 2022, driven by the mix of media purchasing activity skewed more heavily towards higher priced media sources which led to compressed budgets and resulted in decreased fees. Additionally, we have seen softness in our margin performance driven by lower utilization across our technology stack within our existing customer base as a result of increased economic inflationary fears and uncertainty. Additionally, as marketing organizations continue to explore in-house marketing solutions, the managed service model and subsequent margins will continue to contract.

Total gross profit decreased for the year ended December 31, 2023, primarily due diligenceto the continued downward pressures within the insurance industry, which continue to lead to declines in click pricing. Additionally, inflation and macro shifts in health insurance budgets have culminated in a monetization contraction within the DMS ecosystem.

Salaries and related costs. Total compensation includes salaries, commissions, bonuses, payroll taxes and retirement benefits.
Salaries and related costs decreased $6.3 million or 12.6% for the year ended December 31, 2023, in comparison to the same period in 2022, primarily driven by the continued redesign of the corporate structure to optimize the operational and administrative support across the organization as well as higher attrition than expected offset by the impact of the ClickDealer acquisition. We continue to evaluate opportunities to position the business for a sustainable future with a focus on developing our top talent.

General and administrative. General and administrative consist of expenses incurred in our normal course of business relating to office supplies, computer and technology, rent and utilities, insurance, legal and professional fees, state and local taxes and licenses, penalties and settlements and allowance for credit losses, as well as sales and marketing expenses relating to advertising and promotion. We also include other expenses such as investment banking expenses, capital raising costs and costs related to the advancement of our corporate social responsibility program.

General and administrative expenses increased $4.7 million or 11.2% for the year ended December 31, 2023, in comparison to the same period in 2022, largely due to costs associated with negotiating the amendment to our senior secured credit facility and the termination of call center activities supporting our Voice and Crisp operations.

Depreciation and amortization. Property, plant and equipment consists of computers and office equipment, furniture and
fixtures, leasehold improvements and internally developed software costs. Intangible assets subject to amortization include technology, customer relationships, brand, and non-competition agreements.

Depreciation and amortization expense decreased $8.8 million or 31.1%, during the year ended December 31, 2023, in comparison to the same period in 2022, primarily due to fewer intangibles amortized after the impairments recorded as of December 31, 2022 and June 30, 2023 (see Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets section below).
37


Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets. The Company further determined that the recent economic downturn and inflation, along with the Company’s revenue reduction and decreased stock market price were indicators of impairment under ASC 360-10, Impairment and Disposal of Long-Lived Assets for certain asset groups during 2023 and 2022. During the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company recorded impairment to the Intangible assets and Goodwill within the Brand Direct and Marketplace reporting segments, as the recoverability of each assets class exceeded its useful live. (see Note 6. Goodwill and Intangible Assets).

Acquisition costs. Acquisition related costs are not considered part of the consideration for acquisitions and are expensed as incurred. This includes acquisition incentive compensation and other transaction related costs.

Acquisition costs increased $1.4 million or 83.0% during the year ended December 31, 2023, in comparison to the same periods in 2022, primarily due to the ClickDealer acquisition (see Note 7. Acquisitions).

Interest expense, net. Interest expense, net for year ended December 31, 2023 was related primarily to our debt, which carries a variable interest rate based on multiple options at either LIBOR plus 5% or an alternate base rate, plus an agreed upon margin with Truist Bank, the administrative agent under the Company’s senior secured credit facility since May 25, 2021 (see Note 8. Debt).

Interest expense, net increased by $21.3 million or 122.5% during the year ended December 31, 2023, in comparison to the same periods in 2022, were primarily due to the rate increase of approximately 4.1% in our LIBOR rate as a result of the amendment of our senior secured credit facility.

Income tax benefit. The Company recorded income tax benefit of $0.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. The blended effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2023 was 25.2%, which varies from our statutory U.S. tax rate due to taxable income or loss that is allocated to the non-controlling interest and impact of the valuation allowance on DMS Inc.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

In addition to providing financial measurements based on accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”), this Annual Report includes additional financial measures that are not prepared in accordance with GAAP (“non-GAAP”), including adjusted EBITDA, unlevered free cash flow, unlevered free cash flow conversion, adjusted net income and adjusted EPS. A reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures can be found below.

As explained further below, we use these financial measures internally to review the performance of our business segments without regard to certain accounting treatments, non-operational, extraordinary or non-recurring items. We believe that presentation of these non-GAAP financial measures provides useful information to investors regarding our results of operations. Because of these limitations, management relies primarily on its GAAP results and uses non-GAAP measures only as a supplement.

Adjusted EBITDA, Unlevered Free Cash Flow and Unlevered Free Cash Flow Conversion
We use the non-GAAP measures of Adjusted EBITDA, Unlevered Free Cash Flow and Unlevered Free Cash Flow Conversion to assess operating performance. Management believes that these measures provide useful information to investors regarding DMS’s operating performance and its capacity to incur and service debt and fund capital expenditures. DMS believes that these measures are used by many investors, analysts and rating agencies as a measure of performance. By reporting these measures, DMS provides a basis for comparison of our business operations between current, past and future periods by excluding items that DMS does not believe are indicative of our core operating performance.

Financial measures that are non-GAAP should not be considered as alternatives to operating income, cash flows from operating activities or any other performance measures derived in accordance with GAAP as measures of operating performance, or cash flows as measures of liquidity. These measures have limitations as analytical tools, and you should not consider them in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Because of these limitations, DMS relies primarily on its GAAP results and uses Adjusted EBITDA, Unlevered Free Cash Flow, and Unlevered Free Cash Flow Conversion only as a supplement.

Adjusted EBITDA is defined as net (loss) income, excluding (a) interest expense, net, (b) income tax benefit, (c) depreciation and amortization, (d) impairment of intangible assets and goodwill, (e) change in fair value of warrant liabilities, (f) debt extinguishment, change in fair value of contingent consideration liabilities and certain professional fees, (g) stock-based compensation, (h) change in Tax Receivable Agreement liability, (i) restructuring costs, (j) acquisition costs and (gain) loss on disposal of assets, and (k) other expense.
38


Furthermore, in order to review the performance of the combined business over periods that extend prior to our ownership of the acquired businesses, we include the pre-acquisition performance of the businesses acquired. Management believes that doing so helps to understand the combined operating performance and potential of the business as a whole and makes it easier to compare performance of the combined business over different periods.

Unlevered Free Cash Flow is defined as Adjusted EBITDA, less capital expenditures, and Unlevered Free Cash Flow Conversion is defined as Unlevered Free Cash Flow divided by Adjusted EBITDA.

The following table provides a reconciliation between Adjusted Net Loss and Adjusted EBITDA, and Unlevered Free Cash Flow, from Net loss, the most directly comparable GAAP measure (in thousands):

Years Ended December 31,
20232022
Net loss$(122,693)$(52,500)
Adjustments
Interest expense, net38,634 17,366 
Income tax benefit(790)(4,105)
Depreciation and amortization19,460 28,242 
Impairment of goodwill49,390 — 
Impairment of intangible assets16,744 21,570 
Change in fair value of warrant liabilities(9,185)(3,360)
Change in fair value of contingent consideration liabilities(1,833)2,583 
Legal and professional fees - Equity Cure & Debt Amendment4,809 — 
Change in Tax Receivable Agreement liability— 125 
Stock-based compensation expense3,051 6,656 
Restructuring costs6,298 2,312 
Acquisition and other related costs (1)
3,833 1,650 
(Gain) loss on disposal of assets(3)
Other expense (2)
2,178 5,110 
Adjusted EBITDA9,893 25,656 
Less: Capital Expenditures6,624 6,744 
Unlevered free cash flow$3,269 $18,912 
Unlevered free cash flow conversion33.0 %73.7 %
____________________
(1)Includes transaction fees in connection with the ClickDealer acquisition, pre-acquisition expenses, preferred warrants issuance costs, and post-acquisition related costs.
(2)Includes compliance-related legal and professional fees pre-acquisition transactions, and in 2022, costs associated with the Company’s strategic alternatives.

39

A reconciliation of Unlevered Free Cash Flow to net cash provided by operating activities, the most directly comparable GAAP measure, is presented below (in thousands):

Years Ended December 31,
20232022
Unlevered free cash flow$3,269 $18,912 
Capital expenditures6,624 6,744 
Adjusted EBITDA9,893 25,656 
Impairment of goodwill49,390 — 
Impairment of intangible assets16,744 21,570 
Acquisition and other related costs (1)
3,833 1,650 
Change in fair value of contingent consideration liabilities(1,833)2,583 
Other expenses (2)
2,178 5,110 
Stock-based compensation3,051 6,656 
Restructuring costs6,298 2,312 
Change in fair value of warrant liabilities(9,185)(3,360)
Legal and professional fees - Equity Cure & Debt Amendment4,809 — 
(Gain) loss on disposal of assets(3)
Subtotal before additional adjustments(65,389)(10,872)
Less: Interest expense, net38,634 17,366 
Less: Income tax benefit(790)(4,105)
Less: Change in Tax Receivable Agreement liability - Consolidated statements of operations— 125 
Allowance for credit losses - Accounts receivable, net1,756 1,761 
Allowance for credit losses - Contract assets, net2,337 — 
Amortization of right-of-use assets648 937 
(Gain) loss on disposal of assets(3)
Impairment of goodwill49,390 — 
Impairment of intangible assets16,744 21,570 
Lease restructuring charges— 438 
Loss on termination of operations869 — 
Stock-based compensation, net of amounts capitalized3,051 6,656 
Interest expense paid-in-kind23,482 — 
Amortization of debt issuance costs2,398 1,490 
Deferred income tax benefit, net(798)(4,108)
Change in fair value of contingent consideration(1,905)2,583 
Change in fair value of warrant liabilities(9,185)(3,360)
Loss from preferred warrants issuance553 — 
Change in Tax Receivable Agreement liability - Consolidated statements of cash flows— (1,146)
Change in income tax receivable and payable(167)
Change in accounts receivable17,942 1,984 
Change in contract assets(10,436)— 
Change in prepaid expenses and other current assets798 416 
Change in operating right-of-use assets757 — 
Change in accounts payable and accrued expenses(735)(3,055)
Change in operating lease liabilities(2,143)(2,102)
Change in other liabilities— (137)
Net cash used in operating activities$(7,880)$(315)
____________________
(1)Includes transaction fees in connection with the ClickDealer acquisition, pre-acquisition expenses, preferred warrants issuance costs, and post-acquisition related costs.
(2)Includes compliance-related legal and professional fees pre-acquisition transactions, and in 2022, costs associated with the Company’s strategic alternatives.

40

Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted EPS

We use the non-GAAP measures Adjusted Net Income (or Adjusted Net Loss, if applicable) and Adjusted EPS to assess operating performance. Management believes that these measures provide investors with useful information on period-to-period performance as evaluated by management and comparison with our past financial and operating performance. Management also believes these non-GAAP financial measures are useful in evaluating our operating performance compared to that of other companies in our industry, as this metric generally eliminates the effects of certain items that may vary from company to company for reasons unrelated to overall operating performance. We define Adjusted Net Income (Loss) as net loss attributable to Digital Media Solutions, Inc. adjusted for (x) costs associated with the change in fair value of warrant liabilities, debt extinguishment, acquisition-related costs, equity based compensation and restructuring charges and (y) the reallocation of net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests from the assumed acquisition by Digital Media Solutions, Inc. of all units of Digital Media Solutions Holdings, LLC (“DMSH LLC”) (other than units held by subsidiaries of Digital Media Solutions, Inc.) for newly-issued shares of Class A Common Stock of Digital Media Solutions, Inc. on a one-to-one basis. We define Adjusted EPS as adjusted net income or loss attributable to Digital Media Solutions, Inc. divided by the weighted-average shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding, assuming the acquisition by Digital Media Solutions, Inc. of all outstanding DMSH LLC units (other than units held by subsidiaries of Digital Media Solutions, Inc.) and Preferred Stock Units for newly-issued shares of Class A Common Stock on a one-to-one-basis.

The following table presents a reconciliation between GAAP Earnings Per Share and Non-GAAP Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted EPS (in thousands, except per share data):

Years Ended December 31,
20232022
Numerator:
Net loss$(122,693)$(52,500)
Net loss attributable to non-controlling interest(41,012)(20,548)
Accretion and dividend Series A and B convertible redeemable preferred stock(11,653)— 
Net loss attributable to Digital Media Solutions, Inc. - Class A common stock - basic$(93,334)$(31,952)
Denominator:
  Weighted-average Class A common shares outstanding – basic2,920 2,581 
Add: dilutive effects of equity awards under the 2020 Omnibus Incentive Plan— 
Weighted-average Class A common shares outstanding – diluted2,920 2,583 
Net loss per common share:
Basic – per Class A common shares$(31.96)$(12.38)
Diluted – per Class A common shares$(31.96)$(12.37)
41


Years Ended December 31,
20232022
Numerator:
Net loss attributable to Digital Media Solutions, Inc. - Class A common stock - basic and diluted$(93,334)$(31,952)
Add adjustments:
Change in fair value of warrant liabilities(9,185)(3,360)
Acquisition costs3,833 1,650 
Change in fair value of contingent consideration liabilities(1,833)2,583 
Restructuring costs6,298 2,312 
Stock-based compensation expense3,051 6,656 
2,164 9,841 
Adjusted net loss attributable to Digital Media Solutions, Inc. - basic and diluted(91,170)(22,111)
Denominator:
Weighted-average shares outstanding - basic2,920 2,581 
Weighted-average LLC Units of DMSH, LLC that are convertible into Class A common stock1,713 1,634 
Weighted-average Preferred Stock Units that are convertible into Class A common stock1,738 — 
6,371 4,215 
Adjusted EPS - basic and diluted$(14.31)$(5.25)

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Overview

The following table summarizes certain key measures of our liquidity and capital resources (in thousands):

December 31,
2023
December 31,
2022
$ Change% Change
Cash and cash equivalents and Restricted cash$18,968 $48,839 $(29,871)(61)%
Availability under revolving credit facility$— $10,000 $(10,000)(100)%
Total Debt$298,018 $261,625 $36,393 14 %

Our capital resources are focused on investments in our technology solutions, corporate infrastructure and strategic acquisitions to further expand into new business sectors and/or expand sales in existing sectors. Our principal sources of liquidity on a short-term basis are cash and cash equivalents, and cash flows provided by operations. Our primary use of cash is compensation to our employees and payments for general operating expenses.

From time to time, we may access debt or equity capital markets to meet our working capital and/or capital expenditure needs.


During the second quarter of 2023, the Company experienced an unexpected decline in revenues due to the continued weakness in the insurance sector. See Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations. The decline in revenue adversely affected the Company's liquidity. In response, during the second quarter, the Company drew the remaining $10.0 million available under its Revolving Facility and subsequently has undertaken efforts to improve its liquidity by undertaking further cost-savings initiatives.

On August 16, 2023, DMS LLC and DMSH LLC, along with certain subsidiaries of the Company, entered into a first amendment to the Credit Facility, the First Amendment, which, among other things modified the Credit Facility as further described under “—Credit Facilities”.

For the year ended December 31, 2018, we had net income of approximately $2.62023, the Company elected to exercise its available PIK elections. Accordingly, $19.1 million which consisted of approximately $3.1and $4.3 million of PIK interest income, offset by approximately $490,000 of general and administrative costs.

For the period from November 29, 2017 (inception) to December 31, 2017, we had net loss of approximately $8,800, which consisted of $11 in interest income, offset by approximately $8,800 in general and administrative costs.

Going Concern Consideration

As indicated in the accompanying audited financial statements, at December 31, 2018, we had approximately $550,000 in our operating bank account, approximately $3.1 million of interest income available in the trust account to pay for taxes, and working capital of approximately $585,000.

Through December 31, 2018, our liquidity needs have been satisfied through receipt of a $25,000 capital contribution from the sponsor in exchange for the issuance of the founder shares to the sponsor, $325,000 in loans from the sponsor, and the net proceeds from the consummation of the private placement not held in the trust account.

In addition, in order to finance transaction costs in connection with a Business Combination, the sponsor or an affiliate of the sponsor, or certain of the company’s officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan the company funds as may be required (the “Working Capital Loans”) of up to $1.5 million.

We intend to use substantially all of the funds held in the trust account, including any amounts representing interest earned on the trust account (less taxes payable and deferred underwriting commissions), to complete our initial Business Combination. We may withdraw interest income (if any) to pay our income taxes, if any. Our annual income tax obligations will depend on the amount of interest and other income earned on the amounts held in the trust account. We expect the interest income earned on the amount in the trust account (if any) will be sufficient to pay our income taxes. To the extent that our equity or debt is used, in whole or in part, as consideration to complete our initial Business Combination, the remaining proceeds held in the trust account will be used as working capital to finance the operations of the target business or businesses, make other acquisitions and pursue our growth strategies.

In connection with the company’s assessment of going concern considerations in accordance with Financial Accounting Standard Board’s Accounting Standards Update2014-15,Disclosures of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern,” management has determined that the mandatory liquidation and subsequent dissolution raises substantial doubt about the company’s ability to continue as a going concern. No adjustments have been made to the carrying amounts of assets or liabilities should the company be required to liquidate after February 15, 2020.

Related Party Transactions

Founder Shares

On December 8, 2017, the sponsor purchased 8,625,000 shares of the company’s Class B ordinary shares, par value $0.0001, for an aggregate price of $25,000. In February 2018, the sponsor effected a surrender of 2,875,000 founder shares to us for no consideration, resulting in a decrease in the total number of founder shares from 8,625,000 to 5,750,000. The founder shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares at the time of our initial Business Combination and are subject to certain transfer restrictions. The sponsor had agreed to forfeit up to 750,000 founder shares to the extent that the over-allotment option was not exercised in full by the underwriter. On March 29, 2018, the over-allotment option expired and an aggregate of 750,000 shares were subsequently forfeited by the sponsor.

The sponsor and our officers and directors have agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to transfer, assign or sell any of their founder shares until the earlier to occur of: (A) one year after the completion of the initial Business Combination or (B) subsequent to the initial Business Combination, (x) if the last sale price of the

Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days withinany 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after the initial Business Combination, or (y) the date on which the company completes a liquidation, merger, capital stock exchange or other similar transaction that results in all of the company’s shareholders having the right to exchange their ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property.

Private Placement Warrants

Concurrently with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the sponsor purchased 4,000,000 private placement Warrants at $1.50 per private placement Warrant, generating gross proceeds of $6.0 million in the private placement. The sponsor had agreed that if the over-allotment option were exercised, the sponsor would have purchased an additional 400,000 private placement Warrants at a price of $1.50 per private placement Warrant.

Each private placement Warrant is exercisable for one Class A ordinary share at a price of $11.50 per share. A portion of the proceeds from the sale of the private placement Warrantsexpense were added to the proceeds from the Initial Public Offering and deposited in the trust account. If the company does not complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period, the private placement Warrants will expire worthless. The privateplacement Warrants will be non-redeemable and exercisable on a cashless basis so long as they are held by the sponsor or its permitted transferees.

The sponsor and our officers and directors had agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to transfer, assign or sell any of their private placement Warrants until 30 days after the completionoutstanding principal balance of the initial Business Combination.

Related Party Loans

Term Loan and the Revolving Facility, respectively. As of December 31, 2023, the total outstanding balance of the Term Loan and the Revolving Facility is $242.9 million and $55.1 million, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2023, the effective interest rate was 13.4%,

42

for the Term Loan. The sponsor and its affiliate had loaned us an aggregate of $300,000 to cover expenseseffective interest rate related to the Initial Public Offering pursuantRevolving Facility was 13.1% for the year ended December 31, 2023.

Management believes that the expected impact on our liquidity and cash flows resulting from the debt amendments and the operational initiatives outlined above are sufficient to enable the Company to meet its obligations for at least twelve months from the issuance date of these consolidated financial statements. See “Item 1A. Risk Factors - Risks Related to Our Financial Condition” in this Annual Report.

Credit Facilities

The Term Loan, which was issued at an original issue discount of 1.80% or $4.2 million, is subject to payment of 1.0% of the original aggregate principal amount per annum paid quarterly, with a promissorynote. This loanbullet payment at maturity. The Term Loan will mature, and the revolving credit commitments under the Revolving Facility will terminate, on May 25, 2026, when any outstanding balances will become due. Under the original agreement, the Term Loan would bear interest at our option, at either (i) adjusted LIBOR plus 5.00% or (ii) the Base Rate plus 4.00%. From May 25, 2021 to July 3, 2023 our interest rate was non-interest bearingbased on LIBOR plus 5.00%.

Under the original agreement, borrowings under the Revolving Facility would bear interest, at our option, at either (i) adjusted LIBOR plus 4.25% or (ii) a base rate which is equal to the highest of (a) the administrative agent’s prime rate, (b) the federal funds rate, as in effect from time to time, plus 0.50%, (c) one-month LIBOR plus 1.00%, and became(d) 1.75% (the “Base Rate”), plus 3.25%. DMS LLC pays a 0.50% per annum commitment fee in arrears on the undrawn portion of the revolving commitments. From May 25, 2021 to July 3, 2023, our interest rate was based on LIBOR plus 5.00% . The Company drew $10.0 million on May 24, 2023.

On July 3, 2023, the borrowings under the Term Loan and Revolving Facility were amended to transition LIBOR to the Term SOFR as the basis for establishing the interest rate applicable to borrowings under the agreements.

On August 16, 2023, DMS LLC and DMSH LLC, along with certain subsidiaries of the Company, entered into the First Amendment with the Lenders, which, among other things, modified the Credit Facility as follows:

a.allows for the payment-in-kind (“PIK”) of the quarterly interest payments due and payable on September 30, 2023 and each of the following three quarters, with all PIK interest required to be repaid no later than December 31, 2025;
b.provides that (a) if the borrower exercises the PIK option, the interest rate will be equal to SOFR+11%; (b) if interest is paid in cash during the PIK period, the rate will be equal to SOFR+8%; and (c) following the PIK period, the interest rate will be equal to SOFR+8%; provided that if the Company (1) achieves the credit rating of B3 by Moody’s and B- by S&P, and (2) has repaid the aggregate capitalized PIK interest, the interest rate will be SOFR + 6.0%;
c.if any loans under the Credit Facility remain outstanding on or after January 1, 2025, back-end PIK interest will accrue as follows: 5% for the period from January 1, 2025 through June 30, 2025; 7.5% for the period from July 1, 2025 through December 31, 2025; and 10% in calendar year 2026 until maturity;
d.eliminates the total net leverage ratio covenant for the remainder of 2023, inclusive of the second quarter of 2023, and sets the total net leverage ratio of DMSH LLC and its restricted subsidiaries starting at 15.6 and 10.6x for the first and second quarters of 2024, respectively, and varying for every quarter thereafter, down to 6.9x for the fourth quarter of 2025 and until maturity;
e.eliminates the right of the Borrower to undertake an equity cure to cure any breach of the total net leverage ratio covenant;
f.establishes a minimum liquidity covenant of $9 million for the remainder of 2023 excluding December 31, 2023, and $10 million from December 31, 2023 and thereafter until maturity (subject to the Company’s ability to exercise an equity cure solely with respect to the liquidity covenant);
g.modifies in certain respects the affirmative and negative covenants and the events of default in the Credit Facility, including subjecting non ordinary course investments and restricted distributions to consent of the requisite Lenders; and
h.establishes a minimum payment for the revolver of 1.0%per annum of the original aggregate principal amount of the Revolving Facility outstanding as of the First Amendment’s effective date, paid quarterly.

For the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company elected to exercise its available PIK elections. Accordingly, $19.1 million and $4.3 million of PIK interest expense were added to the outstanding principal balance of the Term Loan and the Revolving Facility, respectively. As of December 31, 2023, the total outstanding balance of the Term Loan and the Revolving Facility is $242.9 million and $55.1 million, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2023, the effective interest rate was 13.4%, for the Term Loan. The effective interest rate related to the Revolving Facility was 13.1% for the year ended December 31, 2023.

43

The Credit Facility is conditioned upon the completionCompany’s compliance with specified covenants, including certain reporting covenants and financial covenants that, in addition to other items, require the Company to maintain a maximum net leverage ratio. As of December 31, 2023, compliance with the Initial Public Offering. We repaid $300,000 on February 15, 2018. In addition, the sponsor and its affiliate loaned us another $25,000 for working capital. We fully repaid this amount on February 20, 2018.

In addition, in order to finance transaction costsnet leverage ratio covenant was waived in connection with a Business Combination,entry into the sponsor or an affiliateFirst Amendment. As of December 31, 2022, the Company was in breach of the sponsor, or certainnet leverage ratio, which it cured on March 30, 2023 through the funds received in connection with the issuance of our officersSeries A and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds as may be required. If we complete a Business Combination, we would repay the Working Capital Loans out of the proceeds of the trust account released to the company. Otherwise, the Working Capital Loans would be repaid only out of funds held outside the trust account. In the event that a Business Combination does not close, we may use a portion of the proceeds held outside the trust account to repay the Working Capital Loans but no proceeds held in the trust account would be used to repay the Working Capital Loans. Except for the foregoing, the terms of such Working Capital Loans, if any, have not been determinedSeries B convertible Preferred stock and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. The Working Capital Loans would either be repaid upon consummation of a Business Combination, without interest, or, at the lender’s discretion, up to $1.5 million of such Working Capital Loans may be convertible into warrants of the post Business Combination entity at a price of $1.50 per warrant. The warrants would be identical to the private placement Warrants. As of December 31, 20182023, the Company was in compliance with the Credit Facility’s minimum liquidity covenant.


As of March 31, 2024, the Company was in breach of the net leverage ratio covenant under its Credit Facility, which it cured as of April 17, 2024, when DMS, LLC, DMSH LLC and 2017, no Working Capital Loans were outstanding.

Administrative Support Agreement

We have agreed, commencingcertain of the Company’s subsidiaries entered into a second amendment and waiver (the “Second Amendment”) to its existing Credit Facility with a syndicate of lenders, arranged by Truist Bank and Fifth Third Bank, as joint lead arrangers, and Truist Bank, as administrative agent and collateral agent. The Second Amendment introduced new Tranche A term loan commitments in the amount of $22 million with a maturity date of February 25, 2026, increasing our total borrowing capacity under the Credit Facility from $275 million to $297 million. The Second Amendment allows the Company to PIK the quarterly interest payments due and payable for the quarter ended March 31, 2024 and each of the following quarters up to and including the quarter ending on March 31, 2025; and waives compliance with the net leverage ratio covenant through June 30, 2025.


The Second Amendment also includes certain limited waivers related to prior defaults and events of default under the Credit Facility, amends certain negative and affirmative covenants applicable to us and adds certain additional covenants. In accordance with the Second Amendment, we are required to maintain a minimum aggregate amount of unrestricted and uncommitted cash and cash equivalents held in U.S. dollars during the period of time from and after the Second Amendment effective date of at least $5 million. Further, we have agreed to a variance test in which (i) the Initial Public OfferingCompany disbursements during a variance testing period shall not be more than 15% in February 2018 throughexcess of the earlieramount reflected in the corresponding period in the Credit Facility’s loan parties’ projected cash flows prepared in consultation with a financial advisor (the “Cash Flow Forecast”) or (ii) the Company’s aggregate net cash receipts, (a) during the two week period after the Second Amendment effective date, will not be less than 80%, for the trailing two week period, of the aggregate cash receipts forecasted in the Cash Flow Forecast applicable during such testing period, (b) during the three week period after the Second Amendment effective date, will not be less than 82.5%, for the trailing three week period of the aggregate cash receipts forecasted in the Cash Flow Forecast applicable during such testing period and (c) during the four week period after the Second Amendment effective date and thereafter, will not be less than 85%for the trailing four week period of the aggregate cash receipts forecasted in the Cash Flow Forecast applicable during such testing period.

In connection with the Second Amendment, we must pay a 8.0% commitment fee, which shall be fully earned on the initial funding disbursement date and payable as PIK interest on the Second Amendment effective date. Further, under the terms of the Second Amendment, we have agreed to promptly commence a strategic review and marketing process for a sale of all or substantially all of our consummationassets, which is subject to certain milestones. Refer to Note 8. Debt in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data of this Annual Report, for further detail on our debt.

Cash flows from operating activities
Net cash used in operating activities was $7.9 million for the year December 31, 2023 as compared to $0.3 million used in operating activities in the year December 31, 2022. The increase in cash used in operating activities is primarily attributable to lower business performance and increase in accounts payable and current accrued expenses due to timing of vendor payments.

Cash flows from investing activities
Net cash used in investing activities for the year December 31, 2023 increased by $30.9 million or 335% to $40.2 million from $9.2 million for the year December 31, 2022, primarily due to the acquisition of ClickDealer during the first quarter of 2023.

Cash flows from financing activities
Net cash provided by financing activities for the year December 31, 2023 was $18.2 million, reflecting an decrease of $13.8 million or 43%, as compared to $32.0 million for the year December 31, 2022. This decrease was primarily due to the a Business Combination and our liquidation, to pay an affiliatereduction in draws of the sponsor a totalrevolving credit facility compared to the prior year, offset partially by the issuance of $10,000 per month for office space, utilitiespreferred shares and secretarial and administrative support. Duringwarrants in the current year.

For the year ended December 31, 2018, an aggregate2023, our Unlevered Free Cash Flow conversion rate decreased 41% due to lower business performance.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not have any outstanding off-balance sheet guarantees, interest rate swap transactions or foreign currency forward contracts. In addition, we do not engage in trading activities involving non-exchange traded contracts. In our ongoing business,
44

we do not enter into transactions involving, or otherwise form relationships with, such services was recorded in general and administrative expenses inunconsolidated entities or financial partnerships that are established for the accompanying Statementspurpose of Operations. As of December 31, 2018, the full amount of $105,000 was accrued on the accompanying balance sheets (the “Balance Sheets”).

facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes.


Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

This management’s discussion and analysis of


We have prepared our financial condition and results of operations is based on ourconsolidated financial statements which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires usIn doing so, management is required to make estimates and judgmentsassumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities revenuesand revenue and expenses andduring the disclosurereporting period. Actual results could differ significantly from these estimates. A number of contingent assets and liabilities in our financial statements. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate ourthe estimates and judgments, including those relatedassumptions relate to fair value of financial instrument and accrued expenses.matters that are inherently uncertain as they pertain to future events. We base ourthese estimates and assumptions on historical experience known trends and events andor on various other factors that we believe to be reasonable and appropriate under the circumstances,circumstances. On an ongoing basis, we reconsider and evaluate our estimates and assumptions.

We believe that the resultsaccounting policies listed below involve our more significant judgments, estimates and assumptions and, therefore, could have the greatest potential impact on our consolidated financial statements. In addition, we believe that a discussion of which formthese policies is necessary to understand and evaluate the basis for making judgments aboutconsolidated financial statements included in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data of this Annual Report.

Acquisitions
Under the carryingacquisition method of accounting, the Company recognizes, separately from goodwill, the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their estimated acquisition date fair values. The excess of the fair value of purchase consideration over the fair values of these identifiable assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actualrecorded as goodwill.

The Company performs valuations of assets acquired and liabilities assumed and allocates the purchase price to its respective assets and liabilities. Determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed requires management to use significant judgment and estimates, including the selection of valuation methodologies, estimates of future revenue, costs and cash flows, discount rates, and selection of comparable companies. Management’s estimates of fair value are based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable, but which are inherently uncertain and unpredictable. As a result, actual results may differ from these estimates. During the measurement period, the Company may record adjustments to acquired assets and assumed liabilities, with corresponding offsets to goodwill. Upon the conclusion of a measurement period, any subsequent adjustments are recorded to earnings.

At the acquisition date, the Company measures the fair values of all assets acquired and liabilities assumed that arise from contractual contingencies. The Company also measures the fair values of all non-contractual contingencies if, as of the acquisitions date, it is more likely than not that the contingencies will give rise to assets or liabilities.

Acquisition related costs not considered part of the considerations are expensed as incurred and recorded in Acquisition costs within the consolidated statements of operations.

Contingent consideration
The Company recognizes the fair value of any contingent consideration that is transferred to the seller in a business combination on the date at which control of the acquiree is obtained. Contingent consideration is classified as a liability or as equity on the basis of the definitions of an equity instrument and a financial liability. Since the Company’s contingent consideration can be paid in cash or DMS Class A Common Stock, at the election of the Company, the Company classifies its contingent consideration as a liability. Contingent consideration payments related to acquisitions are measured at fair value at each reporting period using Level 3 unobservable inputs. The Company’s estimates of fair value are based upon projected cash flows, estimated volatility and other inputs which are uncertain and involve significant judgments by management. Any changes in the fair value of these contingent consideration payments are included in income from operations in the consolidated statements of operations.

Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets
We establish an income tax valuation allowance when available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that all or a portion of a deferred tax asset (“DTA”) will not be realized. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, we consider the amounts and timing of expected future deductions or carryforwards and sources of taxable income that may enable utilization. We maintain an existing valuation allowance until enough positive evidence exists to support its reversal. Changes in the amount or timing of expected future deductions or taxable income may have a material impact on the level of income tax valuation allowances. Our assessment of the realizability of the DTA requires judgment about its future results. Inherent in this estimation is the requirement for us to estimate future book and taxable income and possible tax planning strategies. These estimates require us to exercise judgment about our future results, the prudence and feasibility of possible tax planning strategies, and the economic environment in which the Company does business. It is possible that the actual results will differ from the assumptions and require adjustments to the allowance. Adjustments to the allowance would affect future net income (see Note 14. Income Taxes).
45


Preferred Stock
Although the Preferred Stock are mandatorily redeemable, the Preferred Stock have a substantive conversion feature; and therefore, are not required to be classified as a liability under differentASC 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity. However, as the Preferred Stock are mandatorily redeemable, redeemable in certain circumstances at the option of the holder, and redeemable in certain circumstances upon the occurrence of an event that is not solely within the Company’s control, the Company has classified the Preferred Stock as mezzanine equity in the consolidated balance sheets. The Company measures the Preferred Stock at its maximum redemption value plus dividends not currently declared or paid but which will be payable upon redemption. Due to the complexity of the preferred stock, there is significant judgment that is required in applying the appropriate accounting guidance to determine the correct balance sheet classification.

Goodwill and other intangible assets
Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price consideration of an acquired business over the fair value of the underlying net tangible and intangible assets acquired. We test goodwill for impairment annually or more frequently if triggering events occur or other impairment indicators arise which might impair recoverability. These events or circumstances would include a significant change in the business climate, legal factors, operating performance indicators, competition, sale, disposition of a significant portion of the business or other factors.

ASC 350, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other, allows entities to first use a qualitative approach to test goodwill for impairment by determining whether it is more likely than not (a likelihood of greater than 50%) that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. If the qualitative assessment supports that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the asset exceeds its carrying value, a quantitative impairment test is not required. If the qualitative assessment indicates that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying value, the Company will perform the quantitative goodwill impairment test, in which we compare the fair value of the reporting unit, determined using an income approach based on the present value of expected future cash flows, a market approach, or combination of both, given each assessment period’s specific facts and circumstances, to the respective carrying value, which includes goodwill. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, then goodwill is not considered impaired. If the carrying value is higher than the fair value, the difference would be recognized as an impairment loss.

We account for our business combinations using the acquisition accounting method, which requires us to determine the fair value of net assets acquired and the related goodwill and intangible assets. Determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed requires management’s judgment and involves the use of significant estimates, including projections of future cash flows, discount rates, asset lives and market multiples.

Interim Testing
In 2023, the Company considered if an interim event occurred or circumstances changed that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. In the second quarter of 2023, the Company determined that the recent economic downturn and inflation, along with the Company’s revenue reduction and decreased stock market price were indicators of impairment for the Marketplace reporting unit under ASC 350-20, Goodwill, and ASC 360-10, Impairment and Disposal of Long-Lived Assets for certain asset groups during 2023. The Company determined the fair value of goodwill at the reporting unit level utilizing a combination of a discounted cash flow analysis incorporating variables such as revenue projections, projected operating cash flow margins, and discount rates, as well as a market-based approach employing comparable sales analysis. The valuation assumptions or conditions. We believeused in the discounted cash flow model reflect historical performance of the Company, the prevailing values in the Company’s industry, including the extent of the economic downturn related to the recent inflation and its economic contraction and its expected timing of recovery. The result of our analysis indicated that there have been nowas goodwill impairment of $33.8 million for the related to the Marketplace reporting unit, which was recorded as impairment of goodwill in the consolidated statements of operations for the quarter ended June 30, 2023.

Further, the Company performed quarterly recoverability tests for certain asset groups to determine whether an impairment loss should be measured on intangible assets. The undiscounted cash flows in the recoverability tests were compared to each identified asset group’s carrying value. During the second quarter of 2023, the Company identified three asset groups with carrying value in excess of the current projected undiscounted cash flows for those asset groups, and therefore calculated the fair value of the finite-lived intangible assets. Intangible assets include technology, brand, and customer relationships. The fair value of technology was determined using the Relief from Royalty Approach; fair value of the customer relationships was determined using the Multi Period Excess Earnings Method; and fair value of the brand was determined using the Relief from Royalty Method. As a result of the fair value being lower than the carrying value for certain assets, the Company recorded impairment loss of $7.8 million in the second quarter of 2023, to intangible assets which were in asset groups included in the Marketplace reporting unit, which is included in the consolidated statements of operations as Impairment of intangible assets.

Annual Testing
Additionally, the Company reviews goodwill as of December 31 each year and whenever events or significant changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. We evaluate the recoverability of goodwill at the
46

reporting unit level. For the year ended December 31, 2023, the result of our annual impairment test indicated that there were goodwill impairment indicators for the Brand Direct segment, as the carrying value of that reporting unit exceeded the fair value. The fair value of each reporting unit for 2023 was estimated using a combination of the income approach, which incorporates the use of the discounted cash flow method, and the market approach, which incorporates the use of earnings and revenue multiples based on market data. The Company’s estimates of fair value are based upon projected cash flows, weighted average cost of capital and other inputs which are uncertain and involve significant judgments by management.

The result of our analysis indicated that there was Goodwill impairment of $15.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 related to the Brand Direct reporting unit. Combined with the Marketplace related goodwill impairment booked during the second quarter of $33.8 million as described above, total goodwill impairment for the year ended December 31, 2023 was $49.4 million.

We review intangible assets with finite lives subject to amortization whenever events or circumstances indicate that a carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. We evaluate the recoverability of intangible assets at the asset group level. Recoverability of these assets is determined by comparing the carrying value of these assets to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by these asset groups. These asset groups are impaired when their carrying value exceeds their fair value. Impaired intangible assets with finite lives subject to amortization are written down to their fair value with a charge to expense in the period the impairment is identified. intangible assets with finite lives are amortized on a straight-line basis with estimated useful lives generally between three and fifteen years. Events or circumstances that might require impairment testing include the loss of a significant client, the identification of other impaired assets within a reporting unit, loss of key personnel, the disposition of a significant portion of a reporting unit, significant decline in stock price or a significant adverse change in business climate or regulations. The Company further determined that the recent economic downturn and inflation, along with the Company’s revenue reduction and decreased stock market price were indicators of impairment under ASC 360-10, Impairment and Disposal of Long-Lived Assets for certain asset groups during 2023 and 2022.
As a result, the Company calculated the fair value of those finite-lived intangible assets. Intangible assets primarily include technology, brand, and customer relationships. The Company determined the fair value of each asset group utilizing a discounted cash flow analysis incorporating variables such as revenue projections, projected operating cash flow margins, and discount rates. The valuation assumptions used in the discounted cash flow model reflect historical performance of the Company, the prevailing values in the Company’s industry, including the extent of the economic downturn related to increased inflation, the economic contraction in our industry and its expected timing of recovery. As a result of the fair value being lower than the carrying value for these asset groups, the Company recorded additional impairment of intangible assets of $1.5 million,$14.7 million, and $0.5 million to intangible assets which are in asset groups included in Brand Direct, Marketplace and Technology Solutions reporting units, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2023.

Refer to Note 1. Business, Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data of this Annual Report, for information on our critical and significant accounting policies as discussedpolicies.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

Refer to Note 1. Business, Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data of this Annual Report, for a more detailed discussion on recent accounting pronouncements and the related impact on our final prospectus relatingconsolidated financial statements.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

In addition to our Initial Public Offering and our Current Report onForm 8-K filed with the SEC on February 14, 2018 and February 22, 2018, respectively.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Obligations

inherent operational risks, the Company is exposed to certain market risks, primarily related to changes in interest rates.


As of December 31, 20182023 we had $242.9 million and 2017, we did not have anyoff-balance sheet arrangements$55.1 million outstanding under our Term Loan and our Revolving Facility, respectively, which had an effective rate of 13.40% and 13.10%, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2023.

On July 3, 2023, the Term Loan and Revolving Facility were amended to transition LIBOR to the Term Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR) as definedthe basis for establishing the interest rate applicable to borrowings under the agreements. Refer to Note 8. Debt in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Item 303(a)(4)(ii) ofRegulation S-K8. Financial Statements and did not have any commitments or contractual obligations.

JOBS Act

The JOBS Act contains provisions that, among other things, relax certain reporting requirements for qualifying public companies. We will qualify as an “emerging growth company” and under the JOBS Act will be allowed to comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements based on the effective date for private (not publicly traded) companies. We are electing to delay the adoption of new or revised accounting standards, and as a result, we may not comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards isrequired for non-emerging growth companies. As a result, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.

Additionally, we are in the process of evaluating the benefits of relying on the other reduced reporting requirements provided by the JOBS Act. Subject to certain conditions set forth in the JOBS Act, if, as an “emerging growth company,” we choose to rely on such exemptions we may not be required to, among other things, (i) provide an auditor’s attestation report on our system of internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404, (ii) provide all of the compensation disclosure that may be required ofnon-emerging growth public companies under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, (iii) comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the PCAOB regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements (auditor discussion and analysis) and (iv) disclose certain executive compensation related items such as the correlation between executive compensation and performance and comparisons of the CEO’s compensation to median employee compensation. These exemptions will apply for a period of five years following the completion of our initial public offering or until we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” whichever is earlier.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

As of December 31, 2018, we were not subject to any market or interest rate risk. Following the consummation of our Initial Public Offering, the net proceeds of our Initial Public Offering, including amounts in the trust account, were invested in U.S. government treasury bills, notes or bonds with a maturity of 180 days or less or in certain money market funds that invest solely in U.S. treasuries. Due to the short-term nature of these investments, we do not believe that there will be an associated material exposure to interest rate risk.

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

This information appears following Item 16Supplementary Data of this Annual Report, and is incorporated hereinfor further details on our debt.


We are a smaller reporting company as defined by reference.

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Disclosure controls and procedures are controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed or submitted underRule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in company reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

As of December 31, 2018, as required byRules 13a-15 and15d-15 under the Exchange Act, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures. Based upon their evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined inRules 13a-15(e) and15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) were effective.

Management’s Report on Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting

This Annual Report onForm 10-K does not include a report of management’s assessment regarding internal control over financial reporting or an attestation report of our independent registered public accounting firm due to a transition period established by rules of the SEC for newly public companies.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

During the most recently completed fiscal quarter, there has been no change in our internal control over financial reporting, as defined inRules 13a-15(f) and15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

None.

PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Directors and Executive Officers

Our officers and directors are as follows:

Name

Age

Position

Lyndon Lea

50

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Robert Darwent

47

Chief Financial Officer and Director

Robert Bensoussan

61

Director

Lori Bush

62

Director

Mary E. Minnick

59

Director

Lyndon Lea, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, is a founder of Lion Capital and serves as its Managing Partner since its inception in 2004. Prior to founding Lion Capital, Mr. Lea was a partner of Hicks, Muse, Tate & Furst where heco-founded its European operations in 1998. From 1994 to 1998, Mr. Lea served at Glenisla, the former European affiliate of Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co., prior to which he was an investment banker at Schroders in London and Goldman Sachs in New York. Mr. Lea graduated with a BA in Honors Business Administration from the University of Western Ontario in Canada in 1990.

Mr. Lea has been active in the investment arena for 28 years, 24 of which have been exclusively focused on private equity. Mr. Lea has led the acquisitions of over 25 investments, including notable brands such as Weetabix, Jimmy Choo, Orangina, Kettle Foods, wagamama, Picard and Authentic Brands Group, amongst many others. Mr. Lea is currently Chairman of the contemporary fashion brand AllSaints where he served as Executive Chairman for the first 18 months of the investment, from May 2011 to October 2012. Under Mr. Lea’s guidance, AllSaints has seen a 62% increase in revenue. Mr. Lea is also a director of menswear brand, John Varvatos; premium skincare company, Perricone MD; accessible jewelry company, Alex & Ani; luxury sneaker brand, Buscemi; and premium apparel brand, Paige.

Mr. Lea previously led investments in, and sat on the board of, UK cereal company Weetabix; French food manufacturer Materne; restaurant chain wagamama; global, luxury shoe company, Jimmy Choo; private label razor business, Personna; soft drinks business, Orangina; snack business, Kettle Foods; Finnish bakery company, Vaasan; European frozen food brand, Findus; Dutch foodservice company, Ad Van Geloven; global hair accessories brand ghd; French frozen retailer, Picard; global brand development, marketing and entertainment company, Authentic Brands Group; UK food company, Premier Foods (LON:PFD); UK biscuit business, Burton’s Foods; UK furniture company, Christie-Tyler; leading European automotive valuation guide, EurotaxGlass’s; Polish cable company, Aster City; champagne houses G.H. Mumm andChampagne-Perrier-Jouët; directories group, Yell; and clothing company, American Apparel. Mr. Lea also previously sat on the board of Aber, a diamond mining company which owned the luxury jewelry brand Harry Winston.

We believe Mr. Lea’s deep consumer industry background, coupled with broad operational and transactional experience, make him well qualified to serve as a Director.

Robert Darwent is our Chief Financial Officer and serves on our board of directors. Alongside Mr. Lea, Mr. Darwent is a founder of Lion Capital where he sits on the Investment Committee and Operating Committee of the firm. Prior to founding Lion Capital in 2004, Mr. Darwent worked with Mr. Lea in the European operations of Hicks, Muse, Tate & Furst since its formation in 1998. From 1995 to 1998, Mr. Darwent worked in the London office of Morgan Stanley in their investment banking and private equity groups. Mr. Darwent graduated from Cambridge University in 1995.

Mr. Darwent is currently a director of the following companies: Authentic Brands Group, the global brand licensing company; Blow Ltd, the online beauty services provider; Lenny & Larry’s, the US protein-enhanced cookie brand; Loungers, the UK bar and restaurant chain; Spence Diamonds, a North American diamond jewelry retailer; and Young’s Seafood, the UK chilled and frozen food manufacturer. Previously, Mr. Darwent has sat on the board of the following companies: AS Adventure, the leading European outdoor specialist retailer; Burton’s Foods, the UK biscuit business; Christie-Tyler, the UK furniture manufacturer; ghd, the global hair appliances business; Jimmy Choo, the luxury shoe and accessories brand; La Senza, the UK lingerie retailer; G.H. Mumm and ChampagnePerrier-Jouët, the champagne houses; wagamama, the restaurant chain; and Weetabix, the cereal company.

We believe Mr. Darwent’s deep consumer industry background, coupled with broad operational and transactional experience, make him well qualified to serve as a Director.

Robert Bensoussan serves on our board of directors and is the former Chief Executive Officer of Jimmy Choo, where he served from 2001 to 2011, and the former Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of LK Bennett, where

he served from 2008 to 2016. Since 2008, Mr. Bensoussan has been a director and the majority owner of Sirius Equity LLP, a UK company that invests in retail and brands based in the UK and Europe. In the past four years, Mr. Bensoussan has invested in UK shoe and clothing retailer LK Bennett and feelunique.com, one of Europe’s largest online beauty retailers. Mr. Bensoussan is also on the board of lululemon athletica Inc. (NASDAQ:LULU) and of Inter Parfums, Inc. (NASDAQ:IPAR). Mr. Bensoussan is also a member of four private boards, including French retail conglomerate The Vivarte Group, Zen Cars, a Belgian electric car rental company, Eaglemoss, a UK part-works publisher, and he is a member of the Advisory Board of Pictet Bank Premium Brands Fund. Mr. Bensoussan has a degree in business from ESSEC Business School in France, which he received in 1980.

We believe Mr. Bensoussan’s deep consumer industry background, coupled with broad operational and transactional experience, make him well qualified to serve as a Director.

Lori Bush serves on our board of directors and is the former President and Chief Executive Officer of Rodan + Fields, a US manufacturer and Social Commerce company specializing in skincare products, where she served from October 2007 until her retirement in January 2016. During her tenure as President and Chief Executive Officer, Ms. Bush helped grow the company from astart-up to one of the largest premium skincare brands in the United States with almost $1 billion annual sales. With more than 25 years’ experience in the consumer and health care products industries, Ms. Bush was responsible for overseeing the brand’s entrance into the direct selling arena. A seasoned direct selling leader, Ms. Bush previously served from February 2000 to March 2006 as President of the personal care segment of Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc. (NYSE:NUS), a $1 billion global direct selling company operating in more than 40 markets around the world. During her tenure with the company, Ms. Bush acted as a global spokesperson for the brand while leading the marketing, operations and research and development functions. Ms. Bush has also held several leadership positions, from 1993 to 2000, within the skincare franchise of Johnson & Johnson Consumer Products Companies, including Worldwide Executive Director Skin Care Ventures and Vice President of Professional Marketing at Neutrogena. Ms. Bush was also a director of Viveve Medical, Inc. (NASDAQ:VIVE), where she served from 2016 to 2018. Since August 2018, Ms. Bush is the chairman of the board of managers of New Avon LLC, which specializes in cosmetic products. Ms. Bush has a Bachelor of Science in Medical Technology, which she received from Ohio State University in 1978 and an MBA from Temple University which she received in 1985.

We believe Ms. Bush’s deep consumer industry background, coupled with broad operational and transactional experience, make her well qualified to serve as a Director.

Mary E. Minnick serves on our board of directors and was a Partner of Lion Capital from 2007 until 2017. Previously, Ms. Minnick served in various capacities at The Coca-Cola Company (NYSE:KO), including as Chief Operating Officer of Asia and Global President of Marketing, Strategy and Innovation, from 1983 to 2007. During her tenure at The Coca-Cola Company, Ms. Minnick led the strategic planning process for all markets and held direct responsibility for strategic planning, marketing, new product development, product quality, advertising, media, environmental policies, sustainability, research and development, science and regulatory affairs, worldwide packaging and equipment. In her role as Chief Operating Officer of Asia from 2002 to 2005, Ms. Minnick was responsible for the management of 30 countries throughout Asia, over $6 billion in revenue and approximately $2 billion in net income. Ms. Minnick is a member of the board of directors of the Target Corporation (NYSE:TGT), which she joined in 2005. Ms. Minnick has also served as a member of the board of directors of the global brewer Heineken (AMS:HEIA) from 2008 to 2015 and the consumer packaged food and beverage company WhiteWave Foods Co. (NYSE:WWAV) from 2012 to 2016. Ms. Minnick has an MBA from Duke University and a BA in Business from Bowling Green State University.

We believe Ms. Minnick’s deep consumer industry background, coupled with broad operational and transactional experience, make her well qualified to serve as a Director.

Number and Terms of Office of Officers and Directors

Our board of directors is divided into three classes, with only one class of directors being elected in each year, and with each class (except for those directors appointed prior to our first annual meeting of shareholders) serving a three-year term. In accordance with NYSE corporate governance requirements, we are not required to hold an annual meeting until one year after our first fiscal year end following our listing on NYSE. The termprovide the information otherwise required under this Item 7A.


47

Item 8. Financial Statements and Lori Bush, will expire at our first annual meeting of shareholders. The term of office of the second class of directors, consisting of Robert Darwent and Mary E. Minnick, will expire at our second annual meeting of shareholders. The term of office of the third class of directors, consisting of Lyndon Lea, will expire at our third annual meeting of shareholders.

Prior to the completion of an initial business combination, any vacancy on the board of directors may be filled by a nominee chosen by holders of a majority of our founder shares. In addition, prior to the completion of an initial business combination, holders of a majority of our founder shares may remove a member of the board of directors for any reason.

Pursuant to a registration and shareholder rights agreement, our sponsor, upon consummation of an initial business combination, will be entitled to nominate one person for election to our board of directors.

Supplementary Data


Our officers are appointed by the board of directors and serve at the discretion of the board of directors, rather than for specific terms of office. Our board of directors is authorized to appoint persons to the offices set forth in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association as it deems appropriate. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that our officers may consist of one or more chairman of the board, chief executive officer, president, chief financial officer, vice presidents, secretary, treasurer and such other offices as may be determined by the board of directors.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Our board of directors has three standing committees: an audit committee, a nominating committee and a compensation committee. Each committee operates under a charter that has been approved by our board and has the composition and responsibilities described below. The charter of each committee is available on our website.

Audit Committee

Our board of directors has established an audit committee. Lori Bush, Robert Bensoussan and Mary E. Minnick serve as members of our audit committee. Under the NYSE listing standards and applicable SEC rules, we are required to have three members of the audit committee, all of whom must be independent. Pursuant to the NYSE’sphase-in rules for newly listed companies, we have one year from the date on which we are first listed on the NYSE to have our audit committee be comprised of three members. Our board of directors has determined that each of Lori Bush, Robert Bensoussan and Mary E. Minnick are independent. Mr. Bensoussan serves as the Chairman of the audit committee. Each member of the audit committee is financially literate and our board of directors has determined that Mr. Bensoussan qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in applicable SEC rules.

The audit committee operates pursuant to a charter and is responsible for:

meeting with our independent registered public accounting firm regarding, among other issues, audits, and adequacy of our accounting and control systems;

monitoring the independence of the independent registered public accounting firm;

verifying the rotation of the lead (or coordinating) audit partner having primary responsibilitystatements for the auditfiscal years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, and the audit partner responsible for reviewing the audit as required by law;

inquiring and discussing with management our compliance with applicable laws and regulations;

pre-approving all audit services and permittednon-audit services to be performed by our independent registered public accounting firm, including the fees and terms of the services to be performed;

appointing or replacing the independent registered public accounting firm;

determining the compensation and oversight of the workreports thereon of the independent registered public accounting firm (including resolution of disagreements between management and the independent auditor regarding financial reporting) for the purpose of preparing or issuing an audit report or related work;

establishing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by us regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or reports which raise material issues regarding our financial statements or accounting policies;

monitoring compliance on a quarterly basis with the terms of our Initial Public Offering and, if any noncompliance is identified, immediately taking all action necessary to rectify such noncompliance or otherwise causing compliance with the terms of our Initial Public Offering; and

reviewing and approving all payments made to our existing shareholders, executive officers or directors and their respective affiliates. Any payments made to members of our audit committee are reviewed and approved by our board of directors, with the interested director or directors abstaining from such review and approval.

Nominating Committee

Our board of directors has established a nominating committee. The members of our nominating committee are Lori Bush, Mary E. Minnick and Robert Bensoussan, and Ms. Bush serves as chairman of the nominating committee. Under the NYSE listing standards, we are required to have a nominating committee composed entirely of independent directors. Our board of directors has determined that each of Lori Bush, Mary E. Minnick and Robert Bensoussan are independent.

The nominating committee is responsible for overseeing the selection of persons to be nominated to serve on our board of directors. The nominating committee considers persons identified by its members, management, shareholders, investment bankers and others.

Guidelines for Selecting Director Nominees

The guidelines for selecting nominees, which are specified in the nominating committee’s charter, generally provide that persons to be nominated:

should have demonstrated notable or significant achievements in business, education or public service;

should possess the requisite intelligence, education and experience to make a significant contribution to the board of directors and bring a range of skills, diverse perspectives and backgrounds to its deliberations; and

should have the highest ethical standards, a strong sense of professionalism and intense dedication to serving the interests of the shareholders.

The nominating committee considers a number of qualifications relating to management and leadership experience, background and integrity and professionalism in evaluating a person’s candidacy for membership on the board of directors. The nominating committee may require certain skills or attributes, such as financial or accounting experience, to meet specific board needs that arise from time to time and will also consider the overall experience and makeup of its members to obtain a broad and diverse mix of board members. The nominating committee does not distinguish among nominees recommended by shareholders and other persons.

Compensation Committee

Our board of directors has established a compensation committee. The members of our compensation committee are Lori Bush, Mary E. Minnick and Robert Bensoussan, and Ms. Bush serves as chairman of the compensation committee.

Under the NYSE listing standards, we are required to have a compensation committee composed entirely of independent directors. Our board of directors has determined that each of Lori Bush, Mary E. Minnick and Robert Bensoussan are independent. The compensation committee operates pursuant to a charter, which details the principal functions of the compensation committee, including:

reviewing and approving on an annual basis the corporate goals and objectives relevant to our Chief Executive Officer’s compensation, evaluating our Chief Executive Officer’s performance in light of such goals and objectives and determining and approving the remuneration (if any) of our Chief Executive Officer based on such evaluation;

reviewing and approving the compensation of all of our other Section 16 executive officers;

reviewing our executive compensation policies and plans;

implementing and administering our incentive compensation equity-based remuneration plans;

assisting management in complying with our proxy statement and annual report disclosure requirements;

approving all special perquisites, special cash payments and other special compensation and benefit arrangements for our executive officers and employees;

producing a report on executive compensation to be included in our annual proxy statement; and

reviewing, evaluating and recommending changes, if appropriate, to the remuneration for directors.

The charter also provides that the compensation committee may, in its sole discretion, retain or obtain the advice of a compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser and is directly responsible for the appointment, compensation and oversight of the work of any such adviser. However, before engaging or receiving advice from a compensation consultant, external legal counsel or any other adviser, the compensation committee will consider the independence of each such adviser, including the factors required by NYSE and the SEC.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of our executive officers currently serves, and in the past year has not served, as a member of the compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors.

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires our officers, directors and persons who beneficially own more than ten percent of our ordinary shares to file reports of ownership and changes in ownership with the SEC. These reporting persons are also required to furnish us with copies of all Section 16(a) forms they file. Based solely upon a review of such forms, we believe that during the year ended December 31, 2018 there were no delinquent filers.

Code of Ethics

We have adopted a Code of Ethics applicable to our directors, officers and employees. A copy of the Code of Ethics is available without charge upon request from us. We intend to disclose any amendments to or waivers of certain provisions of our Code of Ethics in a Current Report onForm 8-K.

Conflicts of Interest

Under Cayman Islands law, directors and officers owe the following fiduciary duties:

duty to act in good faith in what the director or officer believes to be in the best interests of the company as a whole;

duty to exercise powers for the purposes for which those powers were conferred and not for a collateral purpose;

directors should not improperly fetter the exercise of future discretion;

duty to exercise powers fairly as between different sections of shareholders;

duty not to put themselves in a position in which there is a conflict between their duty to the company and their personal interests; and

duty to exercise independent judgment.

In addition to the above, directors also owe a duty of care which is not fiduciary in nature. This duty has been defined as a requirement to act as a reasonably diligent person having both the general knowledge, skill and experience that may reasonably be expected of a person carrying out the same functions as are carried out by that director in relation to the company and the general knowledge skill and experience of that director.

As set out above, directors have a duty not to put themselves in a position of conflict and this includes a duty not to engage in self-dealing, or to otherwise benefit as a result of their position. However, in some instances what would otherwise be a breach of this duty can be forgiven and/or authorized in advance by the shareholders provided that there is full disclosure by the directors. This can be done by way of permission granted in the amended and restated memorandum and articles of association or alternatively by shareholder approval at general meetings.

Certain of our officers and directors presently have, and any of them in the future may have, additional fiduciary or contractual obligations to other entities, including entities that are affiliates of our sponsor, pursuant to which such officer or director is or will be required to present a business combination opportunity to such entity. Accordingly, if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity which is suitable for an entity to which he or she has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she will honor his or her fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such business combination opportunity to such entity, subject to their fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands law. We do not believe, however, that the fiduciary duties or contractual obligations of our officers or directors will materially affect our ability to complete our initial business combination.

Our sponsor, officers and directors have agreed, pursuant to a written letter agreement, not to participate in the formation of, or become an officer or director of, any other blank check company until we have entered into a definitive agreement regarding our initial business combination or we have failed to consummate an initial business combination within 24 months after the closing of our Initial Public Offering.

Below is a table summarizing the entities to which our executive officers and directors currently have fiduciary duties, contractual obligations or other material management relationships:

Individual

Entity

Entity’s Business

Affiliation

Lyndon Lea

Lion Capital LLP

Private equity

Managing Partner

AllSaints

Fashion brand

Director

John Varvatos

Fashion brand

Director

N.V. Perricone LLC

Skincare products

Director

Alex and Ani

Jewelry

Director

Buscemi

Footwear

Director

Paige

Apparel

Director
Robert Darwent

Lion Capital LLP

Private equity

Partner

Spence Diamonds

Jewelry

Director

Authentic Brands Group

Brand development, marketing and entertainment

Director

Lenny & Larry’s

Food manufacturer

Director

Young’s Seafood

Food manufacturer

Director

Loungers

Restaurant chain

Director
Robert Bensoussan

Sirius Equity LLP

Private equity

Director

lululemon athletica Inc.

Apparel

Director

Inter Parfums, Inc.

Apparel

Director

The Vivarte Group

Retail conglomerate

Director

Zen Cars

Car rental

Director

Eaglemoss

Publisher

Director

Pictet Bank Premium Brands Fund

Investment fund

Advisory Board Member
Lori Bush

New Avon LLC

Cosmetic products

Chairman

Ruby Ribbon

Women’s apparel

Director

Topix

Dermatological products

Director
Mary E. Minnick

Target Corporation

Retail chain

Director

N.V. P Perricone LLC

Skincare products

Director

Potential investors should also be aware of the following other potential conflicts of interest:

Our executive officers and directors are not required to, and will not, commit their full time to our affairs, which may result in a conflict of interest in allocating their time between our operations and our search for a business combination and their other businesses. We do not intend to have any full-time employees prior to the completion of our initial business combination. Each of our executive officers is engaged in several other business endeavors for which he may be entitled to substantial compensation, and our executive officers are not obligated to contribute any specific number of hours per week to our affairs.

Our sponsor and each member of our management team entered into agreements with us, pursuant to which they have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to their founder shares and public shares in connection with the completion of our initial business combination. Additionally, our sponsor agreed to waive its rights to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to its founder shares if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame. If we do not complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame, the private placement warrants will expire worthless. Except as described herein, our sponsor and our directors and executive officers have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of their founder shares until the earliest of

(A) one year after the completion of our initial business combination or (B) subsequent to our initial business combination, (x) if the closing price of our Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after our initial business combination, or (y) the date on which we complete a liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction that results in all of our shareholders having the right to exchange their ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property. The private placement warrants will not be transferable until 30 days following the completion of our initial business combination. Because each of our executive officers and director nominees will own ordinary shares or warrants directly or indirectly, they may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our initial business combination.

Our officers and directors may have a conflict of interest with respect to evaluating a particular business combination if the retention or resignation of any such officers and directors was included by a target business as a condition to any agreement with respect to our initial business combination.

We are not prohibited from pursuing an initial business combination with a business combination target that is affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors or making the acquisition through a joint venture or other form of shared ownership with our sponsor, officers or directors. In the event we seek to complete our initial business combination with an business combination target that is affiliated with our sponsor, executive officers or directors, we, or a committee of independent directors, would obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking which is a member of FINRA or an independent accounting firm, that such initial business combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view. We are not required to obtain such an opinion in any other context. Furthermore, in no event will our sponsor or any of our existing officers or directors, or any of their respective affiliates, be paid by the company any finder’s fee, consulting fee or other compensation prior to, or for any services they render in order to effectuate, the completion of our initial business combination. Further, commencing on the date our securities are first listed on the NYSE, we will also reimburse an affiliate of our sponsor for office space, secretarial and administrative services provided to us in an amount not to exceed $10,000 per month.

We cannot assure you that any of the above mentioned conflicts will be resolved in our favor.

In the event that we submit our initial business combination to our public shareholders for a vote, our sponsor agreed to vote its founder shares, and it and the members of our management team have agreed to vote any shares purchased during or after the offering, in favor of our initial business combination.

Limitation on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

Cayman Islands law does not limit the extent to which a company’s memorandum and articles of association may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent any such provision may be held by the Cayman Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against willful default, fraud or the consequences of committing a crime. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide for indemnification of our officers and directors to the maximum extent permitted by law, including for any liability incurred in their capacities as such, except through their own actual fraud, willful default or willful neglect. We expect to purchase a policy of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance that insures our officers and directors against the cost of defense, settlement or payment of a judgment in some circumstances and insures us against our obligations to indemnify our officers and directors.

Our officers and directors have agreed to waive any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies in the trust account, and have agreed to waive any right, title, interest or claim of any kind they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any services provided to us and will not seek recourse against the trust account for any reason whatsoever. Accordingly, any indemnification provided will only be able to be satisfied by us if (i) we have sufficient funds outside of the trust account or (ii) we consummate an initial business combination.

Our indemnification obligations may discourage shareholders from bringing a lawsuit against our officers or directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against our officers and directors, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our shareholders. Furthermore, a shareholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against our officers and directors pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

We believe that these provisions, the insurance and the indemnity agreements are necessary to attract and retain talented and experienced officers and directors.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Executive Officer and Director Compensation

None of our executive officers or directors have received any cash compensation for services rendered to us. Since the consummation of our Initial Public Offering and until the earlier of consummation of our initial business combination and our liquidation, we will reimburse an affiliate of our sponsor for office space, secretarial and administrative services provided to us in an amount not to exceed $10,000 per month. In addition, our sponsor, executive officers and directors, or any of their respective affiliates are being reimbursed for anyout-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on our behalf such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations. Our audit committee reviews on a quarterly basis all payments that were made to our sponsor, executive officers or directors, or our or their affiliates. Any such payments prior to an initial business combination are made using funds held outside the trust account. Other than quarterly audit committee review of such reimbursements, we do not have any additional controls in place governing our reimbursement payments to our directors and executive officers for theirout-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with our activities on our behalf in connection with identifying and consummating an initial business combination. Other than these payments and reimbursements, no compensation of any kind, including finder’s and consulting fees, is paid by the company to our sponsor, executive officers and directors, or any of their respective affiliates, prior to completion of our initial business combination.

After the completion of our initial business combination, directors or members of our management team who remain with us may be paid consulting or management fees from the combined company. All of these fees will be fully disclosed to shareholders, to the extent then known, in the proxy solicitation materials or tender offer materials furnished to our shareholders in connection with a proposed business combination. We have not established any limit on the amount of such fees that may be paid by the combined company to our directors or members of management. It is unlikely the amount of such compensation will be known at the time of the proposed business combination, because the directors of the post-combination business will be responsible for determining executive officer and director compensation. Any compensation to be paid to our executive officers will be determined, or recommended to the board of directors for determination, either by a compensation committee constituted solely by independent directors or by a majority of the independent directors on our board of directors.

We do not intend to take any action to ensure that members of our management team maintain their positions with us after the consummation of our initial business combination, although it is possible that some or all of our executive officers and directors may negotiate employment or consulting arrangements to remain with us after our initial business combination. The existence or terms of any such employment or consulting arrangements to retain their positions with us may influence our management’s motivation in identifying or selecting a target business but we do not believe that the ability of our management to remain with us after the consummation of our initial business combination will be a determining factor in our decision to proceed with any potential business combination. We are not party to any agreements with our executive officers and directors that provide for benefits upon termination of employment.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The following table sets forth information available to us at March 29, 2019 with respect to our ordinary shares held by:

each person known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding ordinary shares;

each of our executive officers, and director that beneficially owns ordinary shares; and

all our executive officers and directors as a group.

Unless otherwise indicated, we believe that all persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all of our ordinary shares beneficially owned by them. The following table does not reflect record or beneficial ownership of the private placement warrants as these warrants are not exercisable within 60 days of March 29, 2019.

   Class B ordinary shares  Class A ordinary shares  Approximate
Percentage
of Voting
Control
 

Name of Beneficial Owners(1)

  Number of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned
  Approximate
Percentage
of Class
  Number of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned
   Approximate
Percentage
of Class
 

Leo Investors Limited Partnership (our sponsor)(2)

   4,910,000   98.2  —      —     19.6

Weiss Asset Management LP and affiliates(3)

   —     —     1,724,267    8.6  6.9

Arrowgrass Capital Partners (US) LP and affiliates(4)

   —     —     1,100,000    5.5  4.4

Governors Lane LP and affiliates(5)

   —     —     1,500,000    7.5  6.0

OxFORD Asset Management LLP(6)

   —     —     1,450,000    7.25  5.8

Polar Asset Management Partners Inc.(7)

   —     —     2,071,000    10.4  8.3

Lyndon Lea

   —  (8)   —     —      —     —   

Robert Darwent

   —  (8)   —     —      —     —   

Lori Bush

   30,000   —      —   

Robert Bensoussan

   30,000   —      —   

Mary E. Minnick

   30,000   —      —   

All officers and directors as a group (five individuals)

   90,000   1.8  —      —   

*

Less than one percent.

(1)

Unless otherwise noted, the business address of each of our shareholders is 21 Grosvenor Place, London, SW1X 7HF.

(2)

Our sponsor is controlled by its general partner, Leo Investors General Partner Limited, which is governed by a three member board of directors. Each director has one vote, and the approval of a majority of the directors is required to approve an action of our sponsor. Under theso-called “rule of three,” if voting and dispositive decisions regarding an entity’s securities are made by two or more individuals, and a voting and dispositive decision requires the approval of a majority of those individuals, then none of the individuals is deemed a beneficial owner of the entity’s securities. This is the situation with regard to our sponsor. Based upon the foregoing analysis, no individual director of the general partner of our sponsor exercises voting or dispositive control over any of the securities held by our sponsor, even those in which such director directly holds a pecuniary interest. Accordingly, none of them will be deemed to have or share beneficial ownership of such shares.

(3)

Includes Class A ordinary shares beneficially held by Weiss Asset Management LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“Weiss Asset Management”), BIP GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“BIP GP”),

WAM GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“WAM GP”) and Andrew M. Weiss, Ph.D., a United States citizen (“Andrew Weiss”), based solely on the Schedule 13G filed jointly by Weiss Asset Management, BIP GP, WAM GP and Andrew Weiss with the SEC on February 15, 2019. The business address of each of BIP GP, Weiss Asset Management, WAM GP and Andrew Weiss is 222 Berkeley St., 16th floor, Boston, Massachusetts 02116.
(4)

Includes Class A ordinary shares beneficially held by Arrowgrass Capital Partners (US) LP (“ACP”) and Arrowgrass Capital Services (US) Inc. (“ACS”), based solely on the Schedule 13G filed jointly by ACP and ACS (together, the “Reporting Persons”) with the SEC on February 14, 2019. The address of the business office of each of the Reporting Persons is 1330 Avenue of the Americas, 32nd Floor, New York, New York 10019.

(5)

Includes Class A ordinary shares beneficially held by Governors Lane Master Fund LP, Governors Lane LP, Governors Lane Fund General Partner LLC and Isaac Corre, based solely on the Schedule 13G filed jointly by Governors Lane Master Fund LP, Governors Lane LP, Governors Lane Fund General Partner LLC and Isaac Corre with the SEC on February 14, 2019. The address of the principal business office of Governors Lane LP is 510 Madison Avenue, 11th Floor, New York, NY 10022. The address of the principal business office of Governors Lane Master Fund LP, Governors Lane Fund General Partner LLC and Isaac Corre is c/o Governors Lane LP, 510 Madison Avenue, 11th Floor, New York, NY 10022.

(6)

Includes Class A ordinary shares beneficially held by OxFORD Asset Management LLP (“OxFORD”), based solely on the Schedule 13G filed by OxFORD with the SEC on February 13, 2019. The address of the principal business office of OxFORD is OxAM House, 6 George Street, Oxford, United Kingdom, OX1 2BW.

(7)

Includes Class A ordinary shares beneficially held by Polar Asset Management Partners Inc., based solely on the Schedule 13G filed by Polar Asset Management Partners Inc. with the SEC on July 9, 2018. The address of the principal business office of Polar Asset Management Partners Inc. is 401 Bay Street, Suite 1900, PO Box 19, Toronto, Ontario M5H 2Y4, Canada.

(8)

Does not include any shares indirectly owned by this individual as a result of his partnership interest in our sponsor or its affiliates.

Our initial shareholders beneficially own 20% of the then issued and outstanding ordinary shares and have the right to elect all of our directors prior to our initial business combination. Holders of our public shares do not have the right to elect any directors to our board of directors prior to our initial business combination. Because of this ownership block, our sponsor may be able to effectively influence the outcome of all other matters requiring approval by our shareholders, including amendments to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and approval of significant corporate transactions including our initial business combination.

Our initial shareholders have agreed (a) to vote any founder shares owned by them in favor of any proposed business combination and (b) not to redeem any founder shares in connection with a shareholder vote to approve a proposed initial business combination.

Our sponsor is deemed to be our “promoter” as such term is defined under the federal securities laws.

Transfers of Founder Shares and Private Placement Warrants

The founder shares, private placement warrants and any Class A ordinary shares issued upon conversion or exercise thereof are each subject to transfer restrictions pursuant tolock-up provisions in the agreements entered into by our sponsor and management team. Our sponsor and each member of our management team have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of their founder shares until the earliest of (a) one year after the completion of our initial business combination and (b) upon consummation of our initial business combination, (x) if the closing price of our Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after our initial business combination or (y) the date on which we complete a liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction after our initial business combination that

results in all of our shareholders having the right to exchange their Class A ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property. The private placement warrants and the respective Class A ordinary shares underlying such warrants are not transferable or salable until 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination except in each case (a) to our officers or directors, any affiliates or family members of any of our officers or directors, any partners of our sponsor, or any affiliates of our sponsor; (b) in the case of an individual, by gift to a member of one of the individual’s immediate family or to a trust, the beneficiary of which is a member of the individual’s immediate family, an affiliate of such person or to a charitable organization; (c) in the case of an individual, by virtue of laws of descent and distribution upon death of the individual; (d) in the case of an individual, pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order; (e) by private sales or transfers made in connection with the consummation of a business combination at prices no greater than the price at which the founder shares, private placement warrants or Class A ordinary shares were originally purchased; (f) by virtue of our sponsor’s organizational documents upon liquidation or dissolution of our sponsor; (g) to the company for no value for cancellation in connection with the consummation of our initial business combination; (h) in the event of our liquidation prior to the completion of our initial business combination; or (i) in the event of our completion of a liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction which results in all of our shareholders having the right to exchange their Class A ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property subsequent to our completion of our initial business combination; provided, however, that in the case of clauses (a) through (f) these permitted transferees must enter into a written agreement agreeing to be bound by these transfer restrictions and the other restrictions contained in the letter agreements.

Equity Compensation Plans

As of December 31, 2018, we had no compensation plans (including individual compensation arrangements) under which equity securities were authorized for issuance.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

Certain Relationship and Related Transactions

On December 8, 2017, we issued an aggregate of 8,625,000 founder shares to our sponsor in exchange for a capital contribution of $25,000, or approximately $0.003 per share. In February 2018, our sponsor transferred 30,000 founder shares to each of Mss. Bush and Minnick, and Mr. Bensoussan, our independent directors. The shares held by our independent directors were not subject to forfeiture in after the underwriter’s overallotment option was not exercised. The number of founder shares issued was determined based on the expectation that such founder shares would represent 20% of the outstanding shares upon completion of our Initial Public Offering. On February 9, 2018, our sponsor effected a surrender of 2,875,000 founder shares to the company for no consideration, resulting in a decrease in the total number of Class B ordinary shares outstanding from 8,625,000 to 5,750,000, such that the total number of founder shares would represent 20% of the total number of ordinary shares outstanding upon completion of our Initial Public Offering (of which 750,000 shares have been forfeited). The founder shares (including the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise thereof) may not, subject to certain limited exceptions, be transferred, assigned or sold by the holder.

Our sponsor purchased 4,000,000 private placement warrants for a purchase price of $1.50 per whole warrant in a private placement that occurred simultaneous to the closing of our Initial Public Offering. Our sponsor’s interest in this transaction is valued at $6,000,000. Each private placement warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share of our Class A ordinary shares at $11.50 per share. The private placement warrants (including the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise thereof) may not, subject to certain limited exceptions, be transferred, assigned or sold by the holder.

If any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity that falls within the line of business of any entity to which he or she has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she will

honor his or her fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such opportunity to such entity. Our officers and directors currently have certain relevant fiduciary duties or contractual obligations that may take priority over their duties to us.

We currently maintain our executive offices at 21 Grosvenor Place, London, SW1X 7HF. The cost for our use of this space is included in the $10,000 per month fee we pay to an affiliate of our sponsor for office space, administrative and support services, commencing on the date that our securities are first listed on the NYSE. Upon completion of our initial business combination or our liquidation, we will cease paying these monthly fees. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the fees in connection with such services were $105,000.

No compensation of any kind, including finder’s and consulting fees, will be paid to our sponsor, officers and directors, or any of their respective affiliates, for services rendered prior to or in connection with the completion of an initial business combination. However, these individuals will be reimbursed for anyout-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on our behalf such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations. Our audit committee reviews on a quarterly basis all payments that were made to our sponsor, officers, directors or our or their affiliates and will determine which expenses and the amount of expenses that will be reimbursed. There is no cap or ceiling on the reimbursement ofout-of-pocket expenses incurred by such persons in connection with activities on our behalf.

In order to finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination, our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor or certain of our officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds as may be required. If we complete an initial business combination, we would repay such loaned amounts. In the event that the initial business combination does not close, we may use a portion of the working capital held outside the trust account to repay such loaned amounts but no proceeds from our trust account would be used for such repayment. Up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into warrants at a price of $1.50 per warrant at the option of the lender. The warrants would be identical to the private placement warrants, including as to exercise price, exercisability and exercise period. The terms of such loans by our officers and directors, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. We do not expect to seek loans from parties other than our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor as we do not believe third parties will be willing to loan such funds and provide a waiver against any and all rights to seek access to funds in our trust account. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, no working capital loans were outstanding.

After our initial business combination, members of our management team who remain with us may be paid consulting, management or other fees from the combined company with any and all amounts being fully disclosed to our shareholders, to the extent then known, in the tender offer or proxy solicitation materials, as applicable, furnished to our shareholders. It is unlikely the amount of such compensation will be known at the time of distribution of such tender offer materials or at the time of a shareholder meeting held to consider our initial business combination, as applicable, as it will be up to the directors of the post-combination business to determine executive and director compensation.

We entered into a registration and shareholder rights agreement pursuant to which our sponsor will be entitled to certain registration rights with respect to the private placement warrants, the warrants issuable upon conversion of working capital loans (if any) and the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the foregoing and upon conversion of the founder shares, and, upon consummation of our initial business combination, to nominate one person for election to our board of directors.

Policy for Approval of Related Party Transactions

The audit committee of our board of directors operates pursuant to a charter that provides for the review, approval and/or ratification of “related party transactions,” which are those transactions required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404 ofRegulation S-K as promulgated by the SEC, by the audit committee. At its meetings, the audit committee is provided with the details of each new, existing, or proposed related party transaction,

including the terms of the transaction, any contractual restrictions that the company has already committed to, the business purpose of the transaction, and the benefits of the transaction to the company and to the relevant related party. Any member of the committee who has an interest in the related party transaction under review by the committee shall abstain from voting on the approval of the related party transaction, but may, if so requested by the chairman of the committee, participate in some or all of the committee’s discussions of the related party transaction. Upon completion of its review of the related party transaction, the committee may determine to permit or to prohibit the related party transaction.

Director Independence

NYSE listing standards require that a majority of our board of directors be independent. Our board of directors has determined that Lori Bush, Robert Bensoussan and Mary E. Minnick are “independent directors” as defined in the NYSE listing standards and applicable SEC rules. Our independent directors have regularly scheduled meetings at which only independent directors are present. Pursuant to the NYSE’sphase-in rules for newly listed companies, we have one year from the date on which we are first listed on the NYSE to have our board of directors consist of a majority of independent directors.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

The firm of WithumSmith+Brown, PC (“Withum”) acts as our independent registered public accounting firm. The following is a summary of fees paid to Withum for services rendered.

Audit Fees

Audit fees consist of fees for professional services rendered for the audit of ouryear-end financial statements and services that are normally provided by Withum in connection with regulatory filings. The aggregate fees of Withum related to audit and review totaled approximately $61,500 and $23,000 for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018 and the period from November 29, 2017 (date of inception) to December 31, 2017, respectively. The above amounts include services in connection with interim review procedures and audit fees, as well as attendance at audit committee meetings.

Audit-Related Fees

During the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, audit-related fees for our independent registered public accounting firm were $41,500 and $0, respectively. Audit-related fees consist of fees billed for assurance and related services that are reasonably related to performance of the audit or review of ouryear-end financial statements and are not reported under “Audit Fees.” These services include attest services that are not required by statute or regulation and consultation concerning financial accounting and reporting standards.

Tax Fees

During the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, we had no fees for tax services.

All Other Fees

During the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, we had no fees for other services.

Pre-Approval Policy

Our audit committee was formed upon the consummation of our Initial Public Offering. As a result, the audit committee did notpre-approve all of the foregoing services, although any services rendered prior to the formation of our audit committee were approved by our board of directors. Since the formation of our audit

committee, and on a going-forward basis, the audit committee has and willpre-approve all auditing services and permittednon-audit services to be performed for us by our auditors, including the fees and terms thereof (subject to thede minimis exceptions fornon-audit services described in the Exchange Act which are approved by the audit committee prior to the completion of the audit).

PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a)

The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report:

(1)

Financial Statements

(2)

Exhibits

We hereby file as part of this Annual Report the exhibits listed in the attached Exhibit Index.

Exhibit

No.

Description

    3.1Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association.(1)
    4.1Warrant Agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company and the Registrant.(2)
  10.1Investment Management Trust Agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company and the Registrant.(2)
  10.2Registration and Shareholder Rights Agreement among the Registrant, the Sponsor and the Holders signatory thereto.(2)
  10.3Private Placement Warrants Purchase Agreement between the Registrant and the Sponsor.(1)
  10.4Administrative Services Agreement between the Registrant and the Sponsor.(2)
  10.5Letter Agreement between the Registrant and the Sponsor.(2)
  10.6Form of Letter Agreement among the Registrant and each director and executive officer of the Registrant.(2)
  14.1Code of Ethics.*
  31.1Certification of the Chief Executive Officer required by Rule13a-14(a) or Rule15d-14(a).*
  31.2Certification of the Chief Financial Officer required by Rule13a-14(a) or Rule15d-14(a).*
  32.1Certification of the Chief Executive Officer required by Rule13a-14(b) or Rule15d-14(b) and 18 U.S.C. 1350**
  32.2Certification of the Chief Financial Officer required by Rule13a-14(b) or Rule15d-14(b) and 18 U.S.C. 1350**
101.INSXBRL Instance Document
101.SCHXBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema
101.CALXBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase
101.DEFXBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase
101.LABXBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase
101.PREXBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase
Report.

*

Filed herewith

**

Furnished herewith

(1)

Incorporated by reference to the registrant’s Current Report onForm 8-K, filed with the SEC on February 16, 2018.

(2)

Incorporated by reference to the registrant’s Current Report onForm 8-K, filed with the SEC on February 22, 2018.


48

ITEM 16.FORM 10-K SUMMARY

Not applicable.

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirementsTable of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this Annual Report onForm 10-K to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

March 29, 2019

Contents

LEO HOLDINGS CORP.

/s/ Lyndon Lea
Name:Lyndon Lea
Title:

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Annual Report onForm 10-K has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Name

Position

Date

/s/ Lyndon Lea

Lyndon Lea

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

March 29, 2019

/s/ Robert Darwent

Robert Darwent

Chief Financial Officer and Director

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

March 29, 2019

/s/ Lori Bush

Lori Bush

DirectorMarch 29, 2019

/s/ Robert Bensoussan

Robert Bensoussan

DirectorMarch 29, 2019

/s/ Mary E. Minnick

Mary E. Minnick

DirectorMarch 29, 2019


LEO HOLDINGS CORP.

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Audited Financial Statements of Leo Holdings Corp.:

Page
No.

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

F-2

Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2018 and 2017

F-3

Statements of Operations for the year ended December  31, 2018 and for the period from November 29, 2017 (inception) to December 31, 2017

F-4

Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the year ended December 31, 2018 and for the period from November 29, 2017 (inception) to December 31, 2017

F-5

Statements of Cash Flows for the year ended December  31, 2018 and for the period from November 29, 2017 (inception) to December 31, 2017

F-6

Notes to Financial Statements

F-7

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholders and the


Board of Directors of

Leo Holdings Corp.

and Stockholders’

Digital Media Solutions, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

financial statements


We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Leo Holdings Corp.Digital Media Solutions, Inc. (a Delaware corporation) and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 20182023 and 2017,2022, the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in shareholders’ equitypreferred stock and stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for each of the yeartwo years in the period ended December 31, 2018 and for the period November 29, 2017 (date of inception) to December 31, 2017,2023, and the related notes (collectivelyand financial statement schedule included under Item 15(a)(collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Companyas of December 31, 20182023 and 2017,2022, and the results of itsoperations and itscash flows for each of the yeartwo years in the period ended December 31, 2018 and for the period November 29, 2017 (date of inception) to December 31, 2017,2023, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Going Concern

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements if the Company is unable to complete a business combination by February 15, 2020, the Company will cease all operations except for the purpose of liquidating. This mandatory liquidation and subsequent dissolution raises substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.


Basis for Opinion

opinion


These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audit.audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.


We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the auditsaudit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our auditaudits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’sCompany’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.


Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.


Critical audit matters

The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.

Goodwill impairment
As described further in Notes 1 and 6 to the financial statements, the Company performs its annual goodwill impairment test for all its reporting units as of December 31 or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that goodwill may be impaired. We identified the assessment of fair value of the Marketplace reporting unit as of June 30, 2023 and the Brand Direct reporting unit as of December 31, 2023, as a critical audit matter.

The principal consideration for our determination that the assessment of fair value of the Marketplace reporting unit as of June 30, 2023 and the Brand Direct reporting unit as of December 31, 2023, is a critical audit matter is that the significant assumptions made by management involved subjectivity and judgment in the preparation of future discounted cash flows. The reporting units future discounted cash flows include certain management assumptions that require higher degree of estimation uncertainty. Changes in these assumptions could have a significant impact on the fair value estimate or the amount of the goodwill impairment charge, or both. In particular, the assumptions include forward-looking projections related to revenue and the application of a discount rate. Performing audit procedures to evaluate these assumptions required a high degree of auditor judgment, including the need to involve a valuation specialist.

49

Our audit procedures related to the assessment of fair value of the Marketplace reporting unit as of June 30, 2023 and the Brand Direct reporting unit as of December 31, 2023, included the following, among others.

We tested the design and implementation of relevant controls over management’s preparation and review of the future discounted cash flows and the discount rate applied, and review of the methodologies applied by the third-party valuation specialists engaged by the Company.
We evaluated the reasonableness of forecasted revenues used in the future discounted cash flows by comparing them to historical results, and comparing prior periods forecasted amounts to respective actual results. We obtained an understanding of drivers underlying projected amounts, including projected customer demand. We also considered forecasted market and industry trends compared to the forecasts.
With the assistance of a valuation specialist, we evaluated the reasonableness of the discount rate and the appropriateness of the methodologies used by the Company.
We evaluated the qualifications of the third-party valuation specialists engaged by the Company based on their credentials and experience.

ClickDealer Acquisition – Valuation of Customer Relationship Intangible Assets
As described further in Note 7 to the financial statements, the Company acquired ClickDealer on March 30, 2023, for a purchase price of $37.9 million. We identified the fair value of the acquired customer relationships as a critical audit matter.

The principal consideration for our determination that the fair value of the acquired customer relationships is a critical audit matter is that that the significant assumptions made by management involved subjectivity and judgment in the preparation of future discounted cash flows. The acquired customer relationships future discounted cash flows include certain management assumptions that require higher degree of estimation uncertainty. Changes in these assumptions could have a significant impact on the fair value estimate. In particular, the assumptions include forward-looking projections related to revenue and the application of a discount rate. Performing audit procedures to evaluate these assumptions required a high degree of auditor judgment, including the need to involve a valuation specialist.

Our audit procedures related to the fair value of the acquired customer relationships included the following, among others.

We tested the design and implementation of relevant controls over management’s preparation and review of the future discounted cash flows and the discount rate applied, and review of the methodologies applied by the third-party valuation specialists engaged by the Company.
We evaluated the reasonableness of forecasted revenues used in the future discounted cash flows by comparing them to historical results. We obtained an understanding of drivers underlying projected amounts, including projected customer demand.
With the assistance of a valuation specialist, we evaluated the reasonableness of the discount rate and the appropriateness of the methodologies used by the Company.
We evaluated the qualifications of the third-party valuation specialists engaged by the Company based on their credentials and experience.

Accounting for Preferred Stock
As described further in Note 11 to the financial statements, on March 29, 2023, the Company sold preferred stock and warrants for an aggregate purchase price of $14.0 million. Although the preferred stock is redeemable, it is not required to be classified as a liability under ASC 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity, because it has a substantive conversion feature. However, as the preferred stock is redeemable in certain circumstances at the option of the holder and in certain circumstances upon the occurrence of an event that is not solely within the Company’s control, the Company has classified the preferred stock as mezzanine equity in the consolidated balance sheets. We identified the accounting for the preferred stock as a critical audit matter.

The principal considerations for our determination that the accounting for the preferred stock is a critical audit matter is that the interpretation and application of the relevant accounting literature required subjective auditor judgment. The securities purchase agreement includes terms that indicate the preferred stock has features of both equity and liability classification and, thus, there is a high degree of complexity in applying the appropriate accounting guidance to determine the correct balance sheet classification. Auditing management’s application of the appropriate accounting guidance required challenging and significant auditor judgment, including the need to involve a subject matter expert.

50

Our audit procedures related to the accounting for the preferred stock included the following, among others.

We evaluated the Company’s accounting memoranda and other documentation, including application of the relevant accounting guidance.
We compared the underlying terms of the securities purchase agreement to the Company’s accounting memoranda; and with the assistance of our internal subject matter expert, independently interpreted and determined that the Company applied the accounting literature appropriately to the transaction.


/s/ WithumSmith+Brown, PC

Grant Thornton LLP


We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2017.

New York, New York

March 25, 2019

2022.

LEO HOLDINGS CORP.


Tampa, Florida
April 18, 2024


51

Table of ContentsBALANCE SHEETS

   December 31, 
   2018   2017 

Assets

    

Current assets:

    

Cash

  $550,164   $112,681 

Prepaid expenses

   143,675    —   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

   693,839    112,681 

Investments held in Trust Account

   203,081,753    —   

Deferred offering costs associated with initial public offering

   —      276,511 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $203,775,592   $389,192 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

    

Current liabilities:

    

Accrued expenses

  $—     $214,261 

Accrued expenses - related party

   105,000    —   

Accounts payable

   4,310    3,750 

Notes payable - related parties

   —      155,000 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

   109,310    373,011 

Deferred underwriting commissions

   7,000,000    —   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   7,109,310    373,011 

Commitments

    

Class A ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value; 19,166,628 and 0 shares subject to possible redemption as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively

   191,666,280    —   

Shareholders’ Equity:

    

Preference shares, $0.0001 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding

   —      —   

Class A ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value; 200,000,000 shares authorized; 833,372 and 0 shares issued and outstanding (excluding 19,166,628 and 0 shares subject to possible redemption) as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively

   83    —   

Class B ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value; 20,000,000 shares authorized; 5,000,000 and 5,750,000 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively

   500    575 

Additionalpaid-in capital

   2,412,951    24,425 

Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)

   2,586,468    (8,819
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

   5,000,002    16,181 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

  $203,775,592   $389,192 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

DIGITAL MEDIA SOLUTIONS, INC.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(in thousands, except per share par value)

December 31, 2023December 31, 2022
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents$18,466 $48,839 
Restricted cash502 — 
Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $4,172 and $4,656, respectively35,322 48,109 
Contract assets - current, net6,467 — 
Prepaid and other current assets2,908 3,296 
Income tax receivable2,133 1,966 
Total current assets65,798 102,210 
Property and equipment, net15,390 17,702 
Operating lease right-of-use assets, net862 2,187 
Goodwill32,849 77,238 
Intangible assets, net29,441 27,519 
Contract assets - non-current, net1,632 — 
Other assets1,315 765 
Total assets$147,287 $227,621 
Liabilities, Preferred Stock and Stockholders' Deficit
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable$41,235 $39,908 
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities10,548 7,101 
Current portion of long-term debt2,750 2,250 
Tax Receivable Agreement liability164 164 
Operating lease liabilities - current1,812 2,175 
Contingent consideration payable - current1,000 1,453 
Total current liabilities57,509 53,051 
Long-term debt286,353 254,573 
Deferred tax liabilities314 1,112 
Operating lease liabilities - non-current532 2,232 
Warrant liabilities82 600 
Contingent consideration payable - non-current512 — 
Total liabilities345,302 311,568 
Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, 100,000 shares authorized; 80 Series A and 60 Series B convertible redeemable issued and outstanding, respectively at December 31, 202316,646 — 
Stockholders' deficit:
Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value, 500,000 shares authorized; 2,766 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2023
Class B convertible common stock, $0.0001 par value, 60,000 shares authorized; 1,672 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2023
Class C convertible common stock, $0.0001 par value, 40,000 authorized; none issued and outstanding at December 31, 2023— — 
Additional paid-in capital(80,523)(14,054)
Treasury stock, at cost, 7 and 9 shares, respectively(235)(181)
Cumulative deficit(126,230)(32,896)
Total stockholders' deficit(206,981)(47,124)
Non-controlling interest(7,680)(36,823)
Total deficit(214,661)(83,947)
Total liabilities, preferred stock and stockholders' deficit$147,287 $227,621 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of thesethe audited consolidated financial statements.

LEO HOLDINGS CORP.

52

Table of ContentsSTATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

   For the year
ended
December 31,
2018
  For the
period from
November 29,
2017
(inception)
through
December 31,
2017
 

General and administrative expenses

  $489,780  $8,830 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Loss from operations

   (489,780  (8,830

Interest income

   3,085,067   11 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $2,595,287  $(8,819
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding of Class A ordinary shares

   20,000,000   —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net income per share, Class A

  $0.15  $—   
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding of Class B ordinary shares

   5,000,000   5,000,000(1) 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net loss per share, Class B

  $(0.10 $(0.00
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)

Excludes an aggregate of up to 750,000 shares subject to forfeiture if the over-allotment option is not exercised in full or in part by the underwriter. On March 29, 2018, the over-allotment option expired, and 750,000 Class B ordinary shares were forfeited.

DIGITAL MEDIA SOLUTIONS, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Operations
(in thousands, except per share data)
Years Ended December 31,
20232022
Net revenue$334,949 $391,148 
Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)252,050 287,820 
Salaries and related costs43,583 49,872 
General and administrative expenses46,578 41,878 
Depreciation and amortization19,460 28,242 
Impairment of goodwill49,390 — 
Impairment of intangible assets16,744 21,570 
Acquisition costs3,020 1,650 
Change in fair value of contingent consideration liabilities(1,833)2,583 
Loss from operations(94,043)(42,467)
Interest expense, net38,634 17,366 
Change in fair value of warrant liabilities(9,185)(3,360)
Change in Tax Receivable Agreement liability— 125 
Other (1)
(9)
Net loss before income taxes(123,483)(56,605)
Income tax benefit(790)(4,105)
Net loss(122,693)(52,500)
Net loss attributable to non-controlling interest(41,012)(20,548)
Net loss attributable to Digital Media Solutions, Inc.$(81,681)$(31,952)
Weighted-average Class A common shares outstanding – basic2,920 2,581 
Weighted-average Class A common shares outstanding – diluted2,920 2,583 
Loss per share attributable to Digital Media Solutions, Inc.:
Basic – per Class A common shares$(31.96)$(12.38)
Diluted – per Class A common shares$(31.96)$(12.37)
____________________
(1)Represents Foreign exchange gain and (Gain) loss on disposal of assets.


The accompanying notes are an integral part of thesethe audited consolidated financial statements.

LEO HOLDINGS CORP.

53

Table of ContentsSTATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

  Ordinary Shares  Additional
Paid-in
Capital
  Retained
Earnings

(Accumulated
Deficit)
  Total
Shareholders’
Equity
 
  Class A  Class B 
  Shares  Amount  Shares  Amount 

Balance - November 29, 2017 (Inception)

  —    $—     —    $—    $—    $—    $—   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Issuance of Class B ordinary shares to Sponsor

  —     —     5,750,000   575   24,425   —     25,000 

Net loss

  —     —     —     —     —     (8,819  (8,819
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance - December 31, 2017

  —    $—     5,750,000  $575  $24,425  $(8,819 $16,181 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Sale of units in initial public offering, gross

  20,000,000   2,000   —     —     199,998,000   —     200,000,000 

Offering costs

      (11,945,186   (11,945,186

Sale of private placement warrants to Sponsor in private placement

  —     —     —     —     6,000,000   —     6,000,000 

Forfeiture of Class B ordinary shares

  —     —     (750,000  (75  75   —     —   

Common stock subject to possible redemption

  (19,166,628  (1,917  —     —     (191,664,363  —     (191,666,280

Net income

  —     —     —     —     —     2,595,287   2,595,287 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance - December 31, 2018

  833,372  $83   5,000,000  $500  $2,412,951  $2,586,468  $5,000,002 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

DIGITAL MEDIA SOLUTIONS, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit
(in thousands, except share data)

Preferred Stock (1)
Class A
Common Stock
Class B
Common Stock
Additional Paid-in CapitalTreasury StockCumulative DeficitTotal
Stockholders' Deficit
Non-
controlling
Interest
Total Deficit
SharesAmountSharesAmountSharesAmount
Balance, December 31, 2022— $— 2,695 $1,713 $$(14,054)$(181)$(32,896)$(47,124)$(36,823)$(83,947)
Net loss— — — — — — — — (81,681)(81,681)(41,012)(122,693)
Prism shares redeemed and issued to Class A Common Stock— — 1,562 — (1,562)— — — — — — — 
Stock-based compensation— — — — — — 3,686 — — 3,686 — 3,686 
Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock80 2,853 — — — — — — — — — — 
Series B convertible redeemable preferred stock60 2,140 — — — — — — — — — — 
Accretion Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock— 6,391 — — — — — — (6,391)(6,391)— (6,391)
Accretion Series B convertible redeemable preferred stock— 4,794 — — — — — — (4,794)(4,794)— (4,794)
Series A preferred stock dividends (2)
— 267 — — — — — — (267)(267)— (267)
Series B preferred stock dividends (2)
— 201 — — — — — — (201)(201)— (201)
Shares issued under the 2020 Omnibus Incentive Plan— — 38 — — — — — — — — — 
Treasury stock purchased under the 2020 Omnibus Incentive Plan— — (8)— — — — (54)— (54)— (54)
Impact of transactions affecting non-controlling interest (3)
— — — — — — (70,155)— — (70,155)70,155 — 
Balance, December 31, 2023140 $16,646 4,287 $151 $$(80,523)$(235)$(126,230)$(206,981)$(7,680)$(214,661)
____________________
(1)See Note 10. Fair Value Measurements and Note 11. Equity.
(2)Represents Series A and Series B preferred stock dividends, which have not been paid.
(3)The carrying amount of non-controlling interest was adjusted primarily to reflect the change in ownership interest caused by additional controlling shares contributed as a result of the shares issued under the 2020 Omnibus Incentive Plan and the non-controlling redemptions by Prism.

54

DIGITAL MEDIA SOLUTIONS, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit
(in thousands, except share data)

Class A
Common Stock
Class B
Common Stock
Additional Paid-in CapitalTreasury StockCumulative DeficitTotal
Stockholders' Deficit
Non-
controlling
Interest
SharesAmountSharesAmountTotal Deficit
Balance, December 31, 20212,447 $1,713 $$(25,239)$— $(944)$(26,177)$(21,641)$(47,818)
Net loss— — — — — — (31,952)(31,952)(20,548)(52,500)
SmarterChaos DMSH units redeemed and issued to Class A Common Stock (1)
10 — — — — — — — — — 
Shares issued in connection with the Crisp Earnout (Note 10)199 — — 9,999 — — 10,000 — 10,000 
Stock-based compensation— — — — 7,125 — — 7,125 — 7,125 
Shares issued under the 2020 Omnibus Incentive Plan48 — — — — — — — — — 
Distributions to non-controlling interest holders (2)
— — — — — — — — (573)(573)
Treasury stock purchased under the 2020 Omnibus Incentive Plan(9)— — — — (181)— (181)— (181)
Impact of transactions affecting non-controlling interest (3)
— — — — (5,939)— — (5,939)5,939 — 
Balance, December 31, 20222,695 $1,713 $$(14,054)$(181)$(32,896)$(47,124)$(36,823)$(83,947)
____________________
(1)On January 17, 2022, the Sellers of SmarterChaos redeemed their remaining non-controlling interest held through DMSH Units in exchange for 10 thousand shares of Class A Common Stock in DMS, Inc. The non-controlling interest held by the Sellers of SmarterChaos did not include related Class B Common Stock to be retired upon redemption.
(2)Represents tax distributions to shareholders Prism, Clairvest and the Sellers of SmarterChaos. As of September 30, 2022, $10 thousand of these distributions had not been paid.
(3)The carrying amount of non-controlling interest was adjusted primarily to reflect the change in ownership interest caused by additional DMSH units redeemed and issued to Class A Common Stock by the Sellers of SmarterChaos, shares issued in connection with the Crisp Earnout and shares issued under the 2020 Omnibus Incentive Plan.


The accompanying notes are an integral part of thesethe audited consolidated financial statements.

LEO HOLDINGS CORP.

55

Table of ContentsSTATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

   For the year
ended
December 31,
2018
  For the
period from
November 29,
2017
(inception)
through
December 31,
2017
 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:

   

Net income (loss)

  $2,595,287  $(8,819

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash used in operating activities:

   

Interest income held in Trust Account

   (3,081,753  —   

Formation costs paid by related parties

   —     5,000 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

   

Prepaid expenses

   (143,675  —   

Accounts payable

   560   —   

Accrued expenses

   —     3,750 

Accrued expenses - related party

   105,000   —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

   (524,581  (69

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

   

Proceeds deposited in Trust Account

   (200,000,000  —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

   (200,000,000  —   

Cash Flows from Financing Activities:

   

Funds borrowed from related parties

   170,000   150,000 

Repayment of loans to related parties

   (325,000  —   

Proceeds from issuance of Class B ordinary shares to Sponsor

   —     25,000 

Proceeds received from initial public offering, gross

   200,000,000   —   

Offering costs paid

   (4,882,936  —   

Proceeds received from private placement

   6,000,000   —   

Payment of deferred offering costs

   —     (62,250
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

   200,962,064   112,750 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net increase in cash

   437,483   112,681 

Cash - beginning of the period

   112,681   —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash - end of the period

  $550,164  $112,681 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing and financing activities:

   

Deferred underwriting commissions charged to equity in connection with the initial public offering

  $7,000,000  $—   
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Deferred offering costs charged to equity upon completion of the initial public offering

  $276,511  $—   
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Deferred offering costs included in accrued expenses

  $—    $214,261 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Change in value of Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption

  $191,666,280  $—   
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

DIGITAL MEDIA SOLUTIONS, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(in thousands)
Years Ended December 31,
20232022
Cash flows from operating activities
Net loss$(122,693)$(52,500)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities
Allowance for credit losses - Accounts receivable, net1,756 1,761 
Allowance for credit losses - Contract assets, net2,337 — 
Depreciation and amortization19,460 28,242 
Amortization of right-of-use assets648 937 
(Gain) loss on disposal of assets(3)
Impairment of goodwill49,390 — 
Impairment of intangible assets16,744 21,570 
Lease restructuring charges— 438 
Loss on termination of operations869 — 
Stock-based compensation, net of amounts capitalized3,051 6,656 
Interest expense paid-in-kind23,482 — 
Amortization of debt issuance costs2,398 1,490 
Deferred income tax benefit, net(798)(4,108)
Change in fair value of contingent consideration(1,905)2,583 
Change in fair value of warrant liabilities(9,185)(3,360)
Loss from preferred warrants issuance553 — 
Change in Tax Receivable Agreement liability— (1,146)
Change in income tax receivable and payable(167)
Change in accounts receivable17,942 1,984 
Change in contract assets(10,436)— 
Change in prepaid expenses and other current assets798 416 
Change in operating right-of-use assets757 — 
Change in accounts payable and accrued expenses(735)(3,055)
Change in operating lease liabilities(2,143)(2,102)
Change in other liabilities— (137)
Net cash used in operating activities(7,880)(315)
Cash flows from investing activities
Additions to property and equipment(6,624)(6,744)
Acquisition of business, net of cash acquired(33,564)(2,502)
Net cash used in investing activities(40,188)(9,246)
Cash flows from financing activities
Proceeds from borrowings on revolving credit facilities10,000 40,000 
Payments of long-term debt and notes payable(2,250)(2,250)
Payments of borrowings on revolving credit facilities(250)— 
Payment of debt issuance costs(1,928)— 
Proceeds from preferred shares and warrants issuance, net13,107 — 
Purchase of treasury stock related to stock-based compensation(54)(181)
Distributions to non-controlling interest holders— (563)
Payment of deferred consideration and contingent consideration payable(428)(5,000)
Net cash provided by financing activities18,197 32,006 
Net change in cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash(29,871)22,445 
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash, beginning of period48,839 26,394 
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash, end of period$18,968 $48,839 
56

Years Ended December 31,
20232022
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information
Cash Paid During the Period For
Interest$13,074 $15,574 
Income taxes170 1,214 
Non-Cash Transactions:
Contingent and deferred acquisition consideration$2,392 $3,014 
Stock-based compensation capitalized in property and equipment635 469 
Capital expenditures included in accounts payable155 151 
Issuance of equity for Crisp Results— 10,000 
Accretion and Dividends - Preferred Series A and B11,653 — 
Debt amendment fees paid-in-kind5,410 — 
Interest paid-in-kind23,482 — 


The accompanying notes are an integral part of thesethe consolidated financial statements.

57

DIGITAL MEDIA SOLUTIONS, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Note 1. DescriptionBusiness, Basis of OrganizationPresentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Business Operations

Leo Holdings Corp. (the “Company”


Digital Media Solutions, Inc. (“DMS Inc.”) is a blank checkdigital performance marketing company incorporatedoffering a diversified lead and software delivery platform that drives high value and high intent leads to its customers. As used in this Annual Report, the “Company” refers to DMS Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries, (including its wholly-owned subsidiary, CEP V DMS US Blocker Company, a Delaware corporation (“Blocker”)).The Company is headquartered in Clearwater, Florida. The Company primarily operates and derives most of its revenue in the Cayman IslandsUnited States.

Leo, a special purpose acquisition company, was incorporated on November 29, 2017. The Company was formed2017 as a Cayman Islands exempted company for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or similar business combination withinvolving the Company and one or more businessesbusinesses. On July 15, 2020, Leo consummated the business combination with Digital Media Solutions LLC (the “Business Combination”). Although the Company is not limited to and domesticated as a particular industry or sector for purposes of consummating a Business Combination, the Company focuses its search on companiescorporation incorporated in the consumer sector. The Company is an emerging growth company and, as such, the Company is subject to allstate of the risks associated with emerging growth companies.

As of December 31, 2018, the Company had not commenced any operations. All activity for the period from November 29, 2017 (inception) to December 31, 2018 relates to the Company’s formation, the Initial Public Offering (as defined below), and sinceDelaware. At the closing of the offering,Business Combination (the “Closing”), Leo acquired the search equity in Blocker and a portion of the equity of Digital Media Solutions Holding, LLC (“DMSH”), Blocker became the sole managing member of DMSH, and Leo was renamed Digital Media Solutions, Inc. See Note 2. Business Combination for additional information.


As the Business Combination was structured as a prospective initialreverse recapitalization, the historical operations of DMSH are deemed to be those of the Company. Thus, the financial statements included in this Annual Report reflect (i) the historical operating results of DMSH prior to the Business Combination. Combination; (ii) the combined results of the Company following the Business Combination; (iii) the assets and liabilities of Leo at historical cost; and (iv) the Company’s equity and loss per share for all periods presented. Refer to Note 2. Business Combination for additional discussion related to the transaction.

The Company will not generate any operating revenues until afteroperates as a performance marketing engine for companies across numerous industries, including consumer finance (mortgage), education (split between non-profit and for-profit), automotive (aftermarket auto warranty, auto insurance), insurance (health, homeowners), home services (home security), brand performance (consumer products), gig, health and wellness, and career (job pursuit). Through its agency business, DMS provides access and control over the completionadvertising spend of its initial Business Combination, at the earliest. clients, and also offers marketing automation software as a service (SaaS) to clients.

The Company will generatenon-operating income inhas organized its operations into three reportable segments. The Brand Direct reportable segment consists of services delivered against an advertiser’s brand, while the formMarketplace reportable segment is made up of interest income fromservices delivered directly against the proceeds derived fromDMS brand. In the Initial Public Offering.

The Company’s sponsor is Leo Investors Limited Partnership, a Cayman Island exempted limited partnership (the “Sponsor”). The registration statement for the Company’s Initial Public Offering was declared effectiveTechnology Solutions reportable segment, services offered by DMS include SaaS and digital media services that are managed on February 12, 2018. On February 15, 2018, the Company consummated its initial public offering (the “Initial Public Offering”) of 20,000,000 units (each, a “Unit” and collectively, the “Units”) sold to the public at a price of $10.00 per Unit, generating gross proceeds of $200.0 million, and incurring offering costs of approximately $11.9 million, inclusive of $7.0 million in deferred underwriting commissions (Note 5). The underwriter was granted a45-day option from the datebehalf of the final prospectus relating to the Initial Public Offering to purchase up to 3,000,000 additional Units to cover over-allotments, if any, at $10.00 per Unit. The over-allotment option was not exercised prior to its expiration.

Simultaneouslycustomer (i.e., managed services).


Basis of presentation

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Company consummated the private placement (the “Private Placement”) of 4,000,000 warrants (each, a “Private Placement Warrant” and collectively, the “Private Placement Warrants”) at a price of $1.50 per Private Placement Warrant to the Sponsor, and generating gross proceeds of $6 million (Note 4).

Upon the closing of the Initial Public Offering and Private Placement, $200.0 million ($10.00 per Unit) of the net proceeds of the sale of the Units in the Initial Public Offering and certain of the proceeds of the Private Placement were placed in a trust account (the “Trust Account”), locatedgenerally accepted accounting principles in the United States at J.P. Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., with Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company acting as trustee, and invested only in U.S. government securities, within the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”), with a maturity of 180 days or less or in any open-ended investment company that holds itself out as a money market fund selected by the Company meeting the conditions of paragraphs (d)(2), (d)(3) and (d)(4) ofRule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act, as determined by the Company, until the earlier of: (i) the completion of a Business Combination and (ii) the distribution of the Trust Account as described below.

The Company’s management has broad discretion with respect to the specific application of the net proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and the sale of Private Placement Warrants, although substantially all of the net proceeds are intended to be applied generally toward consummating a Business Combination. There is no assurance that the Company will be able to complete a Business Combination successfully. The Company must complete one or more initial Business Combinations having an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the assets held in the Trust Account (excluding the deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable on income earned on the Trust Account) at the time of the agreement to enter into the initial Business Combination. However, the Company will only complete a Business Combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling

interest in the target sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act.

The Company will provide holders of its outstanding Class A ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 (“Class A ordinary shares”), sold in the Initial Public Offering (the “public shareholders”) with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Public Shares (as defined below in Note 3) upon the completion of a Business Combination either (i) in connection with a shareholder meeting called to approve the Business Combination or (ii) by means of a tender offer. The decision as to whether the Company will seek shareholder approval of a Business Combination or conduct a tender offer will be made by the Company, solely in its discretion. The public shareholders will be entitled to redeem their Public Shares for a pro rata portion of the amount then in the Trust Account (initially at $10.00 per Public Share). The per-share amount to be distributed to public shareholders who redeem their Public Shares will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commissions the Company will pay to the underwriter (as discussed in Note 5). These Public Shares will be recorded at a redemption value and classified as temporary equity upon the completion of the Initial Public Offering in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.” In such case, the Company will proceed with a Business Combination if the Company has net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 upon consummation of such Business Combination and a majority of the shares voted are voted in favor of the Business Combination. If a shareholder vote is not required by law and the Company does not decide to hold a shareholder vote for business or other legal reasons, the Company will, pursuant to its amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, conduct the redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and file tender offer documents with the SEC prior to completing a Business Combination. If, however, shareholder approval of a Business Combination is required by law, or the Company decides to obtain shareholder approval for business or legal reasons, the Company will offer to redeem Public Shares in conjunction with a proxy solicitation pursuant to the proxy rules and not pursuant to the tender offer rules. Additionally, each public shareholder may elect to redeem their Public Shares irrespective of whether they vote for or against the proposed transaction. If the Company seeks shareholder approval in connection with a Business Combination, the Sponsor and the Company’s officers and directors agreed to vote their Founder Shares (as defined below in Note 4) and any Public Shares purchased during or after the Initial Public Offering in favor of a Business Combination. In addition, the Sponsor and the Company’s officers and directors agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to their Founder Shares and Public Shares in connection with the completion of a Business Combination.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that a public shareholder, together with any affiliate of such shareholder or any other person with whom such shareholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), will be restricted from redeeming its shares with respect to more than an aggregate of 15% or more of the Class A ordinary shares sold in the Initial Public Offering, without the prior consent of the Company.

The Sponsor and the Company’s directors and executive officers agreed not to propose an amendment to the Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that would affect the substance or timing of the Company’s obligation to redeem 100% of its Public Shares if the Company does not complete a Business Combination, unless the Company provides the public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their Class A ordinary shares in conjunction with any such amendment.

If the Company is unable to complete a Business Combination within 24 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering, or February 15, 2020 (the “Combination Period”), the Company will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the Public Shares, at aper-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to the Company to pay its income taxes (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses),

divided by the number of then outstanding Public Shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of the Company’s remaining shareholders and the Company’s board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to the Company’s obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law.

The Sponsor and the Company’s officers and directors agreed to waive their liquidation rights with respect to the Founder Shares if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period. However, if the Sponsor or the Company’s officers and directors acquire Public Shares in or after the Initial Public Offering, they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to such Public Shares if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period. The underwriter of the Initial Public Offering agreed to waive its rights to its deferred underwriting commission (see Note 5) held in the Trust Account in the event the Company does not complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period and, in such event, the deferred underwriting commission will be included with the other funds held in the Trust Account that will be available to fund the redemption of the Public Shares. In the event of such distribution, it is possible that the per share value of the residual assets remaining available for distribution (including Trust Account assets) will be only $10.00 per share initially held in the Trust Account. In order to protect the amounts held in the Trust Account, the Sponsor agreed to be liable to the Company if and to the extent any claims by a third party for services rendered or products sold to the Company, or a prospective target business with which the Company has discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the Trust Account. This liability will not apply with respect to any claims by a third party who executed a waiver of any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the Trust Account or to any claims under the Company’s indemnity of the underwriter of the Initial Public Offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). Moreover, in the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, the Sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third-party claims. The Company will seek to reduce the possibility that the Sponsor will have to indemnify the Trust Account due to claims of creditors by endeavoring to have all vendors, service providers, prospective target businesses or other entities with which the Company does business, execute agreements with the Company waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to monies held in the Trust Account.

Going Concern Consideration

As of December 31, 2018, the Company had approximately $550,000 in its operating bank account, approximately $3.1 million of interest income available in the Trust Account to pay for taxes, and working capital of approximately $585,000.

In addition, in order to finance transaction costs in connection with a Business Combination, the Sponsor or an affiliate of the Sponsor, or certain of the Company’s officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan the Company funds as may be required (the “Working Capital Loans”) of up to $1.5 million (Note 4).

In connection with the Company’s assessment of going concern considerations in accordance with FASB Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”)2014-15,Disclosures of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern,” management has determined that the mandatory liquidation and subsequent dissolution raises substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. No adjustments have been made to the carrying amounts of assets or liabilities should the Company be required to liquidate after February 15, 2020.

Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying financial statements are presented in U.S. dollars in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) and pursuant to theapplicable rules and regulations of the SEC.

Emerging Growth


Principles of consolidation

The Company

Section 102(b)(1) consists of DMS Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Blocker. Pursuant to the Business Combination, DMS Inc. acquired, directly and through its acquisition of the Jumpstart Ourequity of Blocker, approximately 96.6% of the membership interest in DMSH, while the Sellers (as defined in Note 2. Business Startups ActCombination) retained approximately 3.4% of 2012the membership interest in DMSH (“non-controlling interests”) as of December 31, 2023.


The Company consolidates the assets, liabilities and operating results of DMSH and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation. The results of operations attributable to the non-controlling interests are included in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations, and the non-controlling interests are reported as a separate component of equity, refer to Note 11. Equity.

Reverse Stock Split

On August 28, 2023, the Company effected a reverse stock split (the “JOBS Act”“Reverse Stock Split”) exempts emerging growth companiesof the Company’s Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock at a ratio of 1-for-15. All historical share amounts disclosed in this Annual Report on Form 10-K have been retroactively restated to reflect the Reverse Stock Split. No fractional shares were issued as a result of the Reverse Stock Split, as fractional shares of Common Stock were rounded up to the nearest whole share. See Note 11. Equity for additional information.
58


Reclassification

Certain prior period balances have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation in the consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes. Specifically, Income taxes payable has been netted with Income tax receivable.

Use of estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported as separate financial statement line items in the consolidated financial statements. Actual results could differ from being requiredthose estimates. Management regularly makes estimates and assumptions that are inherent in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements including, but not limited to, complythe fair value of warrants, the allowance for credit losses, stock-based compensation, fair value of intangibles acquired in business combinations, loss contingencies, contingent consideration liabilities, goodwill and intangible asset impairments, and deferred taxes and amounts associated with newthe Tax Receivable Agreement.

Revenue recognition

The Company derives revenue primarily from fees earned through the delivery of qualified clicks, leads, inquiries, calls, applications, customers and, to a lesser extent, display advertisements, or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (thatimpressions. The Company recognizes revenue when the Company transfers promised goods or services to clients in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The Company recognizes revenue pursuant to the five-step framework contained in ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers: (i) identify the contract with a client; (ii) identify the performance obligations in the contract, including whether they are distinct in the context of the contract; (iii) determine the transaction price, including the constraint on variable consideration; (iv) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and (v) recognize revenue when (or as) the Company satisfies the performance obligations.

As part of determining whether a contract exists, probability of collection is thoseassessed on a client-by-client basis at the outset of the contract. If it is determined from the outset of an arrangement that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or dothe client does not have the ability or intention to pay, the Company will conclude that a classcontract does not exist and will continuously reassess its evaluation until the Company is able to conclude that a contract does exist.

Generally, the Company’s contracts specify the period of securities registered undertime as one month, but in some instances the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can elect to opt outterm may be longer. However, for most of the extended transition periodCompany’s contracts with clients, either party can terminate the contract at any time without penalty. Consequently, enforceable rights and comply withobligations only exist on a day-to-day basis, resulting in individual daily contracts during the requirements that applyspecified term of the contract or until one party terminates the contract prior tonon-emerging growth companies but any such an election to opt out is irrevocable. the end of the specified term.
The Company has assessed the services promised in its contracts with clients and has identified one performance obligation, which is a series of distinct services. Depending on the client’s needs, these services consist of a specified number or an unlimited number of clicks, leads, calls, applications, customers, etc. (hereafter collectively referred to as “marketing results”) to be delivered over a period of time. The Company satisfies these performance obligations over time as the services are provided. The Company does not promise to provide any other significant goods or services to its clients.

Transaction price is measured based on the consideration that the Company expects to receive from a contract with a client. The Company’s contracts with clients contain variable consideration as the price for an individual marketing result varies on a day-to-day basis depending on the market-driven amount a client has committed to pay. However the Company ensures the stated period of its contracts does not generally span multiple reporting periods, and therefore the contractual amount within a period is based on the number of marketing results delivered within the period. In those cases, the transaction price for any given period is fixed and no estimation of variable consideration is required. In the case of commission revenue, revenue recorded represents estimated variable consideration for commissions to be received from insurance distributors for performance obligations that have been satisfied (additional information below).

If a marketing result delivered to a client does not meet the contractual requirements associated with that marketing result, the Company’s contracts allow for clients to return a marketing result generally within 5-10 days of having received the marketing result. Such returns are factored into the amount billed to the client on a monthly basis and consequently result in a reduction to revenue in the same month the marketing result is delivered. No warranties are offered to the Company’s clients.

The Company does not allocate transaction price as the Company has only one performance obligation and its contracts do not generally span multiple periods. Taxes collected from clients and remitted to governmental authorities are not included in revenue. The Company elected to use the practical expedient which allows the Company to record sales commissions as expense as incurred when the amortization period would have been one year or less.

59

The Company bills clients monthly in arrears for the marketing results delivered during the preceding month. The Company’s standard payment terms are 30-60 days. Consequently, the Company does not have significant financing components in its arrangements.

Separately from the agreements the Company has with clients, the Company has agreements with Internet search companies, third-party publishers and strategic partners that we engage with to opt outgenerate targeted marketing results for its clients. The Company receives a fee from its clients and separately pays a fee to the Internet search companies, third-party publishers and strategic partners. Other than certain of its managed services arrangements, the Company is the principal in the transaction. For the transactions where the Company is the principal, the fees paid by its clients are recognized as revenue and the fees paid to its Internet search companies, third-party publishers and strategic partners are included in cost of revenue.

Customer acquisition
The Company’s performance obligation for Customer acquisition contracts is to deliver an unspecified number of potential customers or leads (i.e., number of clicks, emails, calls and applications) to the customer in real-time, on a daily basis as the leads are generated, based on predefined qualifying characteristics specified by our customer. The contracts generally have a one-month term and the Company has an enforceable right to payment for all leads delivered to the customer. The Company’s customers simultaneously receive and consume the benefits provided, as the Company satisfies its performance obligations. The Company recognizes revenue as the performance obligations are satisfied over time.

Beginning in 2023, the Company earns commission revenue related to marketing of Affordable Care Act insurance policies. Compensation in the form of commissions is received from an insurance distributor for the multiple types of insurance products sold by the Company on behalf of the insurance distributors. Commission revenue generally represents a percentage of the premium amount expected to be collected by the insurance distributor while the policyholder is enrolled in the insurance product, including renewal periods. The Company’s performance obligation is complete when an insurance distributor has received and approved an insurance application. As such, extended transitionthe Company recognizes revenue at this point in time, which represents the total estimated lifetime commissions it expects to receive for selling the product after the health plan approves an application, net of an estimated constraint. Commissions payments are received monthly, over the life of the active policies. The Company’s consideration is variable based on the amount of time it estimates a policy will remain in force. The Company estimates the amount of variable consideration that it expects to receive based on historical experience or insurance distributor experience to the extent available, industry data and expectations as to future retention rates. Additionally, the Company considers application of the constraint and only recognizes the amount of variable consideration that it believes is probable that it will be entitled to receive and will not be subject to a significant revenue reversal in the future. The Company monitors and updates this estimate at each reporting date. The Company does not have any remaining performance obligations in its commission contracts with customers.

When there is a delay between the period in which means thatrevenue is recognized and when a standardcustomer invoice is issued or revisedbased on timing of reconciliation of amounts due, revenue is recognized and it has different application dates for public or private companies,the corresponding amounts are recorded as unbilled revenue within accounts receivable, net on the consolidated balance sheets. In line with industry practice, the Company as an emerging growth company, can adoptapplies the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard.

This may make comparisonconstraint on variable consideration and records revenue based on internally tracked conversions (for example, leads delivered, applications submitted), net of the Company’s financial statementsamount tracked and subsequently confirmed by customers. A significant portion of the unbilled estimated revenue balance is finalized and invoiced to customers within sixty days following the period of service. Any remaining estimates are finalized and invoiced as billing totals are reconciled with another public companythe customer. Historical estimates related to unbilled revenue have not been materially different from actual revenue billed.


Related to commissions from health insurance distributors and other forms of revenue which may be billed on a schedule other than that of the revenue recognition, when there is a delay that is neitherthe result of timing differences between our recognition of revenue and our contractual right to invoice, the corresponding amounts are recorded as contract assets on the consolidated balance sheets. These cases primarily relate to commission-related revenue as described above. Consistent with industry practice related to commission revenue, constraints are applied to the expected lifetime value “LTV” for revenue recognition purposes to help ensure that the total estimated lifetime commissions expected to be collected for an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth companyapproved member’s plan are recognized as revenue only to the extent that has opted outit is probable that a significant reversal in the amount of usingcumulative revenue recognized will not occur when the extended transitionuncertainty associated with future commissions receivable from the partner is subsequently resolved. Significant judgment can be involved in determining the constraint. To determine the constraints to be applied to LTV, we have initially utilized industry studies, peer information, and other expertise. Going forward, we will continually monitor prior calculations of LTV to current period difficultcalculations, taking into account terminations, cancellations, and actual cash received, and review the reasons for any variations, and will then apply judgment in assessing whether the difference between historical cancellations/terminations and cash collections and LTV is representative of differences that can be expected in future periods. We also analyze whether circumstances have changed and consider any known or impossible becausepotential modifications to the inputs into LTV in light of the potential differencesfactors that can impact the amount of cash expected to be collected in accounting standards used.

Net Income Per Ordinary Share

future periods, including but not limited to commission rates, carrier mix, plan duration, cancellations of insurance plans offered by health insurance carriers with which we have a relationship, changes in laws and regulations, and changes in the economic environment. We evaluate the appropriateness of our constraints on an ongoing basis, at least quarterly, and update our assumptions when we observe a

60

sufficient amount of evidence that would suggest that the long-term expectation underlying the assumptions has changed. For additional information, see the Accounts receivable, net and Contract assets, net section below.

Managed services
The Company’s performance obligation for Managed service contracts is to provide continuous service of managing the customer’s media spend for the purpose of generating leads through a third-party supplier of leads, as requested by our customer. Each month of service is distinct, and any variable consideration is allocated to a distinct month. Therefore, revenue is recognized as the performance obligation is satisfied each month and there is no estimation of revenue required at each reporting period for managed services contracts.

The Company compliesenters into agreements with accountinginternet search companies, third-party publishers and/or strategic partners to generate customer acquisition services for their Managed service customers. The Company receives a fee from its customers and disclosure requirements of FASB ASC Topic 260, “Earnings Per Share.” Net income per ordinary shareseparately pays a fee to the internet search companies, third-party publishers and/or strategic partners. The third-party supplier is computed by dividingprimarily responsible for the performance and deliverable to the customer, and the Company solely arranges for the third-party supplier to provide services to the customer. Therefore, in certain cases, the Company acts as the agent and the net income applicable to ordinary shareholdersfees earned by the weighted average numberCompany are recorded as revenue, with no associated costs of ordinary shares outstandingrevenue attributable to the Company.

Software services
The Company’s performance obligation for Software services contracts is to provide the period. The Company has not consideredcustomer with continuous, daily access to the effectCompany’s proprietary software. Service provided each month is distinct, and any variable consideration is allocated to a distinct month. Therefore, revenue is recognized as the performance obligations are satisfied each month and there is no estimation of revenue required at each reporting period for Software services contracts.

Cost of revenue

Cost of revenue primarily includes media and related costs, which consist of the warrants sold incost to acquire traffic through the Initial Public Offeringpurchase of impressions, clicks or actions from publishers or third-party intermediaries, such as advertising exchanges, and Private Placementtechnology costs that enable media acquisition. These media costs are used primarily to purchase an aggregate of 14,000,000 Class A ordinary shares in the calculation of diluted earnings per share, since their inclusion would be anti-dilutive under the treasury stock method. As a result, diluted earnings per ordinary share is the same as basic earnings per ordinary share for the periods presented.

The Company’s statements of operations (the “Statements of Operations”) include a presentation of income per share for ordinary shares subject to redemption in a manner similardrive user traffic to the two-class methodCompany’s and its clients’ media properties. Cost of income per share. Net income per ordinary share, basicrevenue additionally consists of indirect costs such as data verification, hosting and diluted for Class A ordinary sharesfulfillment costs. Cost of revenue is calculated by dividing the interest income earned on the Trust Account, by the weighted average numberpresented exclusive of Class A ordinary shares outstanding for the period. Net loss per ordinary share, basicDepreciation and diluted for Class B ordinary shares is calculated by dividing the net income, less income attributable to Class A ordinary sharesamortization expenses, as well as Salaries and any working capital loans, by the weighted average number of Class B ordinary shares outstanding for the periods presented.

related costs.

Reconciliation of Net Income (Loss) per Ordinary Share

The Company’s net income (loss) is adjusted for the portion of income that is attributable to Class A ordinary shares subject to redemption, as these shares only participate in the earnings of the Trust Account (less applicable taxes) and not the income or losses of the Company. Accordingly, basic and diluted loss per Class A ordinary shares is calculated as follows:

   For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2018
   For the period
from
November 29, 2017
(inception)
through
December 31, 2017
 

Interest income

  $3,081,753   $—   

Expenses available to be paid with interest income from Trust

   —      —   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income available to holders of Class A ordinary shares

   3,081,753    —   

Net income (loss)

  $2,595,287   $(8,819

Less: Income attributable to Class A ordinary shares

   (3,081,753   —   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to holders of Class B ordinary shares

  $(486,466  $(8,819
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding of Class A ordinary shares

   20,000,000    —   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net income per share, Class A

  $0.15   $—   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding of Class B ordinary shares

   5,000,000    5,000,000 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net loss per share, Class B

  $(0.10  $—   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Concentration

Concentrations of Credit Risk


Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, and accounts in a financial institution, which, at times, may exceed the Federal Depository Insurance Coverage of $250,000. At December 31, 2018,receivable. While the Company has not experienced losses on these accountsmaintains its cash and managementcash equivalents and restricted cash with financial institutions with high credit ratings, it often maintains those deposits in federally insured financial institutions in excess of federally insured (FDIC) limits. Management believes that the Company is not exposed to significant riskscredit risk due to the financial position of the depository institutions in which those deposits are held.

The Company performs credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition and records reserves to provide for estimated credit losses. Accounts receivable and contract assets are due from both domestic and international customers. See Note 3. Revenue for additional information.

Cash and cash equivalents

The Company considers highly liquid securities and other investments purchased with an original or remaining maturity of three months or less at the date of the purchase to be cash equivalents. The Company’s cash is primarily held as cash deposits with no cash restrictions at retail and commercial banks.

Restricted cash

Restricted cash represents cash held in a bank account that is not available to the Company for immediate use. Interest earned on these deposits is immaterial, and is recorded as an offset of Interest expense, net in the consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2023.

Accounts receivable, net and Contract assets, net

Accounts receivable and contract assets are recorded net of the Allowance for credit losses. Management determines the Allowance for credit losses based on factors including past write-offs, delinquency trends and current credit conditions. Accounts are written off when management determines that collection is unlikely. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the
61

Allowance for credit losses was $4.2 million and $4.7 million, respectively, for accounts receivable, and $2.3 million and $0, respectively, related to contract assets. For the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 bad debt expense was $4.1 million and $1.8 million, respectively. See Note 3. Revenue for additional information.

Property and equipment, net

Property and equipment are recorded at cost, net of accumulated Depreciation and amortization. Property and equipment consist of computer and office equipment, furniture and fixtures and leasehold improvements, which are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets.

Costs for websites and internal-use software are capitalized as property and equipment, net on the consolidated balance sheets during the application stages. Any initial research and development costs incurred during the preliminary project stage or costs incurred for data conversion activities, training, maintenance, general and administrative or overhead costs are expensed as incurred. Qualified costs incurred during the operating stage of our websites and software applications relating to upgrades and enhancements are capitalized to the extent it is probable that they will result in added functionality, while costs that cannot be separated between maintenance of, and minor upgrades and enhancements to, websites and internal‑use software are expensed as incurred.

Capitalized software development costs are amortized on a straight line basis over the estimated useful life or 3 years, whichever is shorter. Website and software development costs that do not qualify for capitalization are expensed as incurred - through salaries and related costs for employees time or through cost of goods sold for third-party maintenance efforts, which are recorded in Salaries and related costs or in General and administrative expenses, respectively, within the consolidated statements of operations. The capitalization and ongoing assessment of recoverability of development costs require considerable judgment by management with respect to certain external factors, including estimated economic life.

Management regularly assesses the carrying value of its long-lived assets to be held and used, including property and equipment and intangible assets, for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying value may not be recoverable. If such accounts.

Financial Instruments

events or circumstances are present, a loss is recognized to the extent the carrying value of the asset is in excess of estimated fair value.


For more information, see Note 5. Property and Equipment.

Lease accounting

The Company classifies its lease arrangements at inception as either operating leases or finance leases. A lease is classified as a finance lease if at least one of the following criteria is met: (1) the lease transfers ownership of the underlying asset to the lessee, (2) the lease grants the lessee an option to purchase the underlying asset that the lessee is reasonably certain to exercise, (3) the lease term is for a major part of the remaining economic life of the underlying asset, (4) the present value of the sum of the lease payments equals or exceeds substantially all of the fair value of the underlying asset, or (5) the underlying asset is of such a specialized nature that it is expected to have no alternative use to the lessor at the end of the lease term. A lease is classified as an operating lease if none of the five criteria described above for finance lease classification is met.

We determine if an arrangement is a lease at inception of the contract. Our right of use assets represents our right to use the underlying assets for the lease term and our lease liabilities represent our obligation to make lease payments arising from the leases. Right of use assets and lease liabilities are recognized at the commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term.

The Company’s lease arrangements consist of real estate operating leases for office space which generally contain an initial term of five to seven years and are renewable (and cancellable after a notice period) at the Company’s option. In general, we do not consider renewal options to be reasonably likely to be exercised, therefore, renewal options are not recognized as part of our right‑of‑use assets and lease liabilities recorded on the consolidated balance sheets. All of the Company’s leases for which we are a lessee are classified as operating leases in accordance with ASC 842, Lease Accounting. Our right-of-use assets associated with operating leases are included in Operating lease right-of-use assets, net on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. Current and long-term portions of lease liabilities related to operating leases are included in Operating lease liabilities - current and Operating lease liabilities - non-current on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. As of December 31, 2023, the Company has seven leased properties, representing 80,861 square feet of office space located in the United States, the Netherlands, and Poland.

In assessing our real estate operating leases and determining the lease liability, we were not able to readily determine the discount rate implicit in the lease arrangements, and thus used the lease commencement date and determined the incremental borrowing rate range between 3.40% and 4.23% for the leases on a collateralized basis to calculate the present value of the lease
62

payments. Our operating lease liabilities and their corresponding right-of-use assets are recorded based on the present value of the remaining lease payments at the discount rate. Certain adjustments to the right-of-use asset may be required for items such as incentives received, initial direct cost, and prepaid lease payments. The Company’s right-of-use assets are measured as the balance of the lease liability plus any prepaid or accrued lease payments and any unamortized initial direct costs less any lease incentives received. Additionally, certain amounts related to our lease arrangements that were previously reported as part of our lease abandonment reserve have been reflected as impairment reducing the Operating lease right-of-use assets, net on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. The Company has no finance leases.

Operating lease expenses are recognized on a ratable basis, regardless of whether the payment terms require the Company to make payments annually, quarterly, monthly, or for the entire term in advance. Certain of the Company’s lease agreements contain fixed escalation clauses (such as fixed dollar or fixed percentage increases) or inflation-based escalation clauses. If the payment terms include fixed escalator provisions, the effect of such increases is recognized on a straight-line basis. The Company calculates the straight-line expense over the contract’s estimated lease term, including any renewal option periods that the Company may deem reasonably certain to be exercised.

The majority of the Company’s lease agreements have certain termination rights that provide for cancellation after a notice period and multiple renewal options at the Company’s option. The Company includes renewal option periods in its calculation of the estimated lease term when it determines that the options are reasonably certain to be exercised. When such renewal options are deemed to be reasonably certain, the estimated lease term determined under ASC 842, Lease Accounting will be greater than the non-cancelable term of the contractual arrangement. Although certain renewal periods are included in the estimated lease term, the Company would have the ability to terminate or elect to not renew a particular lease if business conditions warrant such a decision.

For additional information, see Note 9. Leases.

Goodwill and intangible assets

We account for our business combinations using the acquisition accounting method, which requires us to determine the fair value of net assets acquired and the related goodwill and intangible assets. Determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed requires management’s judgment and involves the use of significant estimates, including projections of future cash flows, discount rates, asset lives and market multiples.

Interim Testing
In 2023, the Company considered if an interim event occurred or circumstances changed that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. In the second quarter of 2023, the Company determined that the recent economic downturn and inflation, along with the Company’s revenue reduction and decreased stock market price were indicators of impairment for the Marketplace reporting unit under ASC 350-20, Goodwill, and ASC 360-10, Impairment and Disposal of Long-Lived Assets for certain asset groups during 2023. The Company determined the fair value of goodwill at the reporting unit level utilizing a combination of a discounted cash flow analysis incorporating variables such as revenue projections, projected operating cash flow margins, and discount rates, as well as a market-based approach employing comparable sales analysis. The valuation assumptions used in the discounted cash flow model reflect historical performance of the Company, the prevailing values in the Company’s industry, including the extent of the economic downturn related to the recent inflation and its economic contraction and its expected timing of recovery. The result of our analysis indicated that there was goodwill impairment of $33.8 million for the related to the Marketplace reporting unit, which was recorded as impairment of goodwill in the consolidated statements of operations for the quarter ended June 30, 2023.

Further, the Company performed quarterly recoverability tests for certain asset groups to determine whether an impairment loss should be measured on intangible assets. The undiscounted cash flows in the recoverability tests were compared to each identified asset group’s carrying value. During the second quarter of 2023, the Company identified three asset groups with carrying value in excess of the current projected undiscounted cash flows for those asset groups, and therefore calculated the fair value of the finite-lived intangible assets. Intangible assets include technology, brand, and customer relationships. The fair value of technology was determined using the Relief from Royalty Approach; fair value of the customer relationships was determined using the Multi Period Excess Earnings Method; and fair value of the brand was determined using the Relief from Royalty Method. As a result of the fair value being lower than the carrying value for certain assets, the Company recorded impairment loss of $7.8 million in the second quarter of 2023, to intangible assets which were in asset groups included in the Marketplace reporting unit, which is included in the consolidated statements of operations as Impairment of intangible assets.

Annual Testing
Additionally, the Company reviews goodwill as of December 31 each year and whenever events or significant changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. We evaluate the recoverability of goodwill at the reporting unit level. For the year ended December 31, 2023, the result of our annual impairment test indicated that there were
63

goodwill impairment indicators for the Brand Direct segment, as the carrying value of that reporting unit exceeded the fair value. The fair value of each reporting unit for 2023 was estimated using a combination of the income approach, which incorporates the use of the discounted cash flow method, and the market approach, which incorporates the use of earnings and revenue multiples based on market data. The Company’s estimates of fair value are based upon projected cash flows, weighted average cost of capital and other inputs which are uncertain and involve significant judgments by management.

The result of our analysis indicated that there was Goodwill impairment of $15.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 related to the Brand Direct reporting unit. Combined with the Marketplace related goodwill impairment booked during the second quarter of $33.8 million as described above, total goodwill impairment for the year ended December 31, 2023 was $49.4 million.

We review intangible assets with finite lives subject to amortization whenever events or circumstances indicate that a carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. We evaluate the recoverability of intangible assets at the asset group level. Recoverability of these assets is determined by comparing the carrying value of these assets to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by these asset groups. These asset groups are impaired when their carrying value exceeds their fair value. Impaired intangible assets with finite lives subject to amortization are written down to their fair value with a charge to expense in the period the impairment is identified. intangible assets with finite lives are amortized on a straight-line basis with estimated useful lives generally between three and fifteen years. Events or circumstances that might require impairment testing include the loss of a significant client, the identification of other impaired assets within a reporting unit, loss of key personnel, the disposition of a significant portion of a reporting unit, significant decline in stock price or a significant adverse change in business climate or regulations. The Company further determined that the recent economic downturn and inflation, along with the Company’s revenue reduction and decreased stock market price were indicators of impairment under ASC 360-10, Impairment and Disposal of Long-Lived Assets for certain asset groups during 2023 and 2022. As a result, the Company calculated the fair value of those finite-lived intangible assets. Intangible assets primarily include technology, brand, and customer relationships. The Company determined the fair value of each asset group utilizing a discounted cash flow analysis incorporating variables such as revenue projections, projected operating cash flow margins, and discount rates. The valuation assumptions used in the discounted cash flow model reflect historical performance of the Company, the prevailing values in the Company’s industry, including the extent of the economic downturn related to increased inflation, the economic contraction in our industry and its expected timing of recovery. As a result of the fair value being lower than the carrying value for these asset groups, the Company recorded additional impairment of intangible assets of $1.5 million, $14.7 million, and $0.5 million to intangible assets which are in asset groups included in Brand Direct, Marketplace and Technology Solutions reporting units, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2023.

Determining fair value requires the use of estimates and assumptions. Such estimates and assumptions include revenue growth rates, operating profit margins, royalty rates, weighted average costs of capital, terminal growth rates, future market share, the impact of new product development, and future market conditions, among others. The Company recognizes a goodwill impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying value of goodwill exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value.

Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized based on the estimated consumption of the economic benefit over their estimated useful lives.

For additional information, see Note 6. Goodwill and Intangible Assets.

Contingencies

The Company is subject to legal, regulatory and other proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of business. An estimated liability is recorded for those proceedings and claims when the loss from such proceedings and claims becomes probable and reasonably estimable. Outstanding claims are reviewed with internal and external counsel to assess the probability and the estimates of loss, including the possible range of an estimated loss. The risk of loss is reassessed each period and as new information becomes available, liabilities are adjusted as appropriate. The actual cost of resolving a claim may be substantially different from the amount of the liability recorded. Differences between the estimated and actual amounts determined upon ultimate resolution, individually or in the aggregate, are not expected to have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial position but could possibly be material to the consolidated results of operations or cash flows for any one period.

Acquisitions

Under the acquisition method of accounting, the Company recognizes, separately from goodwill, the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their estimated acquisition date fair values. The excess of the fair value of purchase consideration over the fair values of these identifiable assets and liabilities are recorded as goodwill.

The Company performs valuations of assets acquired and liabilities assumed and allocates the purchase price to its respective assets and liabilities. Determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed requires management to use
64

significant judgment and estimates, including the selection of valuation methodologies, estimates of future revenue, costs and cash flows, discount rates, and selection of comparable companies. Management’s estimates of fair value are based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable, but which qualifyare inherently uncertain and unpredictable. As a result, actual results may differ from these estimates. During the measurement period, the Company may record adjustments to acquired assets and assumed liabilities, with corresponding offsets to goodwill. Upon the conclusion of a measurement period, any subsequent adjustments are recorded to earnings.

At the acquisition date, the Company measures the fair values of all assets acquired and liabilities assumed that arise from contractual contingencies. The Company also measures the fair values of all non-contractual contingencies if, as of the acquisitions date, it is more likely than not that the contingencies will give rise to assets or liabilities.

Acquisition related costs not considered part of the considerations are expensed as incurred and recorded in Acquisition costs within the consolidated statements of operations.

Contingent consideration

The Company recognizes the fair value of any contingent consideration that is transferred to the seller in a business combination on the date at which control of the acquiree is obtained. Contingent consideration is classified as a liability or as equity on the basis of the definitions of an equity instrument and a financial instruments underliability. Since the FASB ASC Topic 820, “Fair Value MeasurementsCompany’s contingent consideration can be paid in cash or DMS Class A Common Stock, at the election of the Company, the Company classifies its contingent consideration as a liability. Contingent consideration payments related to acquisitions are measured at fair value at each reporting period using Level 3 unobservable inputs. The Company’s estimates of fair value are based upon projected cash flows, estimated volatility and Disclosures,” approximates the carrying amounts representedother inputs which are uncertain and involve significant judgments by management. Any changes in the Balance Sheets.

fair value of these contingent consideration payments are included in income from operations in the consolidated statements of operations.


Fair Value Measurements

value measurements


Fair value is defined as the price that would be received for sale ofto sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for transfer of athe asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. GAAP establishes a three-tierIn most cases, the exit price and transaction (or entry) price will be the same at initial recognition. In the Company’s case, the fair value of financial instruments approximates fair value.

The fair value hierarchy uses a framework which prioritizesrequires categorizing assets and liabilities into one of three levels based on the inputs used in measuring fair value. The hierarchy givesvaluing the highest priority to

asset or liability.

•    Level 1 inputs are unadjusted, quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). These tiers include:

liabilities.    

Level 1, defined as observable inputs such as quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets;

•    Level 2 defined asinputs are observable inputs other than quoted prices included in active markets that are either directly or indirectly observableLevel 1, such as quoted prices for similar instrumentsassets or liabilities in active markets or quoted prices for identical assets or similar instrumentsliabilities in marketsinactive markets.    

•    Level 3 inputs include unobservable inputs that are not active; and

Level 3, defined as unobservable inputs in whichsupported by little, infrequent or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop itsactivity and reflect management’s own assumptions such as valuations derived from valuation techniquesabout inputs used in which onepricing the asset or moreliability.


Level 1 provides the most reliable measure of fair value, while Level 3 generally requires significant inputs ormanagement judgment. Assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant value drivers are unobservable.

ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurement and Disclosures, requires all entities to disclose the fair value measurement.


Warrant liabilities

Private Placement Warrants
The warrants purchased privately by the Sponsor simultaneously with the consummation of financial instruments, both assetsthe Company’s initial public offering and issued in exchange for previously held warrants in Leo (Private Placement Warrants”) are not redeemable by the Company so long as they are held by the warrant holder or its permitted transferees. Sponsor, or its permitted transferees, has the option to exercise the Company Private Placement Warrants on a cashless basis. Except for the forgoing, the Company Private Placement Warrants have terms and provisions that are identical to the terms and provisions of the Company’s public warrants included as part of the units, each whole warrant exercisable for one Class A ordinary share at an exercise price of $172.50 (“Public Warrants”). If the Company Private Placement Warrants are held by holders other than Sponsor or its permitted transferees, the Company Private Placement Warrants will be redeemable by Company and exercisable by the holders on the same basis as the Company Public Warrants. See Note 11. Equity for description of the Public Warrants’ terms.

Preferred Warrants
The Company Preferred Warrants are not redeemable by the Company so long as they are held by Investor or its permitted transferees. Investor, or its permitted transferees, has the option to exercise the Company Preferred Warrants on a cashless basis.
65


Because the Company’s Private Placement and Preferred Warrants contain provisions whereby the settlement amount varies depending upon the characteristics of the warrant holder, they meet the definition of a derivative under ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging. The Private Placement and Preferred Warrants are recorded as liabilities for which it is practicable to estimateon the consolidated balance sheets at fair value, with subsequent changes in their respective fair values recognized in the consolidated statements of operations at each reporting date. The Company estimates the Private Placement and definesPreferred Warrants fair value using a Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model using a combination of the historical share price volatility of the Company’s and other similar companies’ share prices and the implied volatility of the Public Warrants, market price and exercise price and the remaining life of the Private Placement and Preferred Warrants.

Advertising costs

All advertising, promotional and marketing costs are expensed when incurred. Advertising, promotional and marketing costs for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 were $9.2 million and $10.6 million, respectively, and were included in General and administrative expenses within the consolidated statements of operations.

Stock-based compensation

Stock-based compensation is measured using the grant-date fair value of the award of equity instruments, including stock options and restricted stock units (“RSUs”). The expense is recognized over the requisite service period and forfeitures are recognized as incurred.

The fair value of options granted to employees is estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes-Merton option valuation model. This valuation model for Stock-based compensation expense requires the Company to make assumptions and judgments about the variables used in the calculation, including the expected term (weighted-average period of time that the options granted are expected to be outstanding), the expected volatility in the fair market value of the Company’s common stock, a financial instrumentrisk-free interest rate and expected dividends. The Company uses the simplified calculation of expected life as the amount at whichcontractual term for options of 10 years is longer than the instrument could be exchangedCompany has been publicly traded. The Company does not have enough historical perspective to estimate the volatility of its publicly traded shares in a current transaction between willing parties. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the recorded values of cash, prepaid expenses, accounts payable, and accrued expenses approximate the fair values dueregards to the short-term naturevaluation of its stock options awarded to employees. The Company’s common stock began trading on April 20, 2018; no cash dividends have been declared since that time, and we do not anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Expected volatility is based on an average of the instruments.

Usehistorical volatilities of Estimates

the common stock of several entities with characteristics similar to those of the Company. The preparationrisk-free rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of financial statementsgrant for periods corresponding with the expected life of the option. The Company uses the straight-line method for expense attribution.


The Company may also grant RSUs to its employees and directors. RSUs have a service-based vesting condition, which must be satisfied in conformityorder for RSUs to vest. The service-based vesting condition for these awards is typically satisfied over three to four years, depending on the award, with U.S. GAAP requiresa cliff vesting period on the anniversary of the award. The related stock-based compensation expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period.

See Note 13. Employee and Director Incentive Plans for further details.

Restructuring Costs

Restructuring costs include expenses associated with the Company’s managementeffort to make estimatescontinually improve operational efficiency and assumptions that affect the reported amountsreposition its assets to remain competitive. Restructuring costs include termination of fixed assets, and liabilities and disclosureemployees severances, termination of contingent assets and liabilities at the datefacility costs of the financial statementsCompany’s Voice and the reported amounts of expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Offering Costs

Offering costs consist of legal, accounting, underwriting feesCrisp call centers and other costs thatassociated with these restructuring costs. For the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, these costs were directly related to$6.3 million $2.3 million, respectively, which are included in General and administrative expenses within the Initial Public Offering totaled approximately $11.9 million, inclusiveconsolidated statements of $7.0 million in deferred underwriting commissions, and were charged to shareholders’ equity upon the completion of the Initial Public Offering.

Class A Ordinary Shares Subject to Possible Redemption

operations.


Income taxes

The Company accounts for its Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption in accordance with the guidance in FASB ASC Topic 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.” Class A ordinary shares subject to mandatory redemption (if any) are classified as liability instruments and are measured at fair value. Conditionally redeemable Class A ordinary shares (including Class A ordinary shares that feature redemption rights that are either within the control of the holder or subject to redemption upon the occurrence of uncertain events not solely within the Company’s control) are classified as temporary equity. At all other times, Class A ordinary shares are classified as shareholders’ equity. The Company’s Class A ordinary shares feature certain redemption rights that are considered to be outside of the Company’s control and subject to the occurrence of uncertain future events. Accordingly, at December 31, 2018, 19,166,628 Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption at the redemption amount are presented as temporary equity, outside of the shareholders’ equity section of the Company’s Balance Sheets.

Income Taxes

The Company followsincome taxes using the asset and liability method. Under this method, of accounting for income taxes under FASB ASC Topic 740, “Income Taxes.” Deferred tax assetsDTAs and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statementsstatement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assetsIn assessing the realizability of DTAs, management considers whether it is more-likely-than-not that the DTAs will be realized. A valuation allowance will be recorded to reduce DTAs to an amount that is anticipated to be realized on a more likely than not basis. DTAs and liabilities are measured using enactedcalculated by applying existing tax laws and the rates

expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences

66

are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates on DTAs and liabilities is recognized in the year of the enacted rate change.

The Company accounts for uncertainty in income in the period that included the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

FASB ASC Topic 740 prescribestaxes using a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement ofthreshold for tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefitsreturn, which are subject to be recognized, aexamination by federal and state taxing authorities. The tax benefit from an uncertain tax position must bemore-likely-than-not tois recognized when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities.authorities based on technical merits of the position. The amount of the tax benefit recognized is the largest amount of the benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The effective tax rate and the tax basis of assets and liabilities reflect management’s estimates of the ultimate outcome of various tax uncertainties. The Company recognizes penalties and interest related to uncertain tax positions within the provision (benefit) for income taxes line in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.


DMSH, the Company’s management determinedaccounting predecessor, is a limited liability company treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes and is not subject to entity-level U.S. federal income tax, except with respect to UE, which was acquired in November 2019 and Traverse, which was acquired in May 2022. Additionally, ClickDealer which was acquired in March 2023 is subject to entity level taxes in the United Kingdom, Ukraine and Netherlands. Because UE Authority, Co (“UE”) and Traverse Data Inc (“Traverse”) are treated as corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes, they are subject to entity-level U.S. federal income tax. As a result of the Business Combination, Blocker’s allocable share of earnings from DMSH is also subject to U.S. federal and state and local income taxes in its consolidated return with DMS Inc.. SeeNote 14. Income Taxes for further details.

Tax Receivable Agreement

In conjunction with the Business Combination, DMS Inc. and Blocker also entered into the Tax Receivable Agreement with the Sellers. Pursuant to the Tax Receivable Agreement, DMS Inc. is required to pay the Sellers (i) 85% of the amount of savings, if any, in U.S. federal, state and local income tax that DMS Inc. and Blocker actually realize as a result of (A) certain existing tax attributes of Blocker acquired in the Business Combination, and (B) increases in Blocker’s allocable share of the tax basis of the assets of DMS and certain other tax benefits related to the payment of the cash consideration pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement and any redemptions or exchanges of DMS Units for cash or Class A Common Stock after the Business Combination and (ii) 100% of certain refunds of pre-Closing taxes of DMSH and Blocker received during a taxable year beginning within two (2) years after the Closing. All such payments to the Sellers are the obligation of DMS Inc., and not that of DMSH. As a result of the Business Combination, the Company recorded DTAs and Income tax receivable of $20.1 million and $0.2 million, respectively, with the offset as a long-term Tax Receivable Agreement liability of $16.3 million and Additional paid-in capital of $4.0 million in the consolidated balance sheets (see Note 12. Related Party Transactions and Note 14. Income Taxes).

Valuation allowances for Deferred tax assets

We establish an income tax valuation allowance when available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that all or a portion of a deferred tax asset (“DTA”) will not be realized. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, we consider the amounts and timing of expected future deductions or carryforwards and sources of taxable income that may enable utilization. We maintain an existing valuation allowance until enough positive evidence exists to support its reversal. Changes in the amount or timing of expected future deductions or taxable income may have a material impact on the level of income tax valuation allowances. Our assessment of the realizability of the DTA requires judgment about its future results. Inherent in this estimation is the requirement for us to estimate future book and taxable income and possible tax planning strategies. These estimates require us to exercise judgment about our future results, the prudence and feasibility of possible tax planning strategies, and the economic environment in which the Company does business. It is possible that the Cayman Islandsactual results will differ from the assumptions and require adjustments to the allowance. Adjustments to the allowance would affect future net income (see Note 14. Income Taxes).

Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share of Class A Common Stock is computed by dividing net income attributable to DMS Inc. plus accretion and dividends on preferred stock by the weighted-average number of shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share of Class A Common Stock is computed by dividing net income attributable to DMS Inc., adjusted for the assumed exchange of all potentially dilutive securities, including the Private Placement Warrants’ fair value adjustments recognized in earnings, by the weighted-average number of shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding adjusted to give effect to potentially dilutive securities, to the extent their inclusion is dilutive to earnings per share.

67

New Accounting Standards

Accounting Standards Recently Adopted
In June 2016, the FASB issued authoritative guidance on accounting for credit losses on financial instruments in accordance with ASC 326, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses, including trade receivables, and has since issued subsequent updates to the initial guidance. The amended guidance requires the application of a Current Expected Credit Loss (“CECL”) model, which measures credit losses based on relevant information about past events, including historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. The Company adopted this guidance in first quarter of 2023, effective January 1, 2023. The adoption did not have a material impact on the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Accounting Standards Not Yet Adopted

In November 2023, the FASB issued ASU No. 2023-07, Segment Reporting (Topic 280) Improvements To Reportable Segment Disclosures, which requires additional disclosures about a public entity’s reportable segments and addresses requests from investors and other allocators of capital for additional, more detailed information about a reportable segment’s expenses. The Company will adopt this ASU for the annual period beginning on January 1, 2024 and for interim periods beginning on January 1, 2025, and is still evaluating its impact on the Consolidated Financial Statements.

In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU No. 2023-09, Income Taxes (Topic 740) Improvements To Income Tax Disclosures, which requires additional disclosures of income tax components that affect the rate reconciliation and income taxes paid, broken out by the applicable taxing jurisdictions. The Company expects to adopt this ASU for the annual period beginning on January 1, 2025, and does not expect a material impact on the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Note 2. Business Combination

On July 15, 2020, DMSH consummated the business combination with Leo pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement (the “Business Combination Agreement”), by and among Leo, DMSH, Blocker, Prism Data, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Prism”), CEP V-A DMS AIV Limited Partnership, a Delaware limited partnership (“Clairvest Direct Seller”) and related entities (the “Sellers”).

In connection with the consummation of the Business Combination, the following occurred:
Leo was domesticated and continues as a Delaware corporation, changing its name to “Digital Media Solutions, Inc.”
The Company was organized into an umbrella partnership-C corporation (or “Up-C”) structure, in which substantially all of the assets and business of the Company are held by DMSH and continue to operate through the subsidiaries of DMSH, and the Company’s sole material assets are the equity interests of DMSH indirectly held by it.
DMS Inc. consummated the PIPE investment with certain qualified institutional buyers and accredited investors (the “PIPE Investors”), pursuant to which the PIPE Investors collectively subscribed for 10,424,282 shares of Class A Common Stock for an aggregate purchase price of $100.0 million.
DMS Inc. purchased all of the issued and outstanding common stock of Blocker and a portion of the units of DMSH held by Prism and Clairvest Direct Seller. Those DMSH membership interests were then immediately contributed to the capital of Blocker in exchange for aggregate consideration to the Sellers of $57.3 million in cash, 25,857,070 shares of Class B common stock, 2.0 million warrants to purchase Class A Common Stock, and 17,937,954 shares of Class C Common Stock. Refer to Note 11. Equity for a description of the Company’s Common Stock.
The Sellers amended and restated the limited liability company agreement of DMSH (the “Amended Partnership Agreement”), to, among other things: (i) recapitalize DMSH such that, as of immediately following the consummation of the Business Combination, Prism and Clairvest Direct Seller collectively own 25,857,070 of DMSH Units and Blocker owns 32,293,793 of DMSH Units; and (ii) provide Clairvest Direct Seller and Prism the right to redeem their DMSH Units for cash or, at the Company’s option, the Company may acquire the DMSH Units in exchange for cash or shares of Class A Common Stock, subject to certain restrictions set forth therein.
DMS Inc. issued 2.0 million Private Placement Warrants in exchange for previously held warrants in Leo, and an additional approximate 10.0 million Public Warrants were issued in exchange for the warrants offered and sold by Leo in its initial public offering. Refer to Note 10. Fair Value Measurements and Note 11. Equity for a description of the Company’s Private Placement and Public Warrants, respectively.
DMS Inc. obtained $30.0 million in cash for working capital needs and $10.0 million to pay down outstanding indebtedness under the Monroe Capital Management Advisors (as administrative agent and lender) (the “Monroe Facility”).
The Sellers exercised their right to convert the shares of Class C Common Stock into shares of Class A Common Stock, on a one-for-one basis, in accordance with the new Certificate of Incorporation (the “Conversion”).
Prism and Clairvest Direct Seller continue to retain a significant continuing equity interest in the Company, representing 44% of the economic interests in DMSH and 44% of the voting interest in DMS Inc. (“non-controlling interest”).
68

On October 22, 2020, as required by the post-closing working capital adjustment provisions of the Business Combination Agreement, (i) the Company issued (a) 98,783 total additional shares of Class A Common Stock to the Blocker Sellers and (b) 142,394 total additional shares of Class B Common Stock to Prism and Clairvest Direct Seller.
In conjunction with the Business Combination, DMS Inc. and Blocker also entered into the Tax Receivable Agreement with the Sellers. Pursuant to the Tax Receivable Agreement, DMS Inc. is required to pay the Sellers (i) 85% of the amount of savings, if any, in U.S. federal, state and local income tax that DMS Inc. and Blocker actually realize as a result of (A) certain existing tax attributes of Blocker acquired in the Business Combination, and (B) increases in Blocker’s allocable share of the tax basis of the assets of DMS and certain other tax benefits related to the payment of the cash consideration pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement and any redemptions or exchanges of DMS Units for cash or Class A Common Stock after the Business Combination and (ii) 100% of certain refunds of pre-Closing taxes of DMSH and Blocker received during a taxable year beginning within two (2) years after the Closing. All such payments to the Sellers are the obligation of DMS Inc., and not that of DMSH. Since the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company maintains a full valuation allowance on its DTA related to the Tax Receivable Agreement along with the entire DTA inventory, as these assets are not more likely than not to be realized based on the positive and negative evidence that we considered. See Note 14. Income Taxes for further details.

Note 3. Revenue

The Company derives revenue primarily through the delivery of various types of services, including: customer acquisition, managed services and software as a service (“SaaS”). The Company recognizes revenue when the promised goods or services are transferred to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled in exchange for those services. The Company has elected the practical expedient to not disclose the value of unsatisfied performance obligations for (i) contracts with an original expected length of one year or less and (ii) contracts for which revenue is recognized in the amount to which the Company has the right to invoice for services performed.

The Company has organized its operations into three reportable segments: Brand Direct, Marketplace and Technology Solutions. The Brand Direct reportable segment consists of services delivered against our customer’s brand, while the Marketplace reportable segment includes services delivered directly against the DMS brand. In the Technology Solutions reportable segment, services offered by the Company include software services and digital media services that are managed on behalf of the customer. Corporate and other represents other business activities and includes eliminating entries. Management uses these segments to evaluate the performance of its businesses and to assess its financial results and forecasts.

Disaggregation of Revenue
The following tables presents the disaggregation of revenue by reportable segment and type of service (in thousands):

Year Ended December 31, 2023
Brand DirectMarketplaceTechnology SolutionsIntercompany EliminationsTotal
Net revenue:
Customer acquisition$200,551 $149,782 $— $(27,632)$322,701 
Managed services3,905 — 2,294 — 6,199 
Software services— — 6,049 — 6,049 
Total Net revenue$204,456 $149,782 $8,343 $(27,632)$334,949 

Year Ended December 31, 2022
Brand
Direct
MarketplaceTechnology SolutionsIntercompany EliminationsTotal
Net revenue:
Customer acquisition$198,873 $216,385 $— $(39,284)$375,974 
Managed services5,367 — 4,814 — 10,181 
Software services— — 4,993 — 4,993 
Total Net revenue$204,240 $216,385 $9,807 $(39,284)$391,148 

69

The Company generated revenue outside the United States through its 2023 ClickDealer acquisition. The following table represents these revenues by region (in thousands):

Year Ended December 31, 2023
Europe$17,376 
Other International10,109 

Accounts Receivable, net
Accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. The Allowance for credit losses is the Company’s only major tax jurisdiction; therefore no income tax hasbest estimate of the amount of probable credit losses in the Company’s existing accounts receivable. The Company determines the allowance based on historical write-off experience, delinquency trends and current credit conditions. The Company reviews its Allowance for credit losses monthly. Past due balances over 90 days and over a specified amount are reviewed individually for collectability. All other balances are reviewed on a pooled basis. Account balances are charged off against the allowance after all means of collection have been recorded.exhausted and the potential for recovery is considered remote. The Company does not have any off-balance sheet credit exposure related to its customers.

The activity in the Allowance for credit losses related to accounts receivable is as follows (in thousands):

Balance, January 1, 2022$4,930 
Additions charged to expense1,761 
Deductions/write-offs(2,035)
Balance, December 31, 20224,656 
Additions charged to expense2,050 
Deductions/write-offs(2,240)
ASU 2016-13 (Topic 326) adjustment(294)
Balance, December 31, 2023$4,172 

For the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, one advertising customer within the Marketplace segment accounted for approximately 14.1% and 23.2% of our total revenue, respectively.

For the year ended December 31, 2023, bad debt expense was $4.1 million, including the establishment of allowance for credit losses related to contract assets as described below. For the year ended December 31, 2022, bad debt expense was $1.8 million.

Contract balances

Contract Assets
The Company’s contract assets primarily result from the estimated variable consideration for commissions to be received from insurance distributors for performance obligations that have been satisfied. In addition, other contract assets with clients where the performance obligations have been satisfied in advance of the contractual terms with the customer are also recorded as contract assets. The Company recognizes accrued interestrevenue when the performance obligation is met and penalties relatedthe contract asset is recorded within the consolidated balance sheets as current assets and long term assets, where applicable. Related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense. There were no unrecognized tax benefits and no amounts accrued for interest and penaltiescommission revenue, the Company collects the consideration payments in equal installments over the lifetime-value of the underlying insurance policy, beginning collections on or after 90 days after the policy becomes effective, which can be up to several months after the Company’s performance obligation is met. From time to time, the Company may also record bonuses based on certain criteria set forth by the insurance distributor.

Contract assets as of December 31, 20182023 are as follows (in thousands):

Contract assets - current, net$6,467 
Contract assets - non-current, net1,632 
Total Contract assets$8,099 

There were no contract assets as of December 31, 2022.

70

The activity in the contract assets is as follows (in thousands):

Balance, January 1, 2023$— 
Additions recorded as revenue10,622 
Collections(186)
Changes to Allowance for Credit Losses(2,337)
Balance, December 31, 2023$8,099 

Contract Liabilities
The Company’s contract liabilities result from payments received from clients in advance of revenue recognition as they precede the Company’s satisfaction of the associated performance obligation. If a customer pays consideration before the Company’s performance obligations are satisfied, such amounts are classified as deferred revenue and 2017.recorded within Accrued expenses and other current liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the balance of deferred revenue was $1.0 million and $1.0 million, respectively. We expect the majority of the deferred revenue balance at December 31, 2023 to be recognized as revenue during the following quarter.

When there is a delay between the completion of our performance obligations and when a customer is invoiced, revenue is recognized and recorded as unbilled revenue (i.e. contract assets) within Accounts receivable, net on the consolidated balance sheets.

Note 4. Reportable Segments

The Company’s operating segments are determined based on the financial information reviewed by its chief operating decision maker (“CODM”), and the basis upon which management makes resource allocation decisions and assesses the performance of the Company’s segments. The Company evaluates the operating performance of its segments based on financial measures such as Net revenue, cost of revenue, and Gross profit. Given the nature of the digital marketing solutions business, the amount of assets does not provide meaningful insight into the operating performance of the Company. As a result, the amount of the Company’s assets is currently not aware of any issues under review that could result in significant payments, accruals or material deviation from its current tax position.

The Company may be subject to potential examination by U.S. federal, U.S. state or foreign taxing authorities in the area of income taxes. These potential examinations may include questioning the timingsegment allocation and amount of deductions, the nexus of income among various tax jurisdictions and compliance with U.S. federal, U.S. state and foreign tax laws. The Company’s management doestotal assets is not expect that the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits will materially change over the next twelve months.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In August 2018, the SEC adopted the final rule under SEC ReleaseNo. 33-10532, “Disclosure Update and Simplification,” amending certain disclosure requirements that were redundant, duplicative, overlapping, outdated or superseded. In addition, the amendments expandedincluded within the disclosure requirements onof the analysisCompany’s segment financial information.


71

The analysis should presentfollowing tables are a reconciliation of the beginningoperations of our segments to loss from operations (in thousands):

Years Ended December 31,
20232022
Net revenue$334,949 $391,148 
Brand Direct204,456 204,240 
Marketplace149,782 216,385 
Technology Solutions8,343 9,807 
Intercompany eliminations(27,632)(39,284)
Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)252,050 287,820 
Brand Direct164,577 161,445 
Marketplace113,240 164,226 
Technology Solutions1,865 1,433 
Intercompany eliminations(27,632)(39,284)
Gross profit (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)82,899 103,328 
Brand Direct39,879 42,795 
Marketplace36,542 52,159 
Technology Solutions6,478 8,374 
Salaries and related costs43,583 49,872 
General and administrative expenses46,578 41,878 
Depreciation and amortization19,460 28,242 
Impairment of goodwill49,390 — 
Impairment of intangible assets16,744 21,570 
Acquisition costs3,020 1,650 
Change in fair value of contingent consideration liabilities(1,833)2,583 
Loss from operations$(94,043)$(42,467)

Note 5. Property and Equipment

The following table presents major classifications of property and equipment and the related useful lives (in thousands, except useful lives):

Years Ended December 31,
Useful Lives20232022
Computers and office equipment3 years$2,443 $2,207 
Furniture and fixtures5 years322 321 
Leasehold improvements7 years337 337 
Software development costs3 years41,074 34,971 
Total44,176 37,836 
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization(28,786)(20,134)
Property and equipment, net$15,390 $17,702 


Depreciation and amortization expense for property and equipment for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 was $8.7 million and $8.4 million, respectively, included in our consolidated statements of operations.

As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the unamortized balance of capitalized software development costs was $14.5 million and $16.0 million, respectively. Amortization of capitalized software development costs for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 was $7.6 million and $7.4 million, respectively, included in Depreciation and amortization of our consolidated statements of operations.

72

Note 6. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill

Changes in the carrying value of Goodwill, by reporting segment, were as follows (in thousands):

Brand DirectMarketplaceTechnology SolutionsTotal
Balance, January 1, 2022$18,376 $54,554 $3,628 $76,558 
Additions (Note 7)— — 735 735 
Miscellaneous changes(55)— — (55)
Balance, December 31, 202218,321 54,554 4,363 77,238 
Additions (Note 7)2,308 2,693 — 5,001 
Impairment of goodwill(15,595)(33,795)— (49,390)
Balance, December 31, 2023$5,034 $23,452 $4,363 $32,849 

The carrying amount of Goodwill for the Marketplace segment had accumulated impairment of $33.8 million as of December 31, 2023 and no impairment as of December 31, 2022. The carrying amount of Goodwill for the Brand Direct segment had accumulated impairment of $15.6 million and no impairment as of December 31, 2022.

Intangible assets, net

Finite-lived Intangible assets, net consisted of the following (in thousands, except amortization periods):

December 31, 2023
Amortization
Period (Years)
GrossImpairmentAccumulated
Amortization
Net
Technology4 to 7$59,095 $(7,210)$(43,752)$8,133 
Customer relationships4 to 1571,323 (27,125)(26,510)17,688 
Brand1 to 714,880 (3,979)(7,283)3,618 
Non-competition agreements1 to 31,898 — (1,896)
Total$147,196 $(38,314)$(79,441)$29,441 

December 31, 2022
Amortization
Period (Years)
GrossImpairmentAccumulated
Amortization
Net
Technology4 to 7$54,316 $(5,933)$(39,411)$8,972 
Customer relationships4 to 1549,423 (12,387)(21,205)15,831 
Brand1 to 712,169 (3,250)(6,233)2,686 
Non-competition agreements1 to 31,898 — (1,868)30 
Total$117,806 $(21,570)$(68,717)$27,519 

Amortization expense relating to intangible assets subject to amortization for each of the next five years and thereafter is estimated to be as follows (in thousands):

20242025202620272028Thereafter
Amortization expense$5,474 $4,040 $3,642 $3,027 $2,535 $10,723 

Amortization expense for finite-lived intangible assets is recorded on an accelerated straight-line basis. Amortization expense related to finite-lived intangible assets was $10.7 million and $19.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

73

Impairment analysis

Interim Testing
The Company considered if an event occurred or circumstances changed that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. In the second quarter of 2023, the Company determined that the recent economic downturn and inflation, along with the Company’s revenue reduction and decreased stock market price were indicators of impairment for the Marketplace reporting unit under ASC 350-20, Goodwill, and ASC 360-10, Impairment and Disposal of Long-Lived Assets for certain asset groups during 2023. The Company determined the fair value of goodwill at the reporting unit level utilizing a combination of a discounted cash flow analysis incorporating variables such as revenue projections, projected operating cash flow margins, and discount rates, as well as a market-based approach employing comparable sales analysis. The valuation assumptions used in the discounted cash flow model reflect historical performance of the Company, the prevailing values in the Company’s industry, including the extent of the economic downturn related to the ending balancerecent inflation and its economic contraction and its expected timing of recovery. The result of our analysis indicated that there was goodwill impairment of $33.8 million for the related to the Marketplace reporting unit, which was recorded as Impairment of goodwill in the consolidated statements of operations for the quarter ended June 30, 2023.

Further, the Company performed quarterly recoverability tests for certain asset groups to determine whether an impairment loss should be measured on intangible assets. The undiscounted cash flows in the recoverability tests were compared to each identified asset group’s carrying value. During the second quarter of 2023, the Company identified three asset groups with carrying value in excess of the current projected undiscounted cash flows for those asset groups, and therefore calculated the fair value of the finite-lived intangible assets. Intangible assets include technology, brand, and customer relationships. The fair value of technology was determined using the Relief from Royalty Approach; fair value of the customer relationships was determined using the Multi Period Excess Earnings Method; and fair value of the brand was determined using the Relief from Royalty Method. As a result of the fair value being lower than the carrying value for certain assets, the Company recorded impairment loss of $7.8 million in the second quarter of 2023, to intangible assets which were in asset groups included in the Marketplace reporting unit, which is included in the consolidated statements of operations as Impairment of intangible assets.

Annual Testing
Annual impairment testing for Goodwill involves determining the fair value, or recoverable amount, of the reporting units to which Goodwill is allocated and comparing this to the carrying value of the reporting units. As part of the Company’s annual goodwill impairment analysis, we determined the fair value of goodwill at the reporting unit level utilizing a combination of a discounted cash flow analysis incorporating variables such as revenue projections, projected operating cash flow margins, and discount rates, as well as a market-based approach employing comparable sales analysis. The valuation assumptions used in the discounted cash flow model reflect historical performance of the Company, the prevailing values in the Company’s industry, including the extent of the economic downturn related to the recent inflation and its economic contraction and its expected timing of recovery. For the year ended December 31, 2023, the result of our annual impairment test indicated that there were goodwill impairment indicators for the Brand Direct segment, as the carrying value of that reporting unit exceeded the fair value.

The result of our analysis indicated that there was goodwill impairment of $15.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 related to the Brand Direct reporting unit. Combined with the Marketplace-related goodwill impairment booked during the second quarter of $33.8 million as described above, total Impairment of goodwill for the year ended December 31, 2023 was $49.4 million.

The Company further determined that the recent economic downturn and inflation, along with the Company’s revenue reduction and decreased stock market price were indicators of impairment under ASC 360-10, Impairment and Disposal of Long-Lived Assets for certain asset groups during 2023 and 2022. The Company performed a recoverability test for the asset groups to determine whether an impairment loss should be measured. The undiscounted cash flows in the recoverability test compared to the asset group’s carrying value of invested capital was less than the carrying value indicating an impairment for certain asset groups within each reporting unit. As a result, the Company calculated the fair value of those finite-lived intangible assets. Intangible assets primarily include technology, brand, and customer relationships. The Company determined the fair value of each asset group utilizing a discounted cash flow analysis incorporating variables such as revenue projections, projected operating cash flow margins, and discount rates. The valuation assumptions used in the discounted cash flow model reflect historical performance of the Company, the prevailing values in the Company’s industry, including the extent of the economic downturn related to increased inflation, the economic contraction in our industry and its expected timing of recovery. As a result of the fair value being lower than the carrying value for these asset groups, the Company recorded additional impairment of intangible assets of $1.5 million, $6.9 million and $0.5 million to intangible assets which are in asset groups included in Brand Direct, Marketplace and Technology Solutions reporting units, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2023. The total impairment loss related to intangible assets of $16.7 million, which includes the interim impairment of asset groups within the Marketplace reporting unit of $7.8 million as described above, is included in the consolidated statements of operations as Impairment of intangible assets for the year ended December 31, 2023. For the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company recorded impairment loss of $0.9 million and $20.7 million to intangible assets which are in asset groups included
74

in Brand Direct and Marketplace reporting units, respectively. The total impairment loss of $21.6 million is included in the consolidated statements of operations as Impairment of intangible assets for the year ended December 31, 2022.

Note 7. Acquisitions

ClickDealer
On March 30, 2023, the Company completed a transaction to acquire the HomeQuote.io home services marketplace from Customer Direct Group, along with the supporting media and technology assets of the ClickDealer international ad network, (“ClickDealer”). ClickDealer’s international performance ad network and the HomeQuote.io marketplace connects consumers with brands within the home improvement and related home services sector.

The Company paid cash consideration of $31.8 million, including $0.3 million estimated net working capital adjustment, upon closing of the transaction, with an additional $3.5 million in holdbacks, subject to certain criteria. Through August 22, 2023, after the successful completion of the first and second tranche in criteria were met, $1.5 million of the holdback was paid to the Sellers in cash, including the true-up to the net working capital adjustment. The final net working capital adjustment was $0.6 million. The remaining holdback of $2.0 million is expected to be released within 24 months of the closing date, subject to certain criteria.

The acquisition transaction also included up to $10.0 million in contingent consideration, subject to the achievement of certain revenue and net margin based milestones in two subsequent one-year measurement periods, payable in cash or, if mutually agreed to by the Company and the Seller, in Class A Common Stock.

During the measurement period for which a statement of income(which is the period required to obtain all necessary information that existed at the acquisition date, or to conclude that such information is unavailable, not to exceed one year), additional assets or liabilities may be filed. recognized, or there could be changes to the amounts of assets or liabilities previously recognized on a preliminary basis, if new information is obtained about facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date that, if known, would have resulted in the recognition of these assets or liabilities as of that date. The measurement period ended March 30, 2024.

Determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed requires management’s judgment and involves the use of significant estimates, including projections of future cash inflows and outflows, discount rates, asset lives and market multiples. As the result of the completed valuation of the assets acquired (including intangibles) and liabilities assumed, as well as the contingent consideration liabilities, as of the acquisition dates, the following adjustments were recorded related to further analysis of the forecast (for example, items that occurring in the pre-acquisition period that should have been factored into the forecast as of the acquisition date) and refinements to the significant assumptions in the valuation models used to value the intangibles and contingent consideration liabilities. As a result, as of December 31, 2023, we have made adjustments to the initial fair value of our intangible assets, goodwill, contingent consideration and working capital. The impact of these adjustments on the acquisition date fair values are as follows (in thousands):

ClickDealerAcquisition Date Fair ValueFair Value Mark-to-Market ChangesRevised Acquisition Date Fair Value
Goodwill$6,207 $(1,206)$5,001 
Intangible Assets:
Technology$5,010 $(230)$4,780 
Customer relationships$20,400 $1,500 $21,900 
Brand$2,840 $(130)$2,710 
Contingent consideration liability (1)
$2,457 $(65)$2,392 
Working capital accounts$3,320 $245 $3,565 
________________
(1)See Note 10. Fair Value Measurements for assumptions used in the valuation of Contingent consideration liability.
75


The Company anticipatesprimarily used Income Approach methodologies, which represents Level 3 fair value measurements, to assess the components of its first presentationpurchase price allocation. The acquisition was accounted for as a business combination, whereby the excess of the revised presentationfair value of changes in shareholders’ equity, under the new guidance,business over the fair value of identifiable net assets was allocated to Goodwill. Under ASC 805, Business Combinations, an acquirer must recognize any assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date, measured at fair value as of that date. Assets meeting the identification criteria included tangible assets, such as real and personal property, and intangible assets. Identified intangible assets included the brand and customer relationships of the acquired business. Fair value of the ClickDealer and HomeQuote.io brands was determined using the Income Approach and Relief from Royalty Method, fair value of the technology was determined using the Relief from Royalty Method, and fair value of customer relationships was determined using the Multi Period Excess Earnings Method.

Goodwill related to this transaction reflects the workforce and synergies expected from combining the operations of ClickDealer and will be included in the Brand Direct reportable segment for ClickDealer and in the Marketplace reportable segment for HomeQuote.io. Goodwill is expected to be deductible for tax purposes. Intangible assets primarily consist of brand, technology and customer relationships with an estimated useful life of five years for brand, seven years for technology and twelve years for customer relationships.

Traverse
On May 10, 2022, the Company acquired Traverse Data, Inc. (“Traverse”). Traverse is a marketing and advertising technology company. The Company paid cash consideration of $2.5 million upon closing of the transaction. The transaction also includes up to $0.5 million in contingent consideration, subject to the achievement of certain milestones, to be paid in cash 15 months after the acquisition date. Accounting for the acquisition was completed on May 10, 2023. The contingent consideration for the Traverse acquisition was finalized on May 10, 2023, which the Company paid on July 10, 2023 in the form cash payment of $0.5 million.

Crisp Results
On April 1, 2021, the Company completed a transaction to purchase the assets of Crisp Marketing, LLC (“Crisp Results” or “Crisp”). Crisp Results is a digital performance advertising company that connects consumers with brands within the insurance sector, with primary focus on the Medicare insurance industry. Crisp Results is known for providing predictable, reliable, flexible and scalable customer acquisition solutions, supporting large brands with a process that combines data, design, technology and innovation.

The Company paid consideration of $40.0 million upon closing of the transaction, consisting of $20.0 million cash and 106.7 thousand Class A Common Stock valued at $20.0 million. The transaction also included up to $10.0 million in contingent consideration, and a $5.0 million deferred payment, to be paid 18 months after the acquisition date. Accounting for the acquisition was completed on March 31, 2022. The Company paid the contingent consideration on July 1, 2022 in the form of 199.3 thousand unregistered shares of Class A Common Stock, priced at $50.18, the average closing price of the Class A common stock during the twenty trading-day period ended March 31, 2022. The $5.0 million deferred consideration became due on October 1, 2022, which the Company paid on October 4, 2022.

Aimtell, Aramis and PushPros
On February 1, 2021, the Company acquired Aimtell, Inc. (“Aimtell”), PushPros, Inc. (“PushPros”) and Aramis Interactive (“Aramis”, and together with Aimtell and PushPros, “AAP”). Aimtell and PushPros are leading providers of technology-enabled digital performance advertising solutions that connect consumers and advertisers within the home, auto, health and life insurance verticals. Aramis is a network of owned-and-operated websites that leverages the Aimtell and PushPros technologies and relationships.

The Company paid consideration of $20.0 million upon closing of the transaction, consisting of $5.0 million in cash and approximately 86.0 thousand shares of Class A Common Stock valued at $15.0 million. The transaction also included up to $15.0 million in contingent consideration to be earned over the three years following the acquisition, subject to the achievement of certain milestones. The contingent consideration can be paid in cash or Class A Common Stock at the election of the Company. Accounting for the acquisition was completed on March 31, 2022.

The contingent consideration for the Aramis acquisition was finalized on December 31, 2022, the end of the earnout period, and became payable during the fourth quarter of 2023, in the form of cash or Class A Common Stock, at the election of the Company. The timing of payment of the Aramis earnout remains subject to resolution of certain outstanding indemnity issues relating to the acquisition.

The contingent consideration for the Aimtell and PushPros acquisition finalized on December 31, 2023, the end of the earnout period, resulting in none of the metrics being met, thus no contingent consideration is to be paid to the sellers.
76


Acquisitions’ Fair Value Measurement and Pro Forma Information

The acquisition date fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed from the Traverse and ClickDealer acquisitions consist of the following (in thousands, except expected useful lives):

Expected Useful Life (Years)TraverseClickDealer
20222023
Cash$232 $— 
Goodwill735 5,001 
Technology4 to 72,470 4,780 
Customer relationships4 to 1250 21,900 
Accounts receivable276 6,959 
Brand1 to 760 2,710 
Accounts payable(232)(3,561)
Other assets acquired and liabilities assumed, net (1)
167 
   Net assets and liabilities acquired$3,598 $37,956 
____________________
(1)Other assets acquired and liabilities assumed, net includes prepaid expenses and other current assets, partially offset by other current liabilities (e.g., Travel and expense payables, payroll liabilities, tax liabilities, and transition services payable).

The weighted average amortization period for Traverse acquisition technology is 5 years, customer relationships is 5 years, brand is 3 years and non-compete agreements is 1 year. The weighted average amortization period for ClickDealer acquisition technology is 7 years, customer relationships is 12 years and brand is 5 years. In total, the weighted average amortization period for Traverse is 5 years and ClickDealer is 10 years.

The following schedules represent the amount of net revenue and net loss from operations related to Traverse and ClickDealer acquisitions which have been included in the consolidated statements of operations for the periods indicated subsequent to the acquisition date in the period of acquisition (in thousands):

Year Ended December 31, 2023
ClickDealer
Net revenue$57,959 
Net income from operations$733 


Year Ended December 31, 2022
Traverse
Net revenue$1,846 
Net income from operations$489 

Pro Forma Information
The following unaudited pro forma financial information represents the consolidated financial information as if the acquisitions had been included in our consolidated results beginning on the first day of the fiscal year prior to their respective acquisition dates. There is no pro forma financial information for three months ended December 31, 2023 as the results remain consistent. Pro forma financial information is presented in the table below (in thousands):

Year Ended December 31, 2023
(unaudited)
DMSClickDealerPro Forma
Net revenue$334,949 $19,865 $354,814 
Net income (loss) from operations$(94,043)$1,704 $(92,339)

77

Year Ended December 31, 2022
(unaudited)
DMSTraverseClickDealerPro Forma
Net revenue$391,148 $999 $79,702 $471,849 
Net income (loss) from operations$(42,467)$(417)$8,339 $(34,545)

The pro forma results do not reflect any cost savings, operating synergies or revenue enhancements that the combined company may achieve as a result of the acquisitions; the costs to combine the companies’ operations; or the costs necessary to achieve these costs savings, operating synergies and revenue enhancements. The pro forma results do not necessarily reflect the actual results of operations of the combined companies under our ownership and operation.

Note 8. Debt

The following table presents the components of outstanding debt (in thousands):

December 31, 2023December 31, 2022
Term loan$242,927 $221,625 
Revolving credit facility55,091 40,000 
Total debt298,018 261,625 
Less: Unamortized debt issuance costs (1)
(8,915)(4,802)
Debt, net289,103 256,823 
Less: Current portion of long-term debt(2,750)(2,250)
Long-term debt$286,353 $254,573 
____________________
(1)Includes net debt issuance discount, amendment’s administrative fees and other costs.

On May 25, 2021, Digital Media Solutions, LLC (“DMS LLC”), as borrower, and DMSH, each of which is a subsidiary of DMS, entered into a five-year $275 million senior secured credit facility (the “Credit Facility”), with a syndicate of lenders (“Lenders”), arranged by Truist Bank and Fifth Third Bank, as joint lead arrangers, and Truist Bank, as administrative agent. The Credit Facility is guaranteed by, and secured by substantially all of the assets of, DMS LLC, DMSH LLC and their
material subsidiaries, subject to customary exceptions. Pursuant to the Credit Facility, the Lenders provided DMS LLC with senior secured term loans consisting of a senior secured term loan with an aggregate principal amount of $225 million (the “Term Loan”) and a $50 million senior secured revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Facility”).

The Term Loan, which was issued at an original issue discount of 1.80% or $4.2 million, is subject to payment of 1.0% of the original aggregate principal amount per annum paid quarterly, with a bullet payment at maturity. The Term Loan will mature, and the revolving credit commitments under the Revolving Facility will terminate, on May 25, 2026, when any outstanding balances will become due. Under the original agreement, the Term Loan would bear interest at our option, at either (i) adjusted LIBOR plus 5.00% or (ii) the Base Rate plus 4.00%. From May 25, 2021 to July 3, 2023 our interest rate was based on LIBOR plus 5.00%.

Under the original agreement, borrowings under the Revolving Facility would bear interest, at our option, at either (i) adjusted LIBOR plus 4.25% or (ii) a base rate which is equal to the highest of (a) the administrative agent’s prime rate, (b) the federal funds rate, as in effect from time to time, plus 0.50%, (c) one-month LIBOR plus 1.00%, and (d) 1.75% (the “Base Rate”), plus 3.25%. DMS LLC pays a 0.50% per annum commitment fee in arrears on the undrawn portion of the revolving commitments. From May 25, 2021 to July 3, 2023, our interest rate was based on LIBOR plus 5.00% . The Company drew $10.0 million on May 24, 2023.

On July 3, 2023, the Term Loan and Revolving Facility were amended to transition LIBOR to the Term Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR) as the basis for establishing the interest rate applicable to borrowings under the agreements. The interest rate is based on SOFR Benckmark Replacement plus 5.00% for the Term Loan and SOFR Benckmark Replacement plus 4.25% for Revolving Facility.

On August 16, 2023, DMS LLC and DMSH LLC, along with certain subsidiaries of the Company, entered into a first amendment to the Credit Facility (the “First Amendment”) with Truist Bank and the other lenders party thereto (the “Lenders”), which, among other things, modified the Credit Facility as follows:
a.allows for the payment-in-kind (“PIK”) of the quarterly interest payments due and payable on September 30, 2023 and each of the following three quarters, with all PIK interest required to be repaid no later than December 31, 2025;
78

b.provides that (a) if the borrower exercises the PIK option, the interest rate will be equal to SOFR+11%; (b) if interest is paid in cash during the PIK period, the rate will be equal to SOFR+8%; and (c) following the PIK period, the interest rate will be equal to SOFR+8%; provided that if the Company (1) achieves the credit rating of B3 by Moody’s and B- by S&P, and (2) has repaid the aggregate capitalized PIK interest, the interest rate will be SOFR + 6.0%;
c.if any loans under the Credit Facility remain outstanding on or after January 1, 2025, back-end PIK interest will accrue as follows: 5% for the period from January 1, 2025 through June 30, 2025; 7.5% for the period from July 1, 2025 through December 31, 2025; and 10% in calendar year 2026 until maturity;
d.eliminates the total net leverage ratio covenant for the remainder of 2023, inclusive of the second quarter of 2023, and sets the total net leverage ratio of DMSH LLC and itsForm 10-Q restricted subsidiaries starting at 15.6x and 10.6x for the first and second quarters of 2024, respectively, and varying for every quarter thereafter, down to 6.9x for the fourth quarter of 2025 and until maturity;
e.eliminates the right of the Borrower to undertake an equity cure to cure any breach of the total net leverage ratio covenant;
f.establishes a minimum liquidity covenant of $9 million for the remainder of 2023 excluding December 31, 2023, and $10 million from December 31, 2023 and thereafter until maturity (subject to the Company’s ability to exercise an equity cure solely with respect to the liquidity covenant);
g.modifies in certain respects the affirmative and negative covenants and the events of default in the Credit Facility, including subjecting non ordinary course investments and restricted distributions to consent of the requisite Lenders; and
h.establishes a minimum payment for the revolver of 1.0% per annum of the original aggregate principal amount of the Revolving Facility outstanding as of the First Amendment’s effective date, paid quarterly.

The First Amendment, as it relates to the Term Loan, was accounted for as a modification for accounting purposes. As such, $6.3 million in fees due to the Lenders was paid-in-kind and capitalized as additional debt issuance costs. These costs, plus the initial $4.2 million debt discount and $3.5 million debt issuance cost related to the Term Loan are being amortized over the term of the loan using the effective interest method. As of December 31, 2023, the Term Loan debt discount and debt issuance cost classified as debt had a remaining unamortized balance of $2.1 million and $6.8 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2022, the Term Loan debt discount and debt issuance cost classified as debt had a remaining unamortized balance of $3.0 million and $1.8 million, respectively.

In addition, the First Amendment added $0.8 million in lender fees to the Revolving Facility’s debt issuance costs. At December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, unamortized debt issuance costs of $1.1 million and $0.6 million, respectively, from the Revolving Facility are classified as Other assets within the consolidated balance sheets.

For the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company elected to exercise its available PIK elections. Accordingly, $19.1 million and $4.3 million of PIK interest expense were added to the outstanding principal balance of the Term Loan and the Revolving Facility, respectively. As of December 31, 2023, the total outstanding balance of the Term Loan and the Revolving Facility is $242.9 million and $55.1 million, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2023, the effective interest rate was 13.4%, for the Term Loan. The effective interest rate related to the Revolving Facility was 13.1% for the year ended December 31, 2023.

As of March 31, 2024, the Company was in breach of the net leverage ratio covenant under its Credit Facility, which it cured as of April 17, 2024, when DMS, LLC, DMSH LLC and certain of the Company’s subsidiaries entered into a second amendment and waiver (the “Second Amendment”) to its existing Credit Facility with a syndicate of lenders, arranged by Truist Bank and Fifth Third Bank, as joint lead arrangers, and Truist Bank, as administrative agent and collateral agent. The Second Amendment introduced new Tranche A term loan commitments in the amount of $22 million with a maturity date of February 25, 2026, increasing our total borrowing capacity under the Credit Facility from $275 million to $297 million. The Second Amendment allows the Company to PIK the quarterly interest payments due and payable for the quarter ended March 31, 2019.

2024 and each of the following quarters up to and including the quarter ending on March 31, 2025; and waives compliance with the net leverage ratio covenant through June 30, 2025.


The Second Amendment also includes certain limited waivers related to prior defaults and events of default under the Credit Facility, amends certain negative and affirmative covenants applicable to us and adds certain additional covenants. In accordance with the Second Amendment, we are required to maintain a minimum aggregate amount of unrestricted and uncommitted cash and cash equivalents held in U.S. dollars during the period of time from and after the Second Amendment effective date of at least $5 million. Further, we have agreed to a variance test in which (i) the Company disbursements during a variance testing period shall not be more than 15% in excess of the amount reflected in the corresponding period in the Credit Facility’s loan parties’ projected cash flows prepared in consultation with a financial advisor (the “Cash Flow Forecast”) or (ii) the Company’s management doesaggregate net cash receipts, (a) during the two week period after the Second Amendment effective date, will not believe that there are any other recently issued, butbe less than 80%, for the trailing two week period, of the aggregate cash receipts forecasted in the Cash Flow Forecast applicable during such testing period, (b) during the three week period after the Second Amendment effective date, will not yetbe
79

less than 82.5%, for the trailing three week period of the aggregate cash receipts forecasted in the Cash Flow Forecast applicable during such testing period and (c) during the four week period after the Second Amendment effective accounting pronouncements, if currently adopted, would havedate and thereafter, will not be less than 85%for the trailing four week period of the aggregate cash receipts forecasted in the Cash Flow Forecast applicable during such testing period.

In connection with the Second Amendment, we must pay a material effect8.0% commitment fee, which shall be fully earned on the initial funding disbursement date and payable as PIK interest on the Second Amendment effective date. Further, under the terms of the Second Amendment, we have agreed to promptly commence a strategic review and marketing process for a sale of all or substantially all of our assets, which is subject to certain milestones.

As noted above, the Credit Facility is conditioned upon the Company’s compliance with specified covenants, including certain reporting covenants and financial statements.

Note 3—Initial Public Offering

On February 15, 2018,covenants that, in addition to other items, require the Company sold 20,000,000 Unitsto maintain a maximum net leverage ratio. As of December 31, 2023, compliance with the net leverage ratio covenant was waived in connection with entry into the First Amendment. As of December 31, 2022, the Company was in breach of the net leverage ratio, which it cured on March 30, 2023 through the funds received in connection with the issuance of Series A and Series B convertible Preferred stock and Warrants. As of December 31, 2023, the Company was in compliance with the Credit Facility’s minimum liquidity covenant.


Debt Maturity Schedule

The scheduled maturities of our total debt are estimated as follows at December 31, 2023 (in thousands):

2024$2,750 
202526,233 
2026269,035 
Total debt$298,018 

Note 9. Leases

The following table summarizes the maturities of undiscounted cash flows of operating lease liabilities reconciled to total lease liability as of December 31, 2023 (in thousands):

Lease Amounts
20241,926 
2025465 
Total2,391 
Less: Imputed interest(47)
Present value of operating lease liabilities$2,344 

As of December 31, 2023, the operating lease weighted average remaining lease term is 1.3 years and the operating lease weighted average remaining discount rate is 3.35%.

The discount rate for each lease represents the incremental borrowing rate that the Company would incur at commencement of the lease to borrow on a pricecollateralized basis over a similar term and amount equal to lease payments in a similar economic environment.

The following table represents the Company’s aggregate lease costs, by lease classification (in thousands):

Years Ended December 31,
CategoryStatement of Operations Location20232022
Operating lease costsGeneral and administrative expenses$1,047 $1,228 
Short-term lease costsGeneral and administrative expenses350263
Sub-lease incomeGeneral and administrative expenses(458)(586)
Total lease costs, net$939 $905 

80

The cash paid for amounts included in the Units being offered,measurement of operating leases was $2.1 million for years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. As of August 31, 2023, the “Public Shares”),Windstream lease was abandoned under favorable terms, and,one-half as of one redeemable warrant (each,June 30, 2023, the AAP Lease located at 1245 East Main Street, Annville, PA 17003, was terminated under favorable terms. The total lease termination costs for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 were $0.5 million and $0.1 million, respectively, which are included within General and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

Note 10. Fair Value Measurements

The Company utilizes fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain assets and liabilities and to determine fair value disclosures. The carrying amounts of our Cash and cash equivalents, Restricted cash, Accounts receivable, Income tax receivable, Accounts payable, Accrued expenses and Income taxes payable, approximate fair value because of the short-term maturity of those instruments.

Preferred Warrants
On March 29, 2023, the Company completed a “Public Warrant”securities purchase agreement (the “SPA”). Each whole Public Warrant entitles the holder with certain investors to purchase one80,000 shares of Series A convertible redeemable Preferred Stock (“Series A Preferred Stock”) and 60,000 shares of Series B convertible redeemable Preferred Stock (“Series B Preferred Stock”) for an aggregate purchase price of $14.0 million (the “Preferred Offering”), including $6.0 million of related party participation. The Company also issued to the purchasers in the Preferred Offering warrants to acquire 963 thousand shares of Class A ordinary share at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment (see Note 6)Common Stock (“Preferred Warrants”).

Note 4—Related Party Transactions

Founder Shares

On December 8, 2017, the Sponsor purchased 8,625,000


The Preferred Warrants are exercisable for shares (the “Founder Shares”) of the Company’s Class B ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 (the “Class B ordinary shares”), for an aggregate price of $25,000. In February 2018, the Sponsor effected a surrender of 2,875,000 Founder Shares to the Company for no

consideration, resulting in a decrease in the total number of Founder Shares from 8,625,000 to 5,750,000. The Founder Shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary sharesCommon Stock at any time at the timeoption of the Company’s initial Business Combinationholder and are subject to certain transfer restrictions, as described in Note 6. The Sponsor had agreed to forfeit up to 750,000 Founder Shares to the extent that the over-allotment option was not exercised in full by the underwriter. On March 29, 2018, the over-allotment option expired and an aggregate of 750,000 shares were subsequently forfeited by the Sponsor.

The Sponsor and the Company’s officers and directors have agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to transfer, assign or sell any of their Founder Shares until the earlier to occur of: (A) one year after the completion of the initial Business Combination or (B) subsequent to the initial Business Combination, (x) if the last sale price of the Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after the initial Business Combination, or (y)expire five years from the date on which the Company completes a liquidation, merger, capital stock exchange or other similar transaction that results in all of the Company’s shareholders having the right to exchange their ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property.

Private Placementissuance. The Preferred Warrants

Concurrently with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Sponsor purchased 4,000,000 Private Placement Warrants at $1.50 per Private Placement Warrant, and generating gross proceeds of $6.0 million in the Private Placement.

Each Private Placement Warrant is exercisable for one Class A ordinary share at a price of $11.50 per share. A portion of the proceeds from the sale of the Private Placement Warrants were added to the proceeds from the Initial Public Offering and deposited in the Trust Account. If the Company does not complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period, the Private Placement Warrants will expire worthless. The Private Placement Warrants will benon-redeemable and are exercisable on a cashless basis so longor for cash at an exercise price of $9.6795 per share of Class A Common Stock. The exercise price of the Preferred Warrants is subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of stock dividends, stock splits, subdivisions, combinations, reclassifications, or similar events affecting the Company’s Common Stock. The Preferred Warrants contain a put feature providing the right to the holder for a net cash settlement in the event of a fundamental transaction, which is defined as they are heldinstances where the Company (i) effects any merger or consolidation of the Company, (ii) effects any sale, lease, license, assignment, transfer, conveyance, or other disposition of all or substantially all of its assets in one or a series of related transactions, (iii) completes any purchase offer, tender offer, or exchange offer that has been accepted by the Sponsorholders of at least 50% of the outstanding Class A Common Stock, (iv) effects any reclassification, reorganization, or its permitted transferees.

recapitalization of the Class A Common Stock or any compulsory share exchange pursuant to which the Class A Common Stock is effectively converted into or exchanged for other securities, cash or property, or (v) consummates a stock or share purchase agreement or other business combination in which more than 50% of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock is acquired. Under such a fundamental transaction, the holder can require the Company to purchase any unexercised warrant shares at the pro-rata share of the sales price or calculated value less the exercise price of the Warrant share.


Due to the tender offer provision, the Preferred Warrants are classified as a derivative liability measured at fair value, with changes in fair value reported each period in earnings. The Sponsorfair value of the warrant is estimated using the Black-Scholes-Merton pricing model. The fair value of the Preferred Warrants of approximately $8.7 million was estimated at the date of issuance using the following weighted average assumptions. Transaction costs incurred attributable to the issuance of the Preferred Warrants were part of the preferred shares issuance costs that were $0.9 million.

The fair value of the derivative Preferred Warrants is considered a Level 3 valuation, is determined using the Black-Scholes-Merton valuation model, and is valued on a quarterly basis. The change in the Company’s officers and directors agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to transfer, assign or sell anyvalue of their the derivative Preferred Warrants are included in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations as Change in fair value of warrant liabilities.

81

The significant assumptions were as follows:

December 31, 2023
Preferred Warrants Fair Value Per Share$0.06 
Preferred Warrant valuation inputs:
Stock price - DMS Inc. Class A Common Stock$0.13 
Remaining contractual term in years4.25
Estimated volatility150.0 %
Dividend yield0.0 %
Risk free interest rate3.87 %

Private Placement Warrants until 30 days after
Each Company Private Placement Warrant entitles the completionregistered holder to purchase one-fifteenth (1/15) share of the initial Business Combination.

Related Party Loans

The Sponsor and its affiliate had loaned the Company an aggregate of $300,000 to cover expenses related to the Initial Public Offering pursuant to a promissory note. This loan wasnon-interest bearing and became payable upon the completion of the Initial Public Offering. The Company repaid $300,000 on February 15, 2018. In addition, the Sponsor and its affiliate loaned the Company another $25,000 for working capital. The Company fully repaid this amount on February 20, 2018.

In addition, in order to finance transaction costs in connection with a Business Combination, the Sponsor or an affiliate of the Sponsor, or certain of the Company’s officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, lend the Company Working Capital Loans. If the Company completes a Business Combination, the Company would repay the Working Capital Loans out of the proceeds of the Trust Account released to the Company. Otherwise, the Working Capital Loans would be repaid only out of funds held outside the Trust Account. In the event that a Business Combination does not close, the Company may use a portion of the proceeds held outside the Trust Account to repay the Working Capital Loans but no proceeds held in the Trust Account would be used to repay the Working Capital Loans. Except for the foregoing, the terms of such Working Capital Loans, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. The Working Capital Loans would either be repaid upon consummation of a Business Combination, without interest, or, at the lender’s discretion, up to $1.5 million of such Working Capital Loans may be convertible into warrants of the post Business

Combination entityClass A Common Stock at a price of $1.50$172.50 per warrant. The warrants would be identicalshare, subject to adjustment. Pursuant to the Private Placement Warrants. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, no Working Capital Loans were outstanding.

Administrative Support Agreement

The Company has agreed, commencing on the effective date of the Initial Public Offering through the earlier of the Company’s consummation ofwarrant agreement, a Business Combination andwarrant holder may exercise its liquidation, to pay the Sponsorwarrants only for a total of $10,000 per month for office space, utilities and secretarial and administrative support. As of December 31, 2018, an aggregate of $105,000 in connection with such services was accrued on the accompanying Balance Sheets. During the year ended December 31, 2018, an aggregate of $105,000 in connection with such services was recorded in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying Statements of Operations. As of December 31, 2018, the full amount of $105,000 was accrued on the accompanying Balance Sheet.

Note 5—Commitments & Contingencies

Registration Rights

The holders of Founder Shares, Private Placement Warrants and warrants that may be issued upon conversion of Working Capital Loans, if any, will be entitled to registration rights (in the case of the Founder Shares, only after conversion of such shares to Class A ordinary shares) pursuant to a registration and shareholder rights agreement.

These holders will be entitled to certain demand and “piggyback” registration rights. However, the registration and shareholder rights agreement provides that the Company will not permit any registration statement filed under the Securities Act to become effective until the termination of the applicablelock-up period for the securities to be registered. The Company will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

Underwriting Agreement

The Companygranted the underwriter a 45-day option from the date of the final prospectus relating to the Initial Public Offering to purchase up to 3,000,000 additional Units to cover over-allotments, if any, at $10.00 per Unit, less underwriting discounts and commissions. This option expired on March 29, 2018 without being exercised.

The underwriter was entitled to underwriting discounts of $0.20 per Unit, or $4.0 million in the aggregate, paid upon the closing of the Initial Public Offering. In addition, $0.35 per Unit, or $7.0 million in the aggregate, will be payable to the underwriter for deferred underwriting commissions. The deferred underwriting commissions will become payable to the underwriter from the amounts held in the Trust Account solely in the event that the Company completes a Business Combination, subject to the terms of the underwriting agreement.

Note 6—Shareholders’ Equity

Ordinary Shares

Class A Ordinary Shares—The Company is authorized to issue 200,000,000 Class A ordinary shares with a par value of $0.0001 per share. As of December 31, 2018, there were 20,000,000 Class A ordinary shares issued or outstanding, including 19,166,628 Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption. As of December 31, 2017, there were no Class A ordinary shares issued or outstanding.

Class B Ordinary Shares—The Company is authorized to issue 20,000,000 Class B ordinary shares with a par value of $0.0001 per share. Holders of Class B ordinary shares are entitled to one vote for each share. In December 2017, the Company initially issued 8,625,000 Class B ordinary shares to the Sponsor. In February 2018, in connection with the decrease of the size of the Initial Public Offering, the Sponsor effected a surrender of 2,875,000 Class B ordinary shares to the Company for no consideration, resulting in a decrease in the total

whole number of Class B ordinary shares from 8,625,000 to 5,750,000. Of the 5,750,000 Class B ordinary shares outstanding, up to 750,000 shares were subject to forfeiture to the Company by the Sponsor for no consideration to the extent that the underwriter’s over-allotment option was not exercised in full or in part, so that the Founder Shares would represent 20% of the Company’s issued and outstanding ordinary shares after the Initial Public Offering. On March 29, 2018, the over-allotment option expired and an aggregate of 750,000 shares were subsequently forfeited by the Sponsor. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, there were 5,000,000 and 5,750,000 Class B ordinary shares issued or outstanding, respectively.

Holders of Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares vote together asCommon Stock. This means only a single class on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders except as required by law.

The Class B ordinary shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares at the time of the initial Business Combinationwhole warrant may be exercised at a ratio such that the number of Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of all Class B ordinary shares will equal, in the aggregate, on anas-converted basis, 20% of the sum of (i) the total number of Class A ordinary shares issued and outstanding upon completion of the Initial Public Offering, plus (ii) the sum of (a) the total number of Class A ordinary shares issued or deemed issued or issuable upon conversion or exercise of any equity-linked securities or rights issued or deemed issued, by the Company in connection with or in relation to the consummation of the initial Business Combination, excluding any Class A ordinary shares or equity-linked securities exercisable for or convertible into Class A ordinary shares issued, or to be issued, to any seller in the initial Business Combination and any warrants issued to the Sponsor upon conversion of Working Capital Loans, minus (b) the number of Public Shares redeemed by public shareholders in connection with the initial Business Combination.

Preference Shares—The Company is authorized to issue 1,000,000 preference shares with such designations, voting and other rights and preferences as may be determined from time togiven time by the Company’s board of directors. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, there were no preference shares issued or outstanding.

Warrantsa warrant holder. The Public Warrants will become exercisable on the later of (a) 30 days after the completion of a Business Combination or (b) 12 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering; provided in each case that the Company has an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the Public Warrants and a current prospectus relating to them is available (or the Company permits holders to exercise their Public Warrants on a cashless basis and such cashless exercise is exempt from registration under the Securities Act). The Company agreed that as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 20 business days, after the closing of a Business Combination, the Company will use its best efforts to file with the SEC a registration statement for the registration, under the Securities Act, of the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the Public Warrants. The Company will use its best efforts to cause the same to become effective and to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement, and a current prospectus relating thereto, until the expiration of the Public Warrants in accordance with the provisions of the warrant agreement. If a registration statement covering the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the Public Warrants is not effective by the sixtieth day after the closing of the initial Business Combination, warrant holders may, until such time as there is an effective registration statement and during any period when the Company will have failed to maintain an effective registration statement, exercise warrants on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act or another exemption. The Public Warrants will expire five years after the completion of a Business Combination, or earlier upon redemption or liquidation and may only be exercised for a whole number of shares.

The Private Placement Warrants are identical to the Public Warrants included in the Units sold in the Initial Public Offering, except that the Private Placement Warrants and the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the Private Placement Warrants will not be transferable, assignable or salable until 30 days after the completion of a Business Combination, subject to certain limited exceptions. Additionally, the Private Placement Warrants will benon-redeemable so long as they are held by the Sponsor or its permitted transferees. If the Private Placement Warrants are held by someone other than the Sponsor or its permitted transferees, the Private

liquidation.

Placement Warrants will be redeemable by the Company and exercisable by such holders on the same basis as the Public Warrants.


The Company may call the PublicCompany Private Placement Warrants for redemption:

redemption as follows: (1) in whole and not in part;

(2) at a price of $0.01 per warrant;

(3) upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption; and

if, and (4) only if the last reported closing price of the ordinary sharesClass A Common Stock equals or exceeds $18.00$270.00 per share for any 20 trading days within a30-trading day period ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the Company sends the notice of redemption to the warrant holders.


If the Company calls the PublicCompany Private Placement Warrants for redemption, management will have the option to require all holders that wish to exercise the Company Public Warrants to do so on a “cashless basis,basis. as described in the warrant agreement.


The exercise price and number of Class A ordinary sharesCommon Stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances including in the event of a share dividend, or recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. However, the warrants will not be adjusted for issuances of Class A ordinary sharesCommon Stock at a price below its exercise price. Additionally, in no event will the Company be required to net cash settle the warrant shares.

We record the fair value of the Private Placement Warrants as a liability in our consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. The fair value of the Private Placement Warrants is considered a Level 3 valuation and is determined using the Black-Scholes-Merton valuation model. Changes in fair value of the Private Placement Warrants are presented under Change in fair value of warrant liabilities on the consolidated statements of operations. As of December 31, 2023, the Company has approximately 4 million Private Placement Warrants outstanding (convertible into 267 thousand Class A Common Stock), the total value of which is not material to the financial statements.

Contingent consideration payable related to acquisitions
The contingent consideration payable for the Crisp acquisition was finalized on April 1, 2022, the end of the earnout period. As the full target was met, the payment was made on July 1, 2022 in the form of Class A Common Stock (see Note 7. Acquisitions).

The contingent consideration for the Aramis acquisition was finalized on December 31, 2022, the end of the earnout period, and became payable during the fourth quarter of 2023, in the form of cash or Class A Common Stock, at the election of the Company. The timing of payment of the Aramis earnout remains subject to resolution of certain outstanding indemnity issues relating to the acquisition (see Note 7. Acquisitions).

The contingent consideration for the Aimtell and PushPros acquisition finalized on December 31, 2023, the end of the earnout period, resulting in none of the metrics being met, thus no contingent consideration is to be paid to the sellers (see Note 7. Acquisitions).

The contingent consideration for the Traverse acquisition was finalized on May 10, 2023, which the Company paid on July 10, 2023 in the form cash payment of $0.5 million.

The fair value of the contingent consideration payable for the ClickDealer acquisition (described in Note 7. Acquisitions) was determined using a Monte Carlo fair value analysis, based on estimated performance and the probability of achieving certain targets. As certain inputs are not observable in the market, the contingent consideration is classified as a Level 3 instrument.
82

Changes in fair value of contingent consideration are presented under Change in fair value of contingent consideration liabilities on the consolidated statements of operations.

The following table presents the contingent consideration assumptions as of December 31, 2023:

ClickDealer
Revenue Volatility50 %
Iteration (actual)100,000 
Risk Adjustment Discount Rate23.75 %
Risk free / Credit risk12.50 %
Days from period end to payment90

The following table presents assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurrent basis (in thousands):

December 31, 2023
CategoryBalance Sheet LocationLevel 1Level 2Level 3Total
Liabilities:
Private placement warrants - Class B common stockWarrant liabilities$— $— $24 $24 
Preferred warrants - Series A & B preferred stockWarrant liabilities— — 58 58 
Contingent consideration - AramisContingent consideration payable - current— — 1,000 1,000 
Contingent consideration - ClickDealerContingent consideration payable - non-current— — 512 512 
Total$— $— $1,594 $1,594 

December 31, 2022
CategoryBalance Sheet LocationLevel 1Level 2Level 3Total
Liabilities:
Private placement warrants - Class B common stockWarrant liabilities$— $— $600 $600 
Contingent consideration - AramisContingent consideration payable - current— — 1,000 1,000 
Contingent consideration - TraverseContingent consideration payable - current— — 453 453 
Total$— $— $2,053 $2,053 

The following table represents the change in the warrant liability and contingent consideration (in thousands):

Private Placement WarrantsPreferred WarrantsContingent Consideration
Balance, January 1, 2022$3,960 $— $8,439 
Additions— — 431 
Changes in fair value(3,360)— 2,583 
Settlements— — (10,000)
Balance, December 31, 2022600 — 1,453 
Additions— 8,667 2,457 
Changes in fair value(576)(8,609)(1,833)
Settlements— — (500)
Other (1)
— — (65)
Balance, December 31, 2023$24 $58 $1,512 
____________________
(1)Relates to the revision of the initial fair value of the ClickDealer contingent consideration. See Note 7. Acquisitions.

83

Note 11. Equity

Authorized Capitalization

The total amount of the Company’s authorized capital stock consists of (a) 600,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the DMS Inc., consisting of (i) 500,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, (ii) 60,000,000 shares of Class B Common Stock, and (iii) 40,000,000 shares of Class C Common Stock, and (b) 100,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the DMS Inc. (“Company Preferred Stock”). At December 31, 2023, there were 4,286,712 shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding and 151,191 shares of Class B Stock outstanding.

Common Stock Reverse Stock Split

On August 28, 2023, Digital Media Solutions, Inc. filed an amendment to its certificate of incorporation in the State of Delaware (the “Amendment”), which provides that, after the market close on August 28, 2023 (the “Reverse Split Effective Time”), every fifteen shares of our issued and outstanding Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock will automatically be combined into one issued and outstanding share of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, respectively, without any change in the par value per share (the “Reverse Stock Split”). Earlier, on April 28, 2023, a majority of our shareholders approved a reverse stock split subject to the board of directors determining the final ratio.

At the Reverse Stock Split Effective Time, every 15 issued and outstanding shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock were converted automatically into one share of the Company’s Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, respectively, without any change in the par value per share. The Reverse Stock Split reduced the number of shares of Class A Common Stock issued and outstanding from approximately 41.0 million to approximately 2.7 million and Class B Common Stock issued and outstanding from approximately 25.1 million to approximately 1.7 million.

No fractional shares were issued in connection with the Reverse Stock Split. Shareholders who otherwise would have been entitled to receive a fractional share instead became entitled to receive one whole share of common stock in lieu of such fractional share.

Company Common Stock

The following table sets forth the Company’s common stock by class at December 31, 2023:

December 31, 2023December 31, 2022
ClassTotal SharesOwnership %Total SharesOwnership %
Class A Common Stock4,286,71296.6%2,694,64861.1%
Class B Common Stock151,1913.4%1,713,29838.9%
Total Common Stock4,437,903100%4,407,946100%

Voting Rights
Each holder of Company Common Stock is entitled to one (1) vote for each share of Company Common Stock held of record by such holder. The holders of shares of Company Common Stock do not have cumulative voting rights. Except as otherwise required in the Company Certificate of Incorporation or by applicable law, the holders of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and Class C Common Stock will vote together as a single class on all matters on which stockholders are generally entitled to vote (or, if any holders of Company Preferred Stock are entitled to vote together with the holders of Company Common Stock, as a single class with such holders of Company Preferred Stock).

In addition to any other vote required in the Company Certificate of Incorporation or by applicable law, the holders of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and Class C Common Stock will each be entitled to vote separately as a class only with respect to amendments to the Company Certificate of Incorporation that increase or decrease the par value of the shares of such class or alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of the shares of such class so as to affect them adversely. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Company Common Stock, as such, will not be entitled to vote on any amendment to the Company Certificate of Incorporation (including any Preferred Stock Designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together as a class with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to the Company Certificate of Incorporation (including any Preferred Stock Designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock) or pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”).

84

Dividend Rights
Subject to any other provisions of the Company Certificate of Incorporation, as it may be amended from time to time, holders of shares of Class A Common Stock are entitled to receive ratably, in proportion to the number of shares of Class A Common Stock held by them, such dividends and other distributions in cash, stock or property of the Company when, as and if declared thereon by the Company’s board of directors (the “Board”) from time to time out of assets or funds of the Company legally available therefor.

Except as provided in the Company Certificate of Incorporation, dividends and other distributions will not be declared or paid on the Class B Common Stock. Subject to any other provisions of the Company Certificate of Incorporation, as it may be amended from time to time, holders of shares of Class C Common Stock are entitled to receive ratably, in proportion to the number of shares held by them, the dividends and other distributions in cash, stock or property of the Company payable or to be made on outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock that would have been payable on the shares of Class C Common Stock if each such share of Class C Common Stock had been converted into a fraction of a share of Class A Common Stock equal to the Conversion Ratio (as defined in the Company Certificate of Incorporation) immediately prior to the record date for such dividend or distribution. The holders of shares of Class C Common Stock are entitled to receive, on apari passu basis with the holders of the Class A Common Stock, such dividend or other distribution on the Class A Common Stock when, as and if declared by the Board from time to time out of assets or funds of the Company legally available therefor. At December 31, 2023, there were no shares of Class C Common Stock outstanding.

Redemption
Pursuant to the terms and subject to the conditions of the Amended Partnership Agreement, each holder (other than Blocker) of a DMSH Unit has the right (the “Redemption Right”) to redeem each such DMSH Unit for the applicable Cash Amount (as defined in the Amended Partnership Agreement), subject to the Company’s right, in the sole and absolute discretion of the non-interested members of the Board of Directors, to elect to acquire some or all of such DMSH Units that such holder has tendered for redemption for a number of shares of Class A Common Stock, an amount of cash or a combination of both (the “Exchange Option”), in the case of each of the Redemption Right and the Exchange Option, on and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Company Certificate of Incorporation and in the Amended Partnership Agreement.

Retirement of Class B Common Stock
In the event that (i) any DMSH Unit is consolidated or otherwise cancelled or retired or (ii) any outstanding share of Class B Common Stock held by a holder of a corresponding DMSH Unit otherwise ceases to be held by such holder, in each case, whether as a result of exchange, reclassification, redemption or otherwise (including in connection with the Redemption Right and the Exchange Option as described above), then the corresponding share(s) of Class B Common Stock, if any, or such share of Class B Common Stock (in the case of (ii)) will automatically and without further action on the part of the Company or any holder of Class B Common Stock be transferred to the Company for no consideration and thereupon will be retired and restored to the status of authorized but unissued shares of Class B Common Stock.

Rights upon Liquidation
In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up (either voluntary or involuntary) of the Company after payments to creditors of the Company that may at the time be outstanding, and subject to the rights of any holders of Preferred Stock that may then be outstanding, holders of shares of Class A Common Stock and Company C Common Stock will be entitled to receive ratably, in proportion to the number of shares held by them, all remaining assets and funds of the Company available for distribution;provided, however, that, for purposes of any such distribution, each share of Class C Common Stock will be entitled to receive the same distribution as would have been payable if such share of Class C Common Stock had been converted into a fraction of a share of Company A Common Stock equal to the Conversion Ratio immediately prior to the record date for such distribution. The holders of shares of Class B Common Stock, as such, will not be entitled to receive any assets of the Company in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Company.

Conversion of Class C Common Stock
Each holder of Class C Common Stock has the right, at such holder’s option, at any time, to convert all or any portion of such holder’s shares of Class C Common Stock, and the Company has the right, at the Company’s option, to convert all or any portion of the issued and outstanding shares of Class C Common Stock, in each case into shares of fully paid and non-assessable Class A Common Stock at the ratio of one (1) share of Class A Common Stock for the number of shares of Class C Common Stock equal to the Issuance Multiple (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement) so converted. As of December 31, 2023, there were no Class C Common Stock issued and outstanding.

Treasury Stock
Treasury stock is reflected as a reduction of stockholders’ deficit at cost. We use the weighted-average purchase cost to determine the cost of treasury stock that is reissued, if any. (See Note 13. Employee and Director Incentive Plans).

85

Transfers
The holders of shares of Class B Common Stock will not transfer such shares other than as part of a concurrent transfer of an equal number of DMSH Units, in each case made to the same transferee in accordance with the restrictions on transfer contained in the Amended Partnership Agreement.

Other Rights
No holder of shares of Company Common Stock are entitled to preemptive or subscription rights. There is no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the Company Common Stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of the Company Common Stock will be subject to those of the holders of any shares of the Preferred Stock the Company may issue in the future.

Preferred Stock

The Board has the authority to issue shares of preferred stock from time to time on terms it may determine, to divide shares of preferred stock into one or more series and to fix the designations, preferences, privileges, and restrictions of preferred stock, including dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preference, sinking fund terms, and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of any series to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL. The issuance of Preferred Stock of the Company could have the effect of decreasing the trading price of Company Common Stock, restricting dividends on the capital stock of the Company, diluting the voting power of the Company Common Stock, impairing the liquidation rights of the capital stock of the Company, or delaying or preventing a change in control of the Company.

The Company is authorized to issue 100,000,000 preferred shares with such designations, voting, and other rights and preferences as may be determined from time to time by the Board (of which 140,000 preferred shares have been issued).

March 2023 Offering
On March 29, 2023, the Company entered into the SPA with certain investors, pursuant to which the Company sold (i) 80,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock accompanied with warrants to purchase 550,268 Class A Common Stock (“Series A Warrant”) and (ii) 60,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock accompanied with warrants to purchase 412,701 shares of Class A Common Stock (“Series B Warrants”). One share of Series A Preferred Stock with the accompanying warrants (“Series A Unit”) and one share of Series B Preferred Stock with the accompanying warrants (“Series B Unit”) were sold at $100 per unit.

Although the Preferred Stock are mandatorily redeemable, the Preferred Stock have a substantive conversion feature; and therefore, are not required to be classified as a liability under ASC 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity. However, as the Preferred Stock are mandatorily redeemable, redeemable in certain circumstances at the option of the holder, and redeemable in certain circumstances upon the occurrence of an event that is not solely within the Company’s control, the Company has classified the Preferred Stock as mezzanine equity in the consolidated balance sheets. The Company measures the Preferred Stock at its maximum redemption value plus dividends not currently declared or paid but which will be payable upon redemption. On June 15, 2023 the Company remeasured the Preferred Stock following the accretion method, which resulted in the Preferred Stock being measured at its maximum redemption value of $16.3 million and accretion of $11.3 million, included in Cumulative Deficit on theconsolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2023. The fair value of the preferred stock at issuance was recognized using the discount method, which accounts for the 11% discount of the stated value and a pro-rata allocation of the proceeds between the preferred shares and the warrants, less a pro-rata amount of the transaction costs.

Dividend Rights
The holders of the Preferred Stock are entitled to cumulative dividends at a 4.0% rate, which is accrued and compounded annually whether or not declared. These dividends are payable in cash or Class A Common Stock upon conversion or redemption of the underlying preferred stock.

Additionally, the holders are also entitled to participate in dividends declared or paid on Class A Common Stock on an as-converted basis.

Conversion Rights
Each holder has the right, at its option, to convert its Preferred Stock into Class A Common Stock at either, at the option of the holder, (1) the Conversion Price, which is equal to $8.40 per share or (2) the Alternate Conversion Price, which is equal to the lesser of (i) 90% of the arithmetic average of the three lowest daily VWAPs (as defined in the Securities Purchase Agreement) of the 20 trading days prior to the applicable conversion date or (ii) 90% of the VWAP of the trading day prior to the applicable conversion date. Both the Conversion Price and the Alternate Conversion Price are subject to a floor price of $7.26 (“Floor Price”). However, for the Series A Preferred Stock only, if redemption of the Series A Preferred Stock is accelerated by either the Company or the holder (see the Accelerated Redemption provisions defined below), (i) any cash payment required to be made is not made, and (ii) the existing investors have defaulted under their obligations to purchase the Series A pursuant to the terms of a side letter, then the Floor Price shall be $2.415.

86

The Conversion Price is subject to customary anti-dilution adjustments, including in the event of any stock split, stock dividend, subdivisions, combinations, recapitalization, or similar events, and subject to price-based adjustment in the event of any issuances of Class A Common Stock, or securities convertible, exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock, at a price below the then-applicable Conversion Price (subject to certain exceptions). Additionally, the Conversion Price is subject to adjustment for any increase or decrease to the exercise price or conversion price to any outstanding options or convertible securities the Company has issued.

The Company determined that the nature of the Preferred Stock was more akin to an equity instrument than a debt instrument because the Preferred Stock are subject to a substantive Conversion Option that is in-the-money and the Company has the ultimate authority to settle redemption of the Preferred Warrants upon the Mandatory Redemption or Accelerated Redemption (all defined below) by issuing shares of Class A Common Stock rather than paying cash. Further, such potential share settlement will be at the lower of the Conversion Price or based on the Company’s VWAP allowing for the holder to be exposed to the risks and returns of the underlying Class A Common Stock. Accordingly, the economic characteristics and risks of the embedded option to convert the Preferred Stock at the Conversion Price (the “Conversion Option”) was clearly and closely related to the host contract. As such, the Conversion Option was not required to be bifurcated from the host under ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging.

Redemption Rights
In addition to the share-settled redemption feature discussed above in the Conversion Rights section (e.g., conversion of the Preferred Stock at the Alternate Conversion Price), the Preferred Warrants are subject to several redemption features.

Mandatory Redemption – On and after June 29, 2023, the Company is required to redeem 1/10th of the number of the issued shares of Preferred Stock on a monthly basis (“Installments”). The redemption price is paid, at the option of the Company: (i) in cash at an amount that is approximately 104% of the stated value of $111.11 per share plus all accrued and unpaid dividends and any other amounts due (the “Mandatory Redemption Price”), (ii) in a variable number shares of Class A Common Stock based on a share price equal to the lesser of (1) the prevailing Conversion Price, (2) 90% of the arithmetic average of the three lowest daily VWAPs of the 20 Trading Days prior to the applicable mandatory redemption date, or (3) 90% of the VWAP of the trading day prior to the applicable mandatory redemption date, provided that such share price used will not be below the Floor Price, or (iii) in a combination thereof. Installments may be deferred or reallocated to other dates at the Preferred Stockholders’ discretion.

Accelerated Redemption – The holders of the Preferred Stock have the right to require redemption of all or any part of the Preferred Stock at any time on or after June 15, 2023. Additionally, the Company has the option to elect redemption of all Series A shares at any time on or after June 15, 2023. The redemption price, as elected by the holder, is paid in either (i) the Mandatory Redemption Price in cash, (ii) in a variable number of shares of Common Stock based on a share price equal to the lesser of (1) the prevailing Conversion Price, (2) 90% of the arithmetic average of the three lowest daily VWAPs of the 20 Trading Days prior to the applicable accelerated redemption date or (3) 90% of the VWAP of the trading day prior to the applicable accelerated redemption date, provided that such share price used will not be below the Floor Price, or (iii) a combination thereof.

Triggered Optional Redemption If the Company closes a debt or equity financing, then each holder has the right to require the Company to use 30% of the proceeds from the financing to repurchase a pro rata portion of that holder’s Preferred Stock in cash at the Mandatory Redemption Price.

Default Redemption – Upon certain default events in which the Company defaults on its covenants, promises, or obligations under the Securities Purchase Agreement or defaults on any of its other obligations, the holder has the option to redeem the Preferred Stock for a cash amount equal to 115% of the Mandatory Redemption Price.

Bankruptcy Redemption – If the Company is subject to a bankruptcy event, then the Company is required to immediately redeem the outstanding Preferred Stock for cash. The redemption price paid shall equal 115% of the Mandatory Redemption Price.

Change of Control Redemption – Upon change of control events (as defined in the Securities Purchase Agreement), the holders have the option to require the Company to redeem the Preferred Stock for cash. The redemption price paid shall equal the greater of (i) the product of 115% multiplied by the Mandatory Redemption Price and (ii) the prevailing Conversion Price plus all accrued but unpaid dividends.

If upon an Accelerated Redemption, Triggered Optional Redemption, or Default Redemption, any cash payment required to be made is not made, then the holder can elect to retain its shares of Preferred Warrants that have not been redeemed for cash and sell the shares of Preferred Stock to a third party. Additionally, if such an election is not made by the holder, the Company has the authority to pay to the holder the unpaid cash redemption payment in duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable shares of Class A Common Stock.
87


As noted above, the Company determined that the nature of the Preferred Stock were more akin to an equity instrument than a debt instrument. The Company determined that the economic characteristics and risks of the embedded redemption features discussed above were not clearly and closely related to the host contract. However, the Company assessed these items further and determined they did not meet the definition of a derivative under ASC 815,Derivatives and Hedging.

Liquidation Rights
Upon any liquidation, dissolution, or winding-up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary (a “Liquidation”), prior and in preference to the common stock and the Series B Preferred Stock, the holders of Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to receive out of the assets available for distribution to stockholders an amount equal in cash to 115% of the stated value of $111.11 per share plus all accrued and unpaid dividends and any other amounts due. After the payment of all preferential amounts required to be paid to the Series A holders, the Series B holders shall be entitled to receive out of the assets available for distribution to stockholders an amount equal in cash to 115% of the stated value of $111.11 per share purchase price plus all accrued and unpaid dividends and any other amounts due.

Voting Rights
Holders of the Preferred Stock are entitled to vote with the holders of the ordinary shareholders on an as-converted basis. Holders of the Preferred Stock are entitled to a separate class vote with respect to (i) altering or changing the powers, preferences, or rights of the Preferred Stock so as to affect them adversely, (ii) amending the Certificate of Incorporation or other charter documents in a manner adverse to the holders, (iii) increasing the number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock, or (iv) entering into any agreement with respect to any of the foregoing.

Redemptions
On June 15, 2023, the Company received notice from the holders of all of the Company’s outstanding Series A Preferred Stock that each holder has elected to have the Company redeem for cash the Series A Preferred Stock held by such holder pursuant to Section 9(b) of the Certificate of Designation of Preferences, Rights and Limitations of the Series A Preferred Stock of the Company (the “Series A Certificate of Designation”).

Section 9(b) of the Series A Certificate of Designation gives holders of Series A Preferred Stock the right to require the Company to redeem for cash the Series A Preferred Stock for cash at any time on or after June 15, 2023 at the “Corporation’s Mandatory Redemption Price” (as such term is defined in the Series A Certificate of Designation). As of June 15, 2023, the aggregate Corporation’s Mandatory Redemption Price for all of the outstanding Series A Preferred Stock was approximately $9.3 million.

On June 16, 2023, the Board determined that the Company was not legally permitted under applicable Delaware law to effect a redemption for cash of any Series A Preferred Stock. As a result and in accordance with the Securities Purchase Agreement, the Company accrued dividends payable of $89 thousand to the Series A Preferred Stockholders, for both the quarters ended June 30, 2023 and December 31, 2023, included in Cumulative Deficit on the consolidated balance sheets, as of December 31, 2023. Total accrued dividend to Series A and B Preferred Stockholders was $468.0 thousand, as of December 31, 2023.

Relatedly, Section 9(a) of the Series A Certificate of Designation and the Certificate of Designation of Preferences, Rights and Limitations of the Series B Preferred Stock (the “Series B Certificate of Designation” and together with the Series A Certificate of Designation, the “Certificates of Designation”) provide for the Company to redeem 1/10th of the outstanding Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, respectively, for cash or shares of the Company’s Class A common stock on a monthly basis beginning on June 30, 2023 at the “Corporation’s Mandatory Redemption Price.” Pursuant to the terms of the Certificates of Designation, the Company was not permitted to elect payment in common stock because the Company’s common stock has not traded above the “Floor Price” ($7.26) for 20 trading days prior to redemption, as required by the Certificates of Designation. With respect to each monthly redemption date, the Board determined that the redemption was not permitted under the Certificates of Designation or applicable Delaware law. As a result, the Company did not redeem any shares of Series A Preferred Stock during the year ended December 31, 2023.

Warrants

Public Warrants
Each Company Public Warrant entitles the registered holder to purchase one-fifteenth share of Class A Common Stock at a price of $172.50 per share, subject to adjustment. Pursuant to the warrant agreement, a warrant holder may exercise its warrants only for a whole number of shares of Class A Common Stock. This means only a whole warrant may be exercised at a given time by a warrant holder. The warrants will expire five years after the Business Combination, or earlier upon redemption or liquidation.

The Company may call the Company Public Warrants for redemption as follows: (1) in whole and not in part; (2) at a price of $0.01 per warrant; (3) upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption; and (4) only if the last reported closing
88

price of the Class A Common Stock equals or exceeds $270.00 per share for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the Company sends the notice of redemption to the warrant holders.
If the Company calls the Company Public Warrants for redemption, management will have the option to require all holders that wish to exercise the Company Public Warrants to do so on a “cashless basis.”

The exercise price and number of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances including in the event of a share dividend, recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. However, the warrants will not be adjusted for issuances of Class A Common Stock at a price below its exercise price. Additionally, in no event will the Company be required to net cash settle the warrant shares.

At December 31, 2023 and 2022, approximately 10.0 million Public Warrants were outstanding, respectively.

Non-controlling Interests

The non-controlling interests represent the membership interests in DMSH held by holders other than the Company. Changes to ownership interests in DMSH while the controlling interests in DMSH is retained will be accounted for as equity transactions. As such, future redemptions or direct exchanges of the Company’s Interests in DMSH by the other members of the Company will result in a change in ownership and reduce the amount recorded as non-controlling interest and increase additional paid-in capital. The Company has consolidated the financial position and results of operations of DMSH and reflected the proportionate interests held by the holders of the non-controlling interests.

The following table summarizes the ownership interest in DMSH as of December 31, 2023 and 2022:

December 31, 2023December 31, 2022
InterestsOwnership %InterestsOwnership %
Number of Interests held by DMS, Inc.4,286,712 96.6%2,694,648 61.1%
Number of Interests held by non-controlling interests holders151,191 3.4%1,713,298 38.9%
Total Interests Outstanding4,437,903 100.0%4,407,946 100.0%
The following table summarizes the effects of changes in ownership in DMS, Inc. on our equity during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 (in thousands):

Years Ended December 31,
20232022
Net loss attributable to Digital Media Solutions, Inc.$(81,681)$(31,952)
Transfers to (from) non-controlling interests due to:
Redemption - Prism(68,836)— 
Stock-based compensation - Vested & Exercised(1,645)(1,156)
Shares issued in connection with the Crisp Earnout (Note 7)— (4,757)
Redemption - SmarterChaos— (245)
Treasury stock purchased under the 2020 Omnibus Incentive Plan326 219 
Net transfers from non-controlling interests(70,155)(5,939)
Change from net income attributable to DMS Inc. shareholders and transfers from non-controlling interests$(151,836)$(37,891)

On January 17, 2022, the sellers of SmarterChaos redeemed approximately 153.7 thousand units of their non-controlling interest held through DMSH Unit in exchange for Class A Common Stock in DMS Inc. The non-controlling interest held by the Sellers of SmarterChaos did not include related Class B Common Stock to be retired upon redemption.

On July 3, 2023 and November 17, 2023, Prism redeemed approximately 41.2 thousand and 1,520.9 thousand Class B Common Stock, respectively, effectively converting all of its remaining non-controlling interest held in DMSH Units into Class A Common Stock in DMS Inc. See Note 2. Business Combination.

On April 12, 2024, Clairvest redeemed approximately 151.2 thousand Class B Common Stock, effectively converting all of its remaining non-controlling interest held in DMSH Units into Class A Common Stock in DMS Inc. Consequently, there were no shares of the Company's Class B Common Stock outstanding after this redemption.

89

Note 12. Related Party Transactions

Registration Rights

At the Closing, the Company entered into an amended and restated registration rights agreement with certain Sellers (the “Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement”), pursuant to which the Company registered for resale certain shares of Class A Common Stock and warrants to purchase Class A Common Stock that were held by the parties thereto. Additionally, the Sellers may request to sell all or any portion of their shares of Class A Common Stock in an underwritten offering that is registered pursuant to the shelf registration statement filed by the Company (each, an “Underwritten Shelf Takedown”); however, the Company will only be obligated to effect an Underwritten Shelf Takedown if such offering will include securities with a total offering price reasonably expected to exceed, in the aggregate, $20.0 million and will not be required to effect more than four Underwritten Shelf Takedowns in any six-month period. The Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement also includes customary piggy-back rights, subject to cooperation and cut-back provisions. The Company will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

Amended Partnership Agreement

Pursuant to the Amended Partnership Agreement, the non-controlling interests (as defined in the Amended Partnership Agreement) have the right to redeem their DMSH Units for cash (based on the market price of the shares of Class A Common Stock) or, at the Company’s option, the Company may acquire such DMSH Units (which DMSH Units are expected to be contributed to Blocker) in exchange for cash or Class A Common Stock (a “Redemption”) on a one-for-one basis (subject to customary conversion rate adjustments, including for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications), in each case subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth therein. In the event of a change of control transaction with respect to a Non-Blocker Member, DMSH will have the right to require such Non-Blocker Member to effect a Redemption with respect to all or any portion of the DMSH Units transferred in such change of control transaction. In connection with any Redemption a number of shares of Class B Common Stock will automatically be surrendered and cancelled in accordance with the Company Certificate of Incorporation. On April 12, 2024, with the conversion of the last remaining DMSH Units into Class A Common Stock, the Amended Partnership Agreement ended (see Note 11. Equity).

Tax Receivable Agreement

Since the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company maintains a full valuation allowance on our DTA related to the Tax Receivable Agreement along with the entire DTA inventory at DMS, Inc. and Blocker, as these assets are not more likely than not to be realized based on the positive and negative evidence that we considered. The Tax Receivable Agreement liability that originated from the Business Combination is not probable under ASC 450, Contingencies since a valuation allowance has been recorded against the related DTA. The remaining short-term Tax Receivable Agreement liability of $0.2 million is attributable to carryback claims. We will continue to evaluate the positive and negative evidence in determining the realizability of the Company’s DTAs.
For further details, see Note 14. Income Taxes.

Prism Incentive Agreement

On October 1, 2017, DMS, through a subsidiary, acquired the assets of Mocade Media LLC (“Mocade”). On that date, in connection with the acquisition, DMS also entered into a consulting agreement with Singularity Consulting LLC (“Singularity”), a Texas limited liability company owned by the former management of Mocade. On August 1, 2018, in order to further incentivize Singularity’s efforts with respect to the acquired Mocade assets, DMS entered into an amendment to the Singularity consulting agreement. On that date, Prism Data, the then majority equity holder of DMS, also entered into an incentive agreement with Singularity, to which DMS was not a party, providing for certain incentive payments to be accounted for in accordance with applicable accounting standards by Prism Data to Singularity in the event of certain specified change of control sale transactions involving DMS. Following the Business Combination, in November 2020, DMS and Singularity resolved all outstanding amounts due under the Singularity consulting agreement between DMS and Singularity with a payment of $850,000. In addition, Prism Data and Singularity agreed that Singularity would be entitled to a payment from Prism Data of $2,000,000 in the event of certain specified change of control sale transactions involving DMS.

DMSH Member Tax Distributions

For the years ended December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022 there were no tax distributions to members of DMSH.

90

Private Placement of Convertible Preferred Stock and Preferred Warrants

On March 29, 2023, the Company entered into the SPA with certain investors in connection with the Preferred Offering, including $6.0 million of related party participation. The Preferred Stock was issued at a 10% Original Issue Discount (OID) to the aggregate stated value of $15.5 million.

The Series B Preferred Stock and corresponding Preferred Warrants were issued to the following related parties:

Series B Preferred SharesSeries B Preferred Warrants
NameNumber of Shares% of Shares in SeriesNumber of Warrants% of Warrants in Series
Lion Capital (Guernsey) BridgeCo Limited28,67147.7%2,958,09847.7%
Leo Investors Limited Partnership11,32918.9%1,168,88618.9%
Fernando Borghese10,00016.7%1,031,74616.7%
Joseph Marinucci7,50012.5%773,80912.5%
Matthew Goodman2,5004.2%257,9374.2%
Total outstanding shares as of April 26, 202360,000100.0%6,190,476100.0%

Note 13. Employee and Director Incentive Plans

2020 Omnibus Incentive Plan

On July 15, 2020, Leo’s shareholders approved the 2020 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2020 Plan”). The 2020 Plan allows for the issuance of stock options, stock appreciation rights, stock awards (including restricted stock awards (“RSAs”) and Restricted Stock Units (“RSUs”)) and other stock-based awards. Directors, officers and employees, as well as others performing independent consulting or advisory services for the Company or its affiliates, will be eligible for grants under the 2020 Plan. The aggregate number of shares reserved under the 2020 Plan is approximately 0.8 million. The 2020 Plan terminates on June 24, 2030.

The participants have no rights of a stockholder with respect to the RSUs, including the right to vote and the right to receive distributions or dividends until the shares become vested and settled. The settlement occurs after the vesting date and shall represent the right to receive one Share of Class A of common stock. RSUs awards provide for accelerated vesting if there is a change in control.

The Company’s common stock began trading on April 20, 2018; no cash dividends have been declared since that time, and we do not anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future. The risk-free rate within the contractual life of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of the grant. We recognize forfeitures and/or cancellations based on an actual occurrence.

The fair value of non-vested stock is determined based on the closing trading price of the Company’s stock on the grant date and are amortized over the award’s service period. At December 31, 2023, total unamortized Stock-based compensation expense related to restricted stock and options was $3.1 million, which will be recognized over a weighted-average remaining period of 1.65 years.

Restricted Stock Units

Stock awards are granted with an exercise price equal to the market price of the Company’s stock at the date of grant; those stock awards vest on 3 to 4 years of continuous service, depending on when the award was granted, and have 10-year contractual terms. The 2020 Plan allows employees’ vesting rights after each year for completed service to the Company.

On October 28, 2020, the Board of Directors of DMS Inc. approved the grant of approximately 80 thousand RSUs, including 4 thousand units granted for Directors under the 2020 Plan. The RSUs vest one-third each year based on three years of continuous service starting with July 16, 2021 through July 16, 2023. The related Stock-based compensation expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. The 2020 Plan provides Directors’ and employees’ vesting rights after each year for completed service to the Company. The related costs were approximately $3.1 million and $6.7 million for the year December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively, and are included in Salaries and related costs within the consolidated statements of operations.

On April 12, 2022, the Board approved the grant of 50.8 thousand RSUs consisting of 25 thousand performance-based vesting RSUs (“PRSUs”) and 25.4 thousand time-based vesting RSUs (“TRSUs”) to executive management and certain key employees under the 2020 Plan. On July 1, 2022, the Board voted to award 22.0 thousand RSUs consisting of 10.9 thousand PRSUs and
91

10.9 thousand TRSUs to executive management under the 2020 Plan. The TRSUs vest one-fourth each year based on four years of continuous service starting with April 12, 2022, through April 12, 2026. The PRSUs vest one-fourth each calendar year from 2022 through 2026 based continuous service and subject to certain performance metrics of the Company during 2022, which the Company re-evaluates the probability of achievement on a quarterly basis. The TRSU’s related stock-based compensation expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. The PRSU awards’ expense is recognized on an accelerated basis over the vesting period.

On August 4, 2022, the Board approved the grant of an aggregate of 3.5 thousand RSUs to the Company’s non-employee directors under the 2020 Plan. The RSUs were to vest on the date of the annual shareholder’s meeting or on the anniversary of the award, whichever occurs first, and the related Stock-based compensation expense was recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period.

There were no new RSU awards for the year ended December 31, 2023.

The following table presents the restricted stock units activity for the year December 31, 2023 and 2022 (in thousands, except price per share):

Number of Restricted StockWeighted-Average Grant Date Fair Value
Outstanding at January 1, 202296 $119.70 
Granted76 40.65 
Vested48 115.50 
Forfeited/Canceled24 81.75 
Outstanding at December 31, 2022100 $70.95 
Granted— $— 
Vested31 94.31 
Forfeited/Canceled30 46.18 
Outstanding at December 31, 202339 $79.05 
Vested as of December 31, 2023119 $107.86 

For the year December 31, 2023 and 2022, the fair value of vested restricted stock units was $0.2 million and $1.4 million, respectively.

As of December 31, 2023, the total number of awards issued to other nonemployee consultants for advisory and consulting services were 2,036 restricted stock units and 5,726 stock options that represent total Stock-based compensation grant date fair value of $1.8 million, for which $1.6 million has been recorded for services provided to date.

Stock Options

The participants have no rights of a stockholder with respect to the stock options, including the right to vote and the right to receive distributions or dividends until the shares become vested and exercised. The exercise occurs after the vesting date and the participant may exercise the option by giving written notice of exercise to the Company specifying the number of shares to be purchased, accompanied by full payment of the exercise price or by means of a broker-assisted cashless exercise. Stock option awards provide for accelerated vesting if there is a change in control.

The fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes-Merton valuation method, which uses the assumptions noted in the following table. Because Black-Scholes-Merton option valuation models incorporate ranges of assumption for inputs, the selected inputs are disclosed below. Expected volatilities are based on implied volatilities from traded options on the Company’s peer group. The expected term is calculated using the simplified method, due to insufficient exercise activity during recent years as a basis from which to estimate future exercise patterns.

92

The following table presents the stock option activity for the year December 31, 2023 and 2022 (in thousands, except price per share):

Number of Stock OptionsWeighted-Average Grant Date Fair ValueWeighted-Average Remaining Contractual Term (in Years)Total Intrinsic Value of Restricted Stock Options Exercisable
Outstanding at January 1, 2022139 $58.80 6.1 years$— 
Granted— — — 
Exercised— — — 
Forfeited/expired16 58.20 — 
Outstanding at December 31, 2022123 $50.25 6.8 years$— 
Granted— $— $— 
Exercised— — — 
Forfeited/expired25 59.05 — 
Outstanding at December 31, 202398 $59.10 7.0 years$— 
Exercisable at December 31, 202353 $58.77 7.0 years$— 

There were no stock options granted in 2023.

Defined Contribution Plans

The Company offers a 401(k) plan with a mandatory match and a discretionary bonus contribution to all of its eligible employees. The Company matches employees’ contributions based on a percentage of salary contributed by the employees. The Company’s match cost for the year December 31, 2023 and 2022 was $0.8 million and $0.9 million respectively, recorded within Salaries and related costs on the consolidated statements of operations.

Note 14. Income Taxes

The benefit for income taxes consists of the following (in thousands):

Years Ended December 31,
20232022
Current:
Federal$195 $73 
State(187)(70)
Total Current
Deferred:
Federal(928)(3,466)
State130 (642)
Total Deferred(798)(4,108)
Income tax benefit$(790)$(4,105)
93


The benefit for income taxes shown above varies from the statutory federal income tax rate for those periods as follows (in thousands):

Years Ended December 31,
20232022
Tax benefit from federal statutory rate$(25,931)$(11,888)
Tax on income not subject to entity level federal income tax6,584 4,085 
State income taxes, net of federal tax effect(4,304)(1,639)
Change in fair value of warrant liabilities(1,929)(705)
Other permanent adjustments950 26 
Permanent adjustments - goodwill impairment4,087 — 
Permanent adjustments - Tax Receivable Agreement— (176)
Equity Conversion(15,443)— 
True-ups and other(3,094)(2,343)
Uncertain tax position reserve8,304 — 
Research and development credit— (250)
Undistributed earnings749 171 
Foreign rate differential(562)— 
Valuation allowance30,113 8,857 
Tax credits(314)(243)
Tax benefit$(790)$(4,105)

As of December 31, 2023, the Company consists of DMS Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Blocker, which owns 96.6% of equity interests in DMSH. DMSH is treated as a partnership for purposes of U.S. federal and certain state and local income tax. As a U.S. partnership, generally DMSH will not be subject to corporate income taxes (except with respect to UE and Traverse, as described below). Instead, each of the ultimate partners (including DMS Inc.) are taxed on their proportionate share of DMSH taxable income.

While the Company consolidates DMSH for financial reporting purposes, the Company will only be taxed on its allocable share of future earnings (i.e. those earnings not attributed to the non-controlling interests, which continue to be taxed on their own allocable share of future earnings of DMSH). The Company’s Income tax benefit is attributable to the allocable share of earnings from DMSH, the activities of UE and Traverse, wholly-owned U.S. corporate subsidiaries of DMSH, which is subject to U.S. federal and state and local income taxes and the activities of ClickDealer, wholly-owned foreign corporate subsidiaries of DMSH, which is subject to Netherlands, Ukraine and United Kingdom income taxes. The income tax burden on the earnings allocated to the non-controlling interests is not reported by the Company in its consolidated financial statements under GAAP. As a result, the Company’s effective tax rate is expected to differ materially from the statutory rate.

For years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, the components of Net loss before income taxes are comprised of the following (in thousands):

Years Ended December 31,
20232022
Domestic$(111,785)$(56,605)
Foreign(11,698)— 
Total Net loss before taxes$(123,483)$(56,605)

Any change in the fair value of the private placement and preferred warrants, which are classified as a liability on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2023, is recognized as a gain or loss in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. The warrants are deemed equity instruments for income tax purposes, and accordingly, there is no income tax expense or benefit relating to changes in the fair value of such warrants.

94

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are composed of the following (in thousands):

Years Ended December 31,
20232022
Deferred tax assets:
Investment in DMS Holdings LLC$58,622 $34,137 
Reserve accruals65 156 
Charitable contributions23 18 
Interest carryforward10,681 5,131 
Tax credit carryforwards823 1,013 
Property and equipment— (7)
Intangibles1,709 — 
Operating lease liabilities190 343 
Net operating loss1,851 2,863 
Total gross deferred tax assets73,964 43,654 
Less: Valuation allowance(71,942)(41,829)
Total deferred tax assets, net2,022 1,825 
Deferred tax liabilities:
Intangibles— (1,295)
Property and equipment(1)— 
Operating lease right-of-use assets(62)(119)
Undistributed earnings(2,273)(1,523)
Total deferred tax liabilities(2,336)(2,937)
Net deferred tax liabilities$(314)$(1,112)

At December 31, 2023, the Company has federal, foreign and state net operating loss carryforwards attributable to DMS, Inc. in the amount of $25.2 million, $3.9 million and $10.5 million, respectively. The federal carryforwards are not subject to expiration, and the state carryforwards begin to expire in 2030, however certain state carryforwards are indefinite.

At December 31, 2023, the Company has an expected federal and state income tax credit carryforward of $0.8 million which would expire at December 31, 2039, unless utilized. Utilization of some of the federal and state net operating loss and credit carryforwards are subject to annual limitations due to the “change in ownership” provisions of the Internal Revenue Code and similar state provisions. The annual limitations may result in the expiration of net operating losses and credits before utilization. We do not expect any annual limitation to materially impact the utilization of net operating losses and credits.

The Company records Deferred tax assets if it is more likely than not that the Company will realize a future tax benefit. Ultimate realization of any Deferred tax assets is dependent on the Company’s ability to generate sufficient future taxable income in the appropriate tax jurisdiction before the expiration of carryforward periods, if any. Our assessment of Deferred tax assets realizability considers many different factors including historical and projected operating results, the reversal of existing Deferred tax liabilities that provide a source of future taxable income, the impact of current tax planning strategies and the availability of future tax planning strategies. The Company establishes a valuation allowance against any Deferred tax assets for which we are unable to conclude that realizability is more likely than not.

We have determined the need for a valuation allowance of $71.9 million as of December 31, 2023. In doing so we assessed the available positive and negative evidence to estimate whether future taxable income would be generated to permit use of the existing Deferred tax assets (“DTAs”). A significant piece of objective negative evidence evaluated was the three-year cumulative loss before taxes. Such objective evidence limits the ability to consider other subjective evidence, such as projections for future growth. Therefore, a valuation allowance has been recorded against the DTAs at DMS, Inc., UE, and ClickDealer.

At December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, the Company had a total of $8.3 million and $0.0 million in net unrecognized tax benefits, respectively, which reduced the Company’s deferred income tax assets and offsetting valuation allowance. These unrecognized tax benefits, if recognized, would not have an impact on the effective tax rate due to the offsetting valuation allowance. Unrecognized tax benefits were a net increase of $8.3 million and a net increase of $0.0 million during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as part of the provision for income taxes. As of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, the
95

Company had zero accrued interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax benefits. Based on information available as of December 31, 2023, it is reasonably possible that the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits will decrease by $0 over the next 12 months. The Company believes that its unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2023 are appropriately recorded for all years subject to examination.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits is as follows (in thousands):

Years Ended December 31,
20232022
Balance, beginning of year$— $— 
Additions for tax positions of the current years33,589 — 
Additions for tax positions of the prior years— — 
Reductions for tax positions of prior years— — 
Expiration of applicable statutes of limitations— — 
Balance, end of year$33,589 $— 

The Company is subject to examination by the Internal Revenue Service and taxing authorities in various states. The Company’s U.S. federal income tax returns remain subject to examination by tax authorities for the years 2020 to 2023. The Company’s state income tax returns are no longer subject to income tax examination by tax authorities prior to 2020; however, our net operating loss carryforwards arising prior to that year are subject to adjustment. In Netherlands, Ukraine and United Kingdom, the Company’s tax returns remain subject to examination by tax authorities for the year 2023, from the time of filing for a period of three years for Netherlands and Ukraine and four years for United Kingdom. The Company regularly assesses the likelihood of tax deficiencies in each of the tax jurisdictions and, accordingly, makes appropriate adjustments to the tax provision as deemed necessary.

The Company records interest and penalties, if any, as a component of its Income tax benefit in the consolidated statements of operations. No interest expense or penalties were recognized during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

Tax Receivable Agreement
Since the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company maintains a full valuation allowance on our DTA related to the Tax Receivable Agreement along with the entire DTA inventory at DMS, Inc. and Blocker, as these assets are not more likely than not to be realized based on the positive and negative evidence that we considered. The Tax Receivable Agreement liability that originated from the Business Combination is not probable under ASC 450, Contingencies since a valuation allowance has been recorded against the related DTA. The remaining short-term Tax Receivable Agreement liability of $0.2 million is attributable to carryback claims. We will continue to evaluate the positive and negative evidence in determining the realizability of the Company’s DTAs.

Note 15. Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per share of Class A common stock is computed by dividing net income attributable to DMS Inc. by the weighted-average number of shares of Class A common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share of Class A common stock is computed by dividing net income attributable to DMS Inc. adjusted for the income effects of dilutive instruments by the weighted-average number of shares of Class A common stock outstanding adjusted to give effect to potentially dilutive elements.

96

The following table sets forth reconciliations of the numerators and denominators used to compute basic and diluted loss per share of Class A common stock (in thousands, except share data):

Years Ended December 31,
20232022
Numerator:
Net loss$(122,693)$(52,500)
Net loss attributable to non-controlling interest(41,012)(20,548)
Accretion and dividend Series A and B convertible redeemable preferred stock(11,653)— 
Net loss attributable to Digital Media Solutions, Inc. - Class A common stock - basic$(93,334)$(31,952)
Denominator:
  Weighted-average Class A common shares outstanding – basic2,920 2,581 
Add: dilutive effects of equity awards under the 2020 Omnibus Incentive Plan— 
Weighted-average Class A common shares outstanding – diluted2,920 2,583 
Net loss per common share:
Basic – per Class A common shares$(31.96)$(12.38)
Diluted – per Class A common shares$(31.96)$(12.37)

Shares of the Company’s Class B convertible common stock and Series A and B Preferred stock do not participate in the earnings or losses of the Company and are therefore not participating securities. As such, separate basic and diluted earnings per share of Class B convertible common stock and Series A and B Preferred stock under the two-class method has not been presented.

For the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company excluded 0.2 million shares of Class B convertible common stock, 80 thousand Series A Preferred stock, 60 thousand Series B Preferred stock, 4.0 million Private Placement Warrants, 10.0 million Public Warrants, 14.4 million Preferred Warrants, 0.1 million stock options, 27.4 thousand RSUs, 12.0 thousand PRSUs, and the contingent and deferred considerations issued in connection with the ClickDealer and Aramis acquisitions as their effect would have been anti-dilutive. For the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company excluded 4.0 million Private Placement Warrants, 10.0 million Public Warrants, 0.1 million stock options, 0.1 million RSUs and 20.0 thousand PRSUs, and the contingent and deferred considerations issued in connection with the AAP and Crisp Results acquisitions, as their effect would have been anti-dilutive. For the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company excluded the Class B convertible stock, as their effect would have been anti-dilutive.

Note 16. Commitments and Contingencies

Legal proceedings

In the ordinary course of business, we are involved from time to time in various claims and legal actions incident to our operations, both as a plaintiff and defendant. In the opinion of management, after consulting with legal counsel, none of these other claims are currently expected to have a material adverse effect on the results of operations, financial position or cash flows. We intend to vigorously defend ourselves in these matters.

On October 28, 2022, the Company received notice from the Office of the Ohio Attorney General (“OH OAG”) that it was reviewing certain of DMS’s business practices pursuant to its authority under the Consumer Sales Practices Act, Ohio Revised Code Section 1345.06, and the Telephone Solicitation Sales Act, Ohio Revised Code Sections 4719.11; 109.87(C). While the Company believes that its practices are in compliance with applicable law, the Company and the OH OAG have entered into discussions regarding the terms of a potential resolution to the OH AG’s review. It is uncertain whether a mutually acceptable resolution can be reached and the terms thereof, and, accordingly, the Company is unable to complete a Business Combinationpredict the impact of any such resolution to the Company’s business operations or financial results.

97

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A. Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We have established disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that the information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the Combination Periodtime periods specified in SEC rules and forms and that such information is accumulated and made known to the officers who certify the Company’s financial reports and to other members of senior management and the Board of Directors as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Based on their evaluation as of December 31, 2023, the principal executive officer and principal financial officer of the Company liquidates the funds held in the Trust Account, holders of warrants will not receive any of such funds with respect to their warrants, nor will they receive any distribution fromhave concluded that the Company’s assets held outsidedisclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) were not effective for the reason described below in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

December 31, 2023 Assessment

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”).

The Company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:
i.pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the Trust AccountCompany’s assets;
ii.provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP, and that the respect to such warrants. Accordingly,Company’s receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of the warrants may expire worthless.

Note 7. Fair Value Measurements

The following table presents information aboutCompany’s management and Board of Directors; and

iii.provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, does not expect that the Company’s internal controls will prevent or detect all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are measuredmet. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of internal controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, have been detected. Also, any evaluation of the effectiveness of controls in future periods are subject to the risk that those internal controls may become inadequate because of changes in business conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Under the supervision and with the participation of management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on a recurring basisthe framework in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in 2013. Based on our evaluation under the framework in Internal Control - Integrated Framework, management concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was not effective as of December 31, 20182023, as material weaknesses exist. A material weakness is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our financial statements could occur but will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

During the year ended December 31, 2023, we identified a material weakness in internal control over financial reporting related to goodwill. Specifically, management did not design and indicatesmaintain sufficient procedures and controls related to impairment, including calculating carrying values by segment to accurately reflect the fair value hierarchyintangible assets from the ClickDealer acquisition, which impacted our calculation of goodwill impairment.

As previously disclosed in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021, we identified a material weakness in internal control over financial reporting related to revenue. Management assessed our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023 and concluded that a material weakness continues to exist related to revenue. We did not design and maintain sufficient procedures and controls related to revenue recognition including those related to ensuring
98

accuracy of revenue recognized.Also, during management’s assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023, we concluded that we did not design and maintain effective information technology general controls for certain information systems that are relevant to the preparation of the valuation techniquesfinancial statements.In light of the material weakness, management performed additional procedures to validate the accuracy and completeness of the financial results impacted by the control deficiencies. Such procedures included validation using revenue reconciliations, fluctuation analyses and additional information technology controls related to changes in the system that could influence revenue.

Remediation Plans

We intend to continue to take steps to remediate the material weaknesses described above and further evolving our accounting processes, controls, and reviews. Related to the material weakness identified in 2023, management intends to implement additional controls surrounding formalization of the review process for supporting documentation used in the impairment calculations in cases where external valuations have been performed. The material weakness will not be considered remediated until the newly implemented internal controls operate for a sufficient period of time and management has concluded, through testing, that these internal controls are operating effectively. Management intends to remediate this weakness in 2024.

Related to the material weakness identified in 2021, during the course of 2023, the Company utilizedtook steps to determine such fair value.

Description

  Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets

(Level 1)
   Significant
Other

Observable
Inputs

(Level 2)
   Significant
Other

Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
 

Investments held in Trust Account

  $203,081,753   $0   $0 

Note 8—Subsequent Events

remediate the 2021 material weakness, including enhancement of recurring detective controls, and will continue to execute remediation steps as they relate to contract review and effective technology general controls until the material weakness is remediated. The material weakness will not be considered remediated until the existing and newly implemented internal controls operate for a sufficient period of time and management has concluded, through testing, that these internal controls are operating effectively. Management intends to remediate this weakness in 2024.


No Auditor Attestation Report Required

Because the Company evaluated subsequentis a “non-accelerated filer” this Annual Report does not contain, and is not required to contain, an attestation report of our registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Except as described above in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, there have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B. Other Information

As of March 31, 2024, the Company was in breach of the net leverage ratio covenant under its Credit Facility, which it cured as of April 17, 2024, when DMS, LLC, DMSH LLC and certain of the Company’s subsidiaries entered into a second amendment and waiver (the “Second Amendment”) to its existing Credit Facility with a syndicate of lenders, arranged by Truist Bank and Fifth Third Bank, as joint lead arrangers, and Truist Bank, as administrative agent and collateral agent. The Second Amendment introduced new Tranche A term loan commitments in the amount of $22 million with a maturity date of February 25, 2026, increasing our total borrowing capacity under the Credit Facility from $275 million to $297 million. The Second Amendment allows the Company to PIK the quarterly interest payments due and payable for the quarter ended March 31, 2024 and each of the following quarters up to and including the quarter ending on March 31, 2025; and waives compliance with the net leverage ratio covenant through June 30, 2025.

The Second Amendment also includes certain limited waivers related to prior defaults and events of default under the Credit Facility, amends certain negative and transactions that occurredaffirmative covenants applicable to us and adds certain additional covenants. In accordance with the Second Amendment, we are required to maintain a minimum aggregate amount of unrestricted and uncommitted cash and cash equivalents held in U.S. dollars during the period of time from and after the balance sheetSecond Amendment effective date upof at least $5 million. Further, we have agreed to March 25, 2019. Based upon this review,a variance test in which (i) the Company diddisbursements during a variance testing period shall not identify any other subsequent events that would have required adjustment or disclosurebe more than 15% in excess of the amount reflected in the corresponding period in the Credit Facility’s loan parties’ projected cash flows prepared in consultation with a financial statements.

F-17

advisor (the “Cash Flow Forecast”) or (ii) the Company’s aggregate net cash receipts, (a) during the two week period after the Second Amendment effective date, will not be less than 80%, for the trailing two week period, of the aggregate cash receipts forecasted in the Cash Flow Forecast applicable during such testing period, (b) during the three week period after the Second Amendment effective date, will not be less than 82.5%, for the trailing three week period of the aggregate cash receipts forecasted in the Cash Flow Forecast applicable during such testing period and (c) during the four week period after the Second Amendment effective date and thereafter, will not be less than 85%for the trailing four week period of the aggregate cash receipts forecasted in the Cash Flow Forecast applicable during such testing period.

99

Table of Contents

In connection with the Second Amendment, we must pay a 8.0% commitment fee, which shall be fully earned on the initial funding disbursement date and payable as PIK interest on the Second Amendment effective date. Further, under the terms of the Second Amendment, we have agreed to promptly commence a strategic review and marketing process for a sale of all or substantially all of our assets, which is subject to certain milestones. Refer to Note 8. Debt in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data of this Annual Report, for further detail on our debt. Further, the above summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the complete text of the Second Amendment.

The foregoing disclosure is being made on a voluntary basis and not pursuant to any specific requirement under Form 10-K or otherwise.

Item 9C. Disclosures Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions That Prevent Inspections

None.
100

Table of Contents
PART III
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

The information required by this Item will be filed (and is hereby incorporated by reference) by an amendment hereto or pursuant to a definitive proxy statement that will contain such information.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

The information required by this Item will be filed (and is hereby incorporated by reference) by an amendment hereto or pursuant to a definitive proxy statement that will contain such information.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The information required by this Item will be filed (and is hereby incorporated by reference) by an amendment hereto or pursuant to a definitive proxy statement that will contain such information.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information required by this Item will be filed (and is hereby incorporated by reference) by an amendment hereto or pursuant to a definitive proxy statement that will contain such information.

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The information required by this Item will be filed (and is hereby incorporated by reference) by an amendment hereto or pursuant to a definitive proxy statement that will contain such information.

PART IV
Item 15. Exhibit and Financial Statement Schedules

a.The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report:
1. Financial Statements. The list of consolidated financial statements, and related notes thereto, along with the     independent auditors’ report are set forth in Part IV of this Annual Report in the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Schedule presented below.
2. Consolidated Financial Statement Schedule. The consolidated financial statement schedule is included in Part IV of this report on the page indicated by the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Schedule presented below. This financial statement schedule should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto.
Schedules not listed in the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Schedule have been omitted because they are not applicable, not required, or the information required to be set forth therein is included in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.
3. Exhibits. See Item 15(b) below.
b. Exhibits. The exhibits listed on the Exhibit Index are incorporated by reference into this Item 15(b) and are a part of this Annual Report.
101

Table of Contents
DIGITAL MEDIA SOLUTIONS, INC.
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Schedules

Item 16. Form 10-K Summary

Not applicable.
102

Table of Contents
Exhibit Index
Exhibit
Number
Description
Business Combination Agreement, dated April 23, 2020, by and among Leo Holdings Corp, Digital Media Holdings, LLC and the other parties thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to Leo Holdings Corp.’s Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed with the SEC on April 24, 2020).
Amendment No. 1 to Business Combination Agreement, dated July 2, 2020 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to Leo Holdings Corp.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on July 2, 2020).
Certificate of Incorporation of Digital Media Solutions, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Digital Media Solutions, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on July 16, 2020).
Bylaws of Digital Media Solutions, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to Digital Media Solutions, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on July 16, 2020).
Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation of Digital Media Solutions, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Digital Media Solutions, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 30, 2023).
Form of Specimen Class A Common Stock Certificate of Digital Media Solutions, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Digital Media Solutions, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on July 16, 2020).
Form of Specimen Warrant Certificate of Digital Media Solutions, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Digital Media Solutions, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on July 16, 2020).
Amended and Restated Warrant Agreement, dated July 15, 2020, by and among Leo Holdings Corp. and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to Digital Media Solutions, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed with the SEC on July 20, 2020).
Description of Securities Registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to Digital Media Solutions, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K/A for the year ended December 31, 2020).
Certificate of Designation of Preferences, Rights and Limitations of Series A Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock, filed on March 30, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to Digital Media Solution, Inc.’s Annual
Report on Form 10-K/A for the year ended December 31, 2022 filed with the SEC on April 5, 2023).
Certificate of Designation of Preferences, Rights and Limitations of Series B Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock, filed on March 30, 2023. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to Digital Media Solution, Inc.’s Annual
Report on Form 10-K/A for the year ended December 31, 2022 filed with the SEC on April 5, 2023).
Form of Common Stock Purchase Warrant of Digital Media Solutions, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
4.7 to Digital Media Solution, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K/A for the year ended December 31, 2022 filed
with the SEC on April 5, 2023).
Form of Subscription Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Leo Holdings, Corp.’s Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed with the SEC on April 24, 2020).
Amended and Restated Sponsor Shares and Warrant Surrender Agreement, dated as of June 22, 2020, by and among Leo Holdings Corp., Leo Investors Limited Partnership and other parties thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Leo Holdings Corp.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on June 22, 2020).
Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Digital Media Solutions Holdings, LLC, dated July 15, 2020 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Digital Media Solutions, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed with the SEC on July 20, 2020).
Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Digital Media Solutions Holdings, LLC, dated January 19, 2021 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Digital Media Solutions, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K/A for the year ended December 31, 2020).
Director Nomination Agreement, dated July 15, 2020, by and among Digital Media Solutions, Inc., Leo Investors Limited Partnership, Lion Capital (Guernsey) Bridgeco Limited, Clairvest Group Inc. and Prism Data, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Digital Media Solutions, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed with the SEC on July 20, 2020).
Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated July 15, 2020, by and among Digital Media Solutions, Inc., as successor to Leo Holdings, Corp., and the other parties thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Digital Media Solutions, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed with the SEC on July 20, 2020).
Tax Receivable Agreement, dated July 15, 2020, by and among Digital Media Solutions, Inc., CEP V DMS US Blocker Company, Prism Data, LLC, CEP V-A DMS AIV Limited Partnership, Clairvest Equity Partners V Limited Partnership, CEP V Co-Investment Limited Partnership and Clairvest GP Manageco Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Digital Media Solutions, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed with the SEC on July 20, 2020).
103

Table of Contents
Form of Indemnification Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Digital Media Solutions, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed with the SEC on July 17, 2020).
Digital Media Solutions, Inc. 2020 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to Digital Media Solutions, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed with the SEC on July 20, 2020).
Form of Restricted Share Unit Award Agreement (Employee) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Digital Media Solutions, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 3, 2020).
Form of Restricted Share Unit Award Agreement (Director) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Digital Media Solutions, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 3, 2020).
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Award Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Digital Media Solutions, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 3, 2020).
Asset Purchase Agreement, dated April 1, 2021, by and among Digital Media Solutions, Inc., Edge Marketing,
LLC, and wholly owned subsidiary of Digital Media Solutions, LLC, Crisp Marketing, LLC, d/b/a Crisp Results,
and Union Health, LLC, a Florida limited liability company, and Justin Ferreira, in his capacity as Sellers’
representative (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Digital Media Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2021).
Credit Agreement, dated as of May 25, 2021, by and among Digital Media Solutions, LLC, as borrower, Digital Media Solutions Holdings, LLC, the lenders and issuing banks named therein, and Truist Bank, as administrative agent and as collateral agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Digital Media Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2021).
Digital Media Solutions, Inc. Executive Severance Plan, dated August 4, 2022 (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.4 to Digital Media Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30,
2022).
Asset Purchase Agreement, dated March 6, 2023 by and among Digital Media Solutions, Inc., the Sellers and the other parties thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to Digital Media Solutions, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 10, 2023).
Securities Purchase Agreement, dated March 29, 2023, by and between Digital Media Solutions, Inc. and the purchasers named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to Digital Media Solutions, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K/A for the year ended December 31, 2022 filed with the SEC on April 5, 2023).
Registration Rights Agreement, dated March 30, 2023, by and between Digital Media
Solutions, Inc. and the other parties thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22
to Digital Media Solutions, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K/A for the year ended December 31, 2022 filed
with the SEC on April 5, 2023)
Offer Letter, by and between Digital Media Solutions, Inc. and Vanessa Guzmán-Clark, dated as of April 17, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Digital Media Solutions, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 17, 2023).
Amendment No. 2 to the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Digital Media
Solutions Holdings, LLC, dated March 30, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to Digital Media
Solutions, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K/A for the year ended December 31, 2022 filed with the SEC on
April 5, 2023).
First Amendment to the Credit Agreement, dated as of August 16, 2023, by and among Digital Media Solutions,
LLC, as borrower, Digital Media Solutions Holdings, LLC, the lenders and issuing banks named therein, and
Truist Bank, as administrative agent and as collateral agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Digital
Media Solutions, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2023).
Offer Letter, by and between Digital Media Solutions, Inc. and Vanessa Guzmán-Clark, dated as of November 7,
2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Digital Media Solutions, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K
filed with the SEC on November 13, 2023)
List of Subsidiaries
Consent of Grant Thornton, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350.
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350.
101The following financial information for the period ended December 31, 2023 formatted in Inline XBRL: (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets; (ii) Consolidated Statements of Operations; (iii) Consolidated Statements of Equity (Deficit); (iv) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows; and (v) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
104Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101)*
104

Table of Contents
____________________
* Documents filed herewith.
+ Certain schedules to this Exhibit have been omitted in accordance with Item 601(a)(5) of Regulation S-K.
^ Certain confidential information contained in this agreement has been omitted because it (i) is not material, and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.
# Management contract and compensatory plan and arrangement.
105

Table of Contents
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned hereunto duly authorized.
Digital Media Solutions, Inc.
Date: April 18, 2024/s/ Joseph Marinucci
Name:Joseph Marinucci
Title:
Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
Date: April 18, 2024/s/ Vanessa Guzmán-Clark
Name:Vanessa Guzmán-Clark
Title:
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Date: April 18, 2024/s/ Joseph Marinucci
Name:Joseph Marinucci
Title:
Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
Date: April 18, 2024/s/ Vanessa Guzmán-Clark
Name:Vanessa Guzmán-Clark
Title:
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
Date: April 18, 2024/s/ Scott Flanders
Name:Scott Flanders
Title:Chairperson of the Board and Director
Date: April 18, 2024/s/ Fernando Borghese
Name:Fernando Borghese
Title:President, Chief Operating Officer and Director
Date: April 18, 2024/s/ Robert Darwent
Name:Robert Darwent
Title:Director
Date: April 18, 2024/s/ Elizabeth LaPuma
Name:Elizabeth LaPuma
Title:Director
Date: April 18, 2024/s/ Lyndon Lea
Name:Lyndon Lea
Title:Director
Date: April 18, 2024/s/ Neil Nguyen
Name:Neil Nguyen
Title:Director
106